Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Review Notes For Deck Officers Padilla
Review Notes For Deck Officers Padilla
NOTIIS
ITHITIB$T
F0n
DIIOKOFFICDIIS
by
EDIT|On-- JANUARY2000
REVISED
rsBN 971-91521-0-9
I'rinted by:
I want to give specialthanksto Third Mate RamiroBellezafor his artisticdesignof the cover.
ARSEMOC.PADTTLAJR.
ReviewInslructor
FormerAssistantProfessor
PhilippineMerchantMarine Academy
iii
" Success,s the product of
determination,couraga,and
hardwork. "
A C Padilla Jr.
IY
TABLE OF GO}ITEilTS
Page
L TIDES AI.IDCURRENTS 1
tr WEATTIERELEMENTS .............23
m. ELECTROMCNAV[GATION................. ..........59
IV. MARINET.AWSAND SHIPBUSINESS.... .......87
V MARINEINSIJRANCE ..............107
u. SIGNALINGAND COMMUMCATIONS .......I2I
VII. ..............
COLLTSToNREGLJLATTONS ...........131
utr. CHARTSAND PUBLICATTONS .....................
161
x. COMPASS AND MAGNETTSM .......... ...........r71
X. PILOTINGANDSAILINGS .......181
)fl. NAUTICALASTRONOMY ........199
)fl. CELESTIALNAVIGATION .........279
)(Itr. NAVIGATIONPROBLEMS
A MercatorChart Construction........... .................:.. ....229
B. Visibilityof Lights..... .......231
C. Compass Deviation ...........233
D. Compass Deviationby Azinuth ............236
E. Compass DeviationbyAmplitude................. ............237
F. RightPlaneTriangle........... ...................239
G. Distance by VerticalAng1e.......... ..........240
H. ObliquePlaneTriang1e................. .........241
I. Couneto Intercepta Vessel .................242
J. BearingProblems .............243
K. BearingsandDistance Otr.............. ......250
L. PlaneSailing .....................252
M. Mercator Sailing........;........... ...............254
N. ParallelSailing .................255
O. Middlelatitude Sailing.. .......................259
P. Traverse Sai1ing.............. .......................260
a. GreatCircleSailing ..........262
R. Composite Sailing ............268
S. CurrentSailinC ................. .....................270
T SetandDrift ........... ..........271
U. TrueandApparentWind ....273
V. Time Problems .............. .......................276
W. GeographicalPosition ......280
X. TimeDiagram ...................281
Y. Bquationof Time....... ........283
Z. OrthographicProjection .......................284
AA RightSpherical Triangle. .......................287
Page
BB. ObligueSpherical Triangle ....................296
CC. Correctionof Altitudes. ....300
DD. lnterceptMethod ..............301
m. MeridianAltitude....... .......302
FF. Chronometer Error ........... ....................303
ClG. Other Problems ................305
IlH. SpeedbyRevolutionsandFuel Conservation ............306
)CV. SAFETYOFUFEAf,SEA ..........313
xv. SHIPHANDLING .............. ........335
X\{. SHIPCONSTRUCTION .......,..,,.343
XVII. CARGOGEARS .....353
)Ofltr. CARGOHANDLINGANDSTOV/AGB ..,.......363
)O(. CARGOASSESSMENTS ...,..,,...379
)O(. STABILITYANDTRIM.......... .,..387
)O(I. STABILITYANDTRIMCALCULATIONS ................. ........401
)oil. AREASANDVOLUMES .......,...419
)Oiltr. ADDENDIJM
A Meteorology ....423
B. MarinelawsandShipBusiness ...............431
C. Navigation.. ......436
D. Seamanship................ ..........441
XXN. ANSWERS
A TidesandCurrents................. ...................461
B. WeatherElements ................462
C. ElectronicNavigation ..........463
D. MarinelawsandShipBusiness ...............466
E. Marinelnsurance............. .....466
E Signaling andCommunications ................467
G. CollisionRegulations ..........467
H. ChartsandPublications.............. ..............468
I. Compass andMagnetism............... ...........468
J. PilotingandSailings ............469
K. NauticalAstronmry .............470
L. CelestialNavigation .............471
M. NavigationProblems ............471
N. Safetyof Life at Sea.............. ...................473
O. ShipHarrdlinC................. ......474
P. ShipConstruction ........... .....474
Q. CargoCrears .......... ...............47
5
R. CargotlandlingandStowage .............. ......475
S. CargoAssessmencs ..............476
T TrimandStability .................476
U. Mensuration............. ............476
)oo/. COMMONCoIIVERSIONFACTORS ...........477
vt Thbleof Contents
TIDES
fide is the rise and fall of water. Atlantic coastof the U.S. are of this type.
fidal Grrrent or fidal Stream is the periodic Dlurnal Tlde. Only a single high and single low
horizontal movementof the water. water occnr eachtidal My Ex Gulf of Mexico (N.
slnre), Java Sea,Gulf of To*in.
Ildd Phemmenon is the periodic motion of the
watersof tbe seadue to differencesin the attractive Mlxed fide. Characterizrlby alarge inequality in
fores of various celestid bodies, principally the the high waterheights,low waterheigbtsor in both.
moonandthe sun,upondifferentpartsof therotating Ex. Pacific cotnt of thc A.S.
earth.
Sprlng Tldes. Tideswith higher high andlower low.
Iltgh Ttde or Hlgh Water is the maximum height Occurat timesof new and full noon ( sunandmoon
reacied by tide. arein conjrmctionand at oppositionwith the earth).
Low THc orlow Water is the minimum level to Neap lldes. Tides wifr lower high and higher lor.
which the tide falls. Occur at times of fnst and third quarters(sun and
moon are in quadraturewith the earth).
The rate of rise and fall is not unifomr. From
low water,the tide beginsto rise slowly at first but at $olar THe" High and low watersoccuf at aboutthe
an increasingrate until it is about halfray to IIW. sametime each day due to the effect of Oe sun.
The rate of rise then decreasesuntil HW is reached Examples are tlu areasof S.PaciJicand Indoncsia.
and the rise ceases. The falling tide bebavesin a
Ihuble Low Water (as at Hoek Van Holland) and
simihr manner.
Double Hlgh Water (asat Southanpton,England).
Stand is the period at tIW or LW during which At suchplacesthere is often a slight fall or rise in
there is no sensiblechangeof level of tide. the middle of the high and low water period. The
praaical effect is to crcatea longer period of stand
Rangeis thedifferenoein height betweenconsecutire
at high or low tide.
high and low waters.
PcrtgeanTlde. Occus whenthemoon is atthepoint
Ildghtof fide is the vertical distince fron the chart in its
orbit nearestthe earth. The lunar semidiurnal
soundingdatumto the water surfaceat any stageof rangeis increased.
the tide.
Apogcan llde. Occun wbn the moon is farthest
RIse of,Tlde is the vertical distancefrom the chart from
Oeearth. The semidiurnalrangeis decreased.
soundingdatum to a high water dafim.
Iboplc llde. Occurs when the moon is at its
TYPES OF TIDE maximrrmsemi-monthlydeclinationN or S. Diurnal
effect is at a maximnm.
Semldlurnal Tlde. There are two high and two los'
waterseachtidal daywith relatively small inequality Equatorlel IHc. Oocurs when the moon crosses
in Oe high and low water heights. Tides on the the equator. Diurnal effctis rninimum.
r,h
i
A NEW|TTOON
A
/A\
LOWWATER
\f7
\i-l i HIGHWATER
"HO;*9* !rcwwnren
I
I
i I
I I
I
ruu-r,roor.r I
I
I
! I
PRIMING LAGGING
ril @
i
/
MOON
\
3.",o"*orr"i
I
,r..R
I
IHrGH
WATE& o MOON
\
rt
/ \\w*ore*
'o o
LOWWATER
\)y..
MOON MOON
2 Tidesand Currents
TIDAL CYCLES METEOROLOGICALEFFECTS
1. Onshore winds raise the level of the sea and
Lunar Day. Vl hoursand 50 minutes.
offshorewinds lower iL
Synodlcal or Lunar Month. The moon revolves 2. During periodsof low annosphericpressure,the
aroundthe earth with respectto the sun. About 29 water level 0ends0obe higher than nomral.
Vzdays.
Tidesand Cuments
OCEANCURRENTS
Ocan Cumt A welldefined curcnt extending Cablis forc is gncakr h higlur latitudei atd is
orcr a considcrable regim of the o pan. nnre cfrcaive in deepwater.
Ferlodlc ftncnt The speedordirtction of vfiich The difference between wind directim and
c,hangescplicntly u regular inbrvals, as a tidal surfre wind-ctrrent directim variesfrromabout 15
current. deg. along shallow msal arcasto a maximum of
45 &g. in the deepooeans.
ScrsmtCurncnts. Has largechangesin s@ or
diroctim due to seasmalwinds. The speoddcurrent d€pendsupontbe the speed
of the win4 its @nstancy,the length d time it,bas
Pcrmmnt Cur.mi One whicb exocrienoesrela-
bloum"erc.
tively li[le periodic c seasmalc,hange.
Corstrl 6rrat. Flowsrougbly paratlel to a otnlit, CURRENTS RELATED TO
mtside tbe surf zone.
DENSITY DITTERENCES
Logrhore QrcnL One parallel o a'sbore,insirb
tbe surf zme. Gener-arcd
by warresstriking thebeach In an area of high density, the waEr snrhoe is
at my angle. bn er then in an areaof lon, &nsity. Waterteods'to
flow Aon an area of higher water (low demity) to
OffshoneGrrcot. Any current somedisance ftrm oneof lower water(high density).but &re to rotati@
the shore. of t[e eartb, it is being deflectodbwad the nglr in
the N. lbmirybere, and toward the lefr in tbe S
IBhc€ Currcn. Any cunent clce to tbe shorc.
Ihispberc. Tbe grearertbe density gradient (rare
Strc.m Cuncnt A relatirrcly nanrow,deep,fast- of ciange with disance), the faster ttre related
moving current. qrrenL
Tldesand Cunenn
.CJ
r
F
'/tr)
np
h -z---
5
$
B
ct)
A
z
ffg
I
\a FT
i.\t. ." (J
o
td
lt(
T
F
fr
o
tt)
zF
n
u
I &
E!
trl
RI
()
z
x
I I
I t
I
I
I
I
rd
F
k' t E
F
>*.i.
I
,
I
,
fl,.--,
I
t
,
t
I
I
I
il ,/'-"t I
I
NorthAtbntlc Current. A vast slow-movingcur- mania.
runt in the generd vicinity of the prevailing wester-
lies. Peru Curnent or Humboldt Chrrcnt. A narrow,
fairly sable oceancurent that flows no'rthwardclme
Brazll Crnent. Flcn's southwestwa"dalong the to the S. American c@st.It originatesoffthe oast
Brazilian coast. of Chile at aboutLar 40S and flows past Penrand
Ecuador0othe southwestextremity of Colombia.
SouthAtlandc Cun ent. A broad,slow-movingcur-
rent in the generalvicinity of the prevailing wester- Rcsel Current. A weak northern branch of the S.
lies. Equatorial Current flowing toward the west and
northwestalong both the southernand northeastem
Benguela Current. A strongcurrent flowing north- coastof New Guinea
ward 0ofollow the west coastof Africa
Monsmn Cument. Flows eastwardand southeast-
Agulhas Currrcnt. A generally southwestward- ward acrossthe Arabian Seaand the Bay of Bengal.
flowing ocean culent of the Indian Ocean,flon's
along the eastcoastof South Africa Wcst Australla Culr.ent. An Indian OceanCur-
rent whicb generallyfirst flows northwardand then
Kuroshlo (Japan C\urmt). Carries large quanti- northwestwardoff the west coastof Australia.
ties of warm tropical water to higher latitudes and
then curves toward the east 6 a major part of the Wcst Wlnd Drtft. An o@anqurent that flows east-
generalclockwisecirculation in the N. Hemisphere. ward through all the o@ansaround the Antarctic
continent.
Callfomla Grrrent. A N. Prcific Ocean curent
flowing southeastwardalong the west coast d N. Wcst Greenland Cument. An oceancurrent flow-
America ftom west of Vancouverto the westof Bqia ing northward along the west ooantof Greenlan4
Califomia. into the Davis Strait.
Eest Austrelle Currnent.A S. Pacific OceanCur- Ect Slbertan Coostol Cuncnt. An cean curent
re.ntflowing southwardalong the eastooastof Aus- in the Chukcbi Seawhicbfriins the northwardflow-
tralia ftom the Coral Seato a point northeastof Tas- ing Bering Currentnorth of EastCape.
6 Tidesand Currents
OCEANWAVES
YYevesare undulationsofthe surfaceof the water. Gnoup Veloctty. The speedat which the wave sys-
tem advances.
Tldesand Cunents 7
Tlunrmis.arcoeriesofwavcs.In deepwater,th 3. The lonr atmosphericpressnrethat mompanies
wavebeigbt of a tsunarniis rever greatertban 2 or 3 severestonon catnes t[e "inverted barmeter".
fer Since the wavelcngth is rsually onsideraHy An inch of menry is equivalent to about 13.6
pqp thsn 100mites, thewan is not conspicttousat incles of water and the adjusment of the sea
sc& surfroe to the reducedpressurecan amormt to
severalfeet at equilibdum.
Storm Ttdcs c Storm Surges or Ttdel Wrvcs.
Cmsist of a single wave'crestand baveno period or
uaveleng0. Oil hasprorad efrectivein modifying the effects
of breaking wavqs,and bas proved useful to vessel
at sea.Its €fict is greatestin &ep nater, where a
Three efiects ln r stmlndua r rbc ln scehvcl. srnrll quantitysffces if thecrilcanbemadeto spread
to windu/ard.In shallow uat€r wherethe wabr is in
1. Wind stresson tbe seasurftce which results in motion over the bottom, oil is lesseffective.
piling-up of water.
2. Tbe covergencedwinddriven currelts, which The heaviestoil, notably animal and vegeable
elewrcs the sea surfrce along the oonvergence oils, are the mct effective.
line.
t Tldcsand Cuncnts
TIDES A]ID CURRENTS
1. In certain areasof the S. Padfib, tidesoaur almosi at the sametime eac,hday due to th influene by
the:
a. Sun c. Planetsin onjrmction
D. Moon d. Regressionoftbenodes
4. When two conseqrtivehigh or low watersare d large differencein heights,tbey are called:
a. Diurnal tides c. Mixed tides
D. Semidiund tides Tropic tides
5. When there are small difrerene betweenthe heights of two suc@ssivehigh or low tides, tbey are
called:
4. Diurnal b. Senidiurnal c. Solar d. Mixd
8. Neaptides q the 6des that bavelmrer higbs and higber lows occur when the noon is at:
a. Oppoeitfunwith tbe earth and sun c. Qtadrature with tbe eart[ and sun
\
D. Cmjunctim with the earth and sun d. |+pge,
9. Spring tirbs a tides that have higber highs and locrer bws ocor when tbe moon is at
a. Oppoeitionor in mjunctim with the earth and sun
D. Quadraturcwith tbe earth and sun
c. Apogoe
d. Perige
frdesand Currents
11. Althougb, tide ables list the times and heightsof tides at a speciftclocale, thesecm be alteredby:
I. onshorewinds tending to rise the level of tides
tr. bw atmosphericpr€ssurecausingtides o be higher than normal
a. I only D. tr only c. both I and tr d. neither I nor II
13. In cenain areasof the worl4 there is often a slight fall of tide during the middle of the high water
period. The practical effect is to createa longer period of standat high water.This specialfeature is
called:
c. doublehigh water D. perigeantide c. apogeantide d. bore
14. When a strong curcnt sets ove,ran irregular bosom, or moetsan opposing qxrent, which of the
following mayoocur?
a. tide rips D. bore c. etrbcurrent d. slack water
15. The period at high or low wat€r during which there is no changein the height of the water is called:
4. rangeof the tide b. planeof the tide c. standof the tide d. revening of tide
19. Itrowmany high watersusually occur eachday on the East coast of the united states?
c. one b. nvo c. three d. fow
10 Tldesand Currents
23. Which of the following describesan ebbcurrent?
a. horizonal mo\'€mentof water awayftom the land following low tide
D. horizontal morrementof waEr towards the land following low tide
c. horizontal movementof water away ftom land following high tide
d. horizontal movementof wabr towardsthe land following high tide
U. The movementof water away ftom shoreor downstreamis called what type of cunent?
c. revening D. €bb c. flood d. slack
2f.. The velocity of a rotary tidal current will increasewhen the moon is:
a. new D. fuU c. atperigee d. alloftheabo,e
27. Ttre referencedatu4 usedin determining the heigbts of land featureson most charts is:
a. meanhigh water D. half-tide level c. meansealevel d. meanlow water
28. The shorelineshown on nautical chars of waterssubjecto large tidal fluctuationsis usually the line
of mean:
c. lowerlowwater D. highwater c. bnrwater d. tidelevel
34. An important lunarcycle affecting the tidal cycle is called the nodal period. How long is this cycle?
a. 16 days D. 19 yers c. 6 years d. 18 months
'
35. The averageheight of the snrftcc of the seat'or all st4gesof the tide over the 19 yearperiod is called:
4. rneanlow water D. meanhigh water c. rncansealewl d. 'half-tide level
Ttdesand Cunents 1t
36. The datum from which the predictedheightsof tides are reckonedin tbe tide tablesis:
a. given in the table 3 of the tide tables c. meanlow water
D. the highest possiblelevel d. thesameas that usedfor thechartsof the tocality
37. Tbe interval of the averageelapsrI time from the meridian transit of the moon until the next high tide
is called the:
a. llarmonic constant c. Establishmentof tbe port
D. Tide cycle d. Ilalf-tide lerrel
38. Which d tbe fi. is a referencedatun usedfor determining the depth of water as shown on an East
Coastchart?
a. Ilalf-tide level D. Mean .righ water c. Mean low water , d. Mean sealevel
39. The term 'flood curnent"refers !o that time when the water level is:
4 Moving towardsthe land c. Not changing
D. Falling d. Falling becauseof a rapid changein the wind
41. In a river subject!o tidal currents,the besttime to dock a ship without the assistanceof tugs is:
c. When the slac* water and stand coincide c. At stand
b. At high water d. At slack water
4. \\e drift and set of tidal stream,river and ooeancurents refer to the:
a. Fosition & araof the current
D. Speed& direction oward which the current flonn
c. Tlpe & characteristicof the current's flow
d. Noneoftheabove
45. The velocity of a rotary tidd current will be docreas€dwhen the moon is:
a. At apogee D. At perigee c. New d. Full
46. The datumof sormdingsfc the Atlantic Coastof the United States,new in 1988is:
a. meanlow water c. meanhigh water spring
D. meanlower low water d. nean high water
47. WhicX of tbe following is fre correct definition of height of the tide?
a. the vertical distanccfrom the tidal datum to the level of the warcr at any time
D. the vertical diftrence betweenthe heights of low and high water
c. the vertical diftreirce of darum plane and ooan bottom
d. the vertical distancefrom tle surfaceof the water to tbe oceanfloor
12 Tldesand Cunents
4t. Mean high water is the averageheight of:
a. tbhigherhighwater c. theloneroftheg,pedqilytides
b. he lower higb water d. all high waters
50. The classof tide that prevails in tbe greatestnrtmberof important harbrs in the Atlantic Coastis:
a. spring D. mixed c. diunml d. semidurnal
51. Neaptideomrs:
a. at the sart of sp,ring,the sun is orrerthe equator
D. only c/henthe srm,moon and earth are in line in any order
c. when the sun and moon are 90 deg. relative to the earth
d. when the sun, moon and eartb are in line, in any cder
53. In order to predict the acnral depth of warcr using the fide Thbles,the da0aobained from the Tide
ables:
a. is the rcnnldepth
D. should beaddedor subraced from the charteddepth
c. shouldbe multiplied to the c,harteddepth
d. shouldbe divi@ by the cbarteddepth
56. A rotary current setsbrougb all direcfionsof 6e conpass. The time it takesto oompleteone of these
cyclesis approxinately:
a. 3hours D. 6%hours c. l2t/znovs d. ylhs0m
5?. A tidal currcnt which floun alternatelyin approximaEly oppositedirectionswith a slrck waterat each
reversalof direction is called:
a. reversingorrectilinear c. tiderips
D. bore d. hydraulic
58. A current in a channelcansedbya difierencein the surhoe level at the two endsis called:
a. reversing D. bore c. eddies d. hydraulic
Tldesand Currents 13
59. A quasi-circular mov€m€ntof wag whoseareais relatirrly small in conparison to the cunent with
whie,hit is associatedis called:
c. bore D. tide rips c. ddy d. db
60. In a &rv estuaries,the advanoe^f tbe low wat8r trough is so muc,hretardedthat the crestof Oe rising
tide overakes the low, and advancesupsaeamas a chuning foaming wall of water is called a:
c. bore b. tide rips c. hn, water d. hydraulic current
61. Which current would you en@unteron a dirirt passaSeftom SouthAftica to Argentina?
a. Agulhas b. SouthBquatorial c. Guinea d. SouthAtlantic
62. Tbe main strean of the Califorrria current generallyseB in what directim?
o. southerly D. northerly c. westerly d. easterly
t4 Tldesand Cunents
71. On mid-ooeanwafers,the height of a wind-gen€ratedwave is not afiecredby:
a. fetch c. water depth exeeding 100feet
D. wind velocity d. duration of the wind
72. Which current would you encounteron a direct passagefrom london to Capetown?
a. Norwaycurrent ,. Falklandcurrent c. Brazilcttrrent d. Benguelacurrent
74. You are oDa voJageftom NewOrleans to Bcton. When navigating offthe Floridaoast, you will get
the greaest b€Defitftom the Gulf stneanif you navigate:
a. about45 miles eastof CapeCanaveral c. dong the 50 fathomcurve
D. about25 miles eastof Daytona d. closeinsbois
78. When a cur€nt flows in the oppmite directi@ to the wave,tbe wave :
a. lengtb is increased c. velocity inseases
D. leng$ is unclanged d. heig[t is incrpased
80. Cold wat€r flowing southwardthrough the westernpart of Bering strait betweenAlaska and Sib€riais
joined by uater circtlating counterclockwisein tne nering seato form the:
a. Kuroshio D. Oyashio c. Sub-arcticcurrent d. Alaska curent
t2. Yur vessclgm agroundin soft mu4 yur would havetle bestc,hanceof reflooting it on the next high
tideif it is grunded at:
a. hlnwarcrn€ap b. Wetwarcrspring c. highwaterneap d. highwaterspring
Tidesand Cunents 15
84. The speedat which oceanwave systemadvanoesis called:
d. wavelength D. ripple length c. groupvelocity d. waveralocity
85. A current will develop betweenareasof different density in oceanwaiers. If 1ou face in the same
direction the current is flowing, the water oft
a. high density will be on the left in the N. hemlsphere
D. low density will be on the left in tbe N. hemisphae
c. high density will be on the right in the S. hemispbere
d. bw density will be on the left in the S. hemisphere
86. One of the causesof oceancurrentsis density difierenes in the water. This is true because:
a. in an areaof high density the water surfaceis lower than the areaof low density
D. surfacewater flows ftom an areaof high densityto arealow density
c. the lesserthe density gradient the freeier the water
d. density differencescausethe curents to stayin the trough
87. Generally speaking,a ship steaning acrossthe N. Pacilic oean from Japanto Seattleis likely to
experience:
a. adversecurrentsfor the entire sossing c. favorablecurrent in the summermonthsonly
D. favorablecurrent fo the entire crossing d. variable cunents
89. Coastalcurrent:
a. is generatedby wavesstriking the beach c. flows in a circular pattem
b. flows outside the surf zone d. is also hown as longshorecurrent
90. Which of the following curcnt is r€sponsiblefm themovementof ioebergsino the N. Atlantic shipping
lanes?
a. Iceland current D. Baltic curent c. Labrador current d. Baffm current
91. In the Sargassose4 thereare largequantitiesof seaweeds and no well defmedcurrents.This areais in
the:
a. Central N. Atlantic ocean c. rilestern N. Pacific ocean.
b. Caribbeansea d. WestcoastofS. America
92. The cold oceancuffent which meetsthe wam Gulf streambetweenlatitude 40 deg.and 43 deg.N to
form the "oold wall" is the:
a. Labrador current D. Alaska current c. N. Pacific current d. California curent
93. As the SouthEquaorial curent approachesthe eastcoastof Africq it divides with main pa$ flowing
southto form the warm:
a. Agulhas curent D. Benguelacurent c. Madagascarcurrent d. Canary current
94. What curent flows southwardalong the west coastof Oe United Statesand causesextensivefog in
that afea:
a. Davidsoncurrent D. Alaska current c. N. Pacific curent d. Califomia current
"w^rm" basedon the latitude in which it originates:
95. Which of the following currentsis
c. Alaska curent D. Sub-arcticcurrent c. Kuroshio d. Perucurent
16 Tldestnd Cunents
!)6. The Brazil current flows in which direction?
c. northwesterly D. southwesterly c. southerly d. northerly
98. You are anchoredin tbe Aleutian island chain and receivedword that a Tsunamiis expectedto strike
the islands in six hours. What is the safestaction:
a. Get undenvayand be in deep,op€noceanwaterwhen the Tbunamiarrives.
b. Increasethe scopeof the anchorcable.
c. Get undenvayand be closeto the shoreon the side of the island away from the Tsunami.
d. Plant both anchorswith about a 6Odeg. anglebetweenthem.
99. Which of the following shoutdyou expectwhen you enoountera Tsunani in the openocean?
a. violent seasfrom mixed directions
D. no noticeablechangefrom the existing seastale
c. wind increasingto gale force
d. amEor wavewith extrerre height and length
100. Which of the following statementsabout the rate of rise of the tide is/are correct?
I. The rate of rise is not uniform.
IL The tide risesfastestwhen it first startsto rise.
a. I only D. II only c. both I and tr d. neitber I nor II
101. High tide on a coastlinelag behind the meridian transit of the moon due to:
I. The revolution of the earth
II. The rotation of the earth
a. Ionly D. tlonly c. bothlandtr d. neitherlnorll
102. Your draft in a channel is 39.5 feet. Wbat is tbe depth in metersyou can clear the bar at?
a. 6.58m b. l2.l9m c. l3.l7m d. 21.87m
103. The depthof water on a cbart is indicatedas 23 meten. This is equal to:
a. ll.5 fathms b. l2.6fathoms c. 69.0feet d. 78.6fea
105. You are rmderwayin a vesselwith a draft of 6.0 feet You arein an areawherethe charteddepthof the
water is 4 fathoms.You should expoctthe deptb of waterbeneathyour keel 3ob approximat€ly:
a. l2fet b. 30tert c. 2/-fer,t d. l8feet
108. Wnds blowing along a c@st tend to set up long waves which travel along tbe omst raising the sea
level at the crcct and lowering the sealevel at the trough. Thesewavesare known as:
c. Storm surgps D. Coastshakers c. Tidal waves d. Ripples
Tidesand Currents l7
109. A phenoaenon surely not an indication of an approachingtropical storm.
a. tong high swell D. Ctoudsin the *y c. Tidal wave d. Ilalos around the mmn
112. The curr€nt coming from high latitudesnorth or south going towardsthe equator..
a. Warm current D. Polar current c. Cold current d. Bquatorial current
114. A level of the sea,defined by somephaseof the tide, &om which waler depthsand heightsof tide are
reckmed.
a. Tidal cunent D. Tidal datum c. 'fidal wave d. Tidal day
116. A tidal current having one flood current and one 6b current eachtidal day is:
a. Diurnal curent D. Diunal circle c. Diurnal inequality d. Diunal motion
ll8. The wabrs of the North Atlantic entering the Arctic Ocean,betweenNorway and Svalbar4 is which
current?
a. Oean qrrrent D. Monsoo current c. Northem curent d. Polar curent
120. What is the diflerence betrveenthe time or heigbt of tides at a subordinatestation and its reference
station?
a. fidal day b. Tide c. Tidal wave d. Tidal difrerence
121. ThedeflocfiondawinddrivencurrentstotherightofthewinddirectionintheNorthernllemisphere
is carsedby
a. The Coriolis fore c. The polar ice caps
D. Sub-surhc cunent d. Variability
12t1.What is a short" breaking wave occurring when a current passesover a shoal or other submarine
obstructionsor meetsa contrary current or wind?
a. Overflow b. Overfall c. Overshore d. Coastalwave
126. The instrumentwhich registerstheheightof the tide againsta scaleof thetide daa which is recorded
for the actual reading oomputationis called:
a. Barograph c. Automatictide range
D. Thennograph d. Tidal graph
127. T)nedifferencebetweenthe heightof the two high tidesduring a tidal day is called:
c. High waterfull and change c. High water inequality
b. High water d. High water mark
130. What is that part of the tide duesolelyto the tide producingforcesof the sun?
a. Solartide b. Equatorialtide c. Apogeantide d. Perigeantide
132. Ihe time interval betweennew or full moonand the maximum effectof thesephasesupon therangeof
tide.
a. Ageof tide c. Vulgarescablishment
D. Lunitidal interval d. Diurnal interval
135.Theintervaloftheaverageelapsedtimefromthemeridiantransitofthemoonuntilthenexthig
is called:
a. Lunitidal interval c. High water
,. Establishmentof the port d. Ageof tide
Tidesand Currents 19
136. The difrerencebetweentbe level of the danrmof chart and of the meanhigh waterspring is known as:
a. Neaprise D. Tiderise c. Springrise d. Diurnalrise
138. The trade winds which blow with great persistence,set up a sysbm of Equatorial current which at
times exiendsto latitude 50". This current is called:
a. Atlantic oceancurent c. Streamcurrent
D. Counter current d. Drift current
140. It is a wavein which only the fonn advances,the individual particlesof the mediummoving in closed
mbits, as oceianwavesin deepwater.
a. Waveof translAtion c. Gravity wave
D. Oscillatory wave d. Tidal wave
141. It is a wavein which tbe individual particlesare shiftedin the direction of wavetravel, asooeanwaves
in shoal water.
a. Waveoftranslation c. Gravitywave
b. Oscillatorywave d. Noneof these
143. lt is the continuation of the South Pacffic Equatorial Current after its division near the Fiji Island.
a. Rmsel curent b. StreamCurrent c. Austrdian Current d. Rotary current
144. A suddenand temporaryoscillation or fluctuation of the water level in a land-lockedpart of the sea
a. Seiche b. Seine c. Seineboat d. Seinefloat
146. Kuroshio Current is affecting your vessel.Yo will be carried by the current to which direction?
a. To the southand west c. To the north andeast
b. To the north and west d. To the south and east
148. Portsof Norway on the Atlantic Oceanare usually ice-ftee during winter becarseof the effectsof:
c. Oceancurrents ,. 'Iatitude c. Topography d. Migratory cyclones
20 Tidesand Cunents
Tlu pessure exettedby I nwter of wateris eqwl to I decibar.Tln pressurehdecibars is approximatcly
tlrc sameas thc dcpth in meters.
152. The most imporhnt &etor in causingvriations in soundvelocity in the upper fuw hundredf@t of the
o@an.
Answer: Dewity.
Thethree variables governing tln speedof the soundin afluid are density,compressibility,and tlte
ratio betweenthc specific luus of tlu fluid at constantpressureand at constanivolume.
155' At a given teNnperature and pressure,which of the following samplesof sea water would have the
greatestdensity?
a. Onewith a salinity of 35 partsper thousand
b. Onewith a salinity of 37 parts per thousand
c. One with a salinity of 33 parts per thousand
d. Onewith a salinity of 31 para per tbousand
Answer: (b)
Tidesand Currents 2l
: 61. Which of the following is not a relatively cold current?
a. East Ausralian Current c. PeruCurrent
b. C-anaryCurrent d. California Current
Answer: (a)
153. The relatively cold current which flows along the northwestcoastof Africa is the:
.4nswer: CanaryCunent
22 Tidesand Cunents
Weather is the stateof the earth's atmospherewith a restrictedlayer of the abnosphere.
respectto temperature,humidity, precipitation,
Geostrophlc Wlnd. That horizontal wind velocity
visibility, cloudiness,etc.
for which the Coriolis force exactly balancesthe
Cllmate refers to the prevalent or characteristic horizontal pressureforce.
meteorologicalconditions of a place or region.
Gradlent Wlnd. Any horizontal wind velocity
The Atncphcne. A relatively thin shellof air, water tangent to the contour line of a const4nt pr€ssure
vapor,dust, smokg etc. surroundingthe earth. surface(or to the isobaror a geopotentialsurface)at
the point in question.
Thoposphene.That portion of the atnospherefrom
the earth's surfaceto the tropopause.It is character- hcssure Gradlenl The change in pressurewith
nedby deoeasing temperaturewith height, appre- horizontal distance.
ciablevertical wind motion, appreciablewa0ervapor
Front is the zone of separation benreen two air
contentand weather.
Ilusses.
Thopopause.The boundarybenreenthe roposphere
Warm Front Wamer air is replacing colder air.
and sratosphere.
Representedas red line. As the wamr front passes,
Stratosphere. The atmosphericshell extending temperaturerises, the wind shifts clockwise (N.
upwardftom the tropopauseto the height wherethe Itremisphere)and the steadyrain stops.Thepressure
temperaturebegins to increase in the 20-to-25 might slowly decrease.
kilometer region.
Cold Front. Colder air is underrunning and
Jet Stream. Refers to relatively strong (60 kts.) displacingwarrnerair. Representd asblue line. As
quasi-horizonal winds usually concentratedwithin the fastermoving, steepercold ftont passes,thewind
Temperature Steadyor slow rise Rise,but not very sudd*r Uttle change
Msibility Very good except in Poor, often mist or log Usuallypor; miotor log
precipitation may persist
23
shifts cloctwise (N. Hemisfere), temperetureftlls .Occluded Front. A faster moving cold front
rapidly; and tberp are often brief and smetimes orertakes the warur ftont. Representedas purple
violent shon€rs,ftr4uently mpanied by thunder line.
and lightning and squalls.
Stadonrry Fnont. A front which is stationary or
After a cold ftont passes,the pressure rises, nearly so. Representd as alternating red & blue
visibility improvesand the clouds tend to diminish. line.
LOCAL WINDS
Land and SeaBreezcarecausedby altematebeating Anabatlc Wlnd. Wind that blows up an incline asa
and cooling of land adjacent to water. By day the result of surfaceheating.
land is warmer than the water, and by night it is
cmler. Katabatlc Wlnd. Wind thatblowsdownan incline.
There are two t),pes,FOEHN and FALL WIND.
ScaBrecze. During the day, the lower levels of air
over land are warmed,and the air rises, drawing in foehn. A dry wind with a downward oomponent,
ooler air from the sea warm for theseiason.
Occurswhenhorizontallymov-
ing air encountersa mountain barrier. Known as
Land Breeze. After $mset, as the land coolsbelow CHINOOK in theRocky MountainRegion.
the seatemperature,the air aboveit is also ooled.
The contracting cool air becomesmore dense, Fall lillnd. A cold wind blowing down a mountain
increasingthe pressurenear the surfaceresulting in slope.
an oufilow of winds to tbe sea.
24 WeatherElements
SOMELOCAL WINDS wind c a gale asmciarcdwith a depression)in the
Persian Gulf, the Gulf of Oman and along the
l. Bon. A cold, dry katabatic wind which lvlakran mst"
brq ftom directions varying betweennorth and
anL doq.nftom &s 6eunrains of the north and east 13.Sotherly Busier.TheS windbehindtbeold
fu€s of the Adriatic. It is often dangerous.The ftont in a trough of low pressureoften starts with a
rind cming down in violent gustsfrom the moun- violent squatloffthe SE coastof Australia
FirL(.
I4.$mtra. Squallsfron SW. Occur several
2. Tbhuantepecer.A violent squally wind from times a month between Itfay and October in the
N a NE in the Gulf of Tehuantepec(S of southern MalaccaSts.and W. cmst of lvtalaya
Mexico) in winter.
15.Bllzzad. A violent,intenselyooldwind laden
3. Pampero.Line-squalloccuringat thepassage with snon, mostly o1 entirely picked up from the
of a sharp cold front in the Argentine coasts.It is gound. Any havy snowfall accompaniedby sfong
usrally accompaniedby rain, thunderaadlightning. wind.
4. Mlstral. A col4 dry wind blowing fron the 16.Ihlst lVhtrl. A rotating cohrrnnof air about
north orrerthe NW coastof the MediterraneanSea 100 to 300 feet in heighl carrying dust,leavesand
(Gulf of Lions).
other light materials.Called as dust devil in south-
5. Eteslan. The summer winds of Agean Sea westernUnitedStatesanddesertdevilin S. Africa
andeasternMediterraneanwhich blow with consid- 17.Gnst A suddenbrief increasein wind speed
erableconstancyfrom a northedy direction. followed by a slackening, or the violent wind or
6. Gregale. A strong NE wind blowing in the squall that acconpaniesa thunders0orm.
central and western Mediterranean(Malta & east
18.Cat's Paw. A putr of wind or a light beezn
mstof Sicily). Occursmainly during winter.
afiocting a small are4 v/ould causepatchesof rip-
7. Harmattan. A dry E wind which blows on ples on the surf;aceof tbe water.
the west coastof Africa betweenC. Verde and the
Gulf of Guinea,in the dry season.
\tlaterspout A surall whiding storurover the cean
8. Khamsin. A southerlywind which blows in or inland waters.
Egyptand in the RedSeaaheadof eastward-moving
depressions. Tbnnadocs.Theseare derived from violent @nvec-
tive stormsover land and moving seaward.
9. Levanten An E wind in the Stnaitof Gibrat-
tar. Brings excessivemoistur€, cloud , haze or fog, Monsmns (seasonatwlnd). A wind systemproduced
and sometimesrain. by the alternateheating and cooling of a landnass.
l0.Norther (of Chile). A Northerly gale, with Summer Monsoon Blows from SW from IUay to
rain, which oocursusually in winter. Northcr (of October.
Gulf of Mextco). A strong,cool, dry N wind whicb
I4{nter Monsoon Bloc/s ftom NE frm Octoberto
blowsover the Gulf of Mexico and W. Carribeanin
April.
the winter.
In the Bay of Bengal and Arabian Seq the SW
11.Slrocco. Any Southerlywind in tbe Mediter- monsoonis strongerand more stormy than the NE
ranean. Hot and dry wind originating from the monsoon.
desertsof N. Africa
In the China Sea the winds are stronger and
l2.Shamal. Any NW wind (normal prerrailing steadierin the NE rnns(x)n.
WeatherElemen* 25
AIRMASSES over water or land.
NARTH-rotE
fFvaruNC
f i ,
ryES{lt!|ES
HAFSEL{TITUD6
HIqH PR€.S\gJRE
D4-DRUIlS
( \
\\
/IISH fPfrgs,URE
T'I'RSEGTTruDES
PRE\ALINO
€4.ITH RruE
S I M P L I F I ED O F T H EG E N E R A L
DI A G R A M
NF T H EA T M O S P H E R E
C I R C U L A T I OO
26 WeatherElements
Ihe DoHrms is the zone of light and rariable proportional to the pressuregradient
winds, often associated with heavy rain or
Dcprcslon or Low. A depressionor low-pressure
thunderstorms, which form a narroq roughly
systemis a region of relatively low pressurewith
lati$dinal, belt aotpying a position betweenthe
closedisobars.The isobarsformaclosed systemwith
equatorand aboutl:it.12" N or S. This is the zme
the lowestpressureinside that isobarwhich has the
wbere the trade-wind systemsof the northern and
/ smallest value of pressure, the wind circulation
southernhemispheresconvergetogether.
arounditbeing anticlocklise in the N. Ibmisphere
Ihe TbedelVbds at the surfaeblow from belts of and clockr*,isein Oe S. Hemisphere.
high pressure oward the equatorial belts of low
Sccondary Deprcsslon A $ndl depressionwithin
prcssure.Becauseof the rotation of the earth, the
the areaovered by a larger primary depression.
moving air is denectedbward the cest. The trde
winds in the Northern Henisphere are called lhoug! oflow Pressure.A rough is an elongated
northeast trades while those in the Southern areaof low pressureindicatedby isoban extending
Ilemisphereare called soutlteasttrades. outwardsftom a depression.
Ihe Horse Ladbdes (sr.nrnoplclt HIctl-PRBssuREAntlcyclone or lllgh. An anticycloneor high is a
relr) are zonesoflight and vatiable winds and fine regionof rclativelyhigb pressurewith closedisoban.
clear u/eathermarking the entrd regions of the The isobarsfom a closel systeNn with high pressure
subtropical high pressurebelt. They are mainly on the inside, the wind cinculationbeing clockwise
locatedin aboutLat. 30"-35" N and S. in the N. Ibnisphere and anticlockwise in the S.
Itremispherc.
hevalllq Westerlles. On the polewardside of the
high pressure belt in each hemisphere the Rldge of lllgh hessure. An elongatedareaof high
aunosphericpressureagaindiminishes.The qrrents pressureindicated by isobars extending outwards
of air setin motion along thesegradientsoward the from an anticyclone.
polesare divered by the earth's rotation toward the
east,becomingsouthwesterlyin the N.Hemisphere Col. A saddle-backedregion betweentwo lows and
and northwesterlyin the S. Henispbere. The bois- two highs.
terouswild oocuringin Latinrdes40" S to 50" S (or The weatherthat characterizedthe depresslon
55" S) are called the roaring forties and they are is srong winds, densecloud, and rain or snon. The
strongestat about Latitude 50" S. central region of most antlcyclones is one of light
Whds of Poler Reglons"Thewinds blow outward winds and fair weatherfor the subtropicalareasand
ftom the poles and are deflectedwestwardby the for temperatelatitudes.
rotation of the earth, to become,nrtluasterlies in The trurgh is a region ofoonvergenceand tends
the Arctic andsoutluasterlies in the Antarctic. o be associatedwith densecloud and precipitation.
Some troughs tend to remain stationary for long
periodsin temperatelatitrtdes,particttladyin summer
PRESSUREAND WINDS
when the upper air circulation patt€rn is weak. In
Theair circulatesclockwiserormdcent€rsof high thesecircumstancesupather is mostly cloudy with
pressureand anticloclwise round centers of low local showers and thunderstomls, which may be
pressurein the N. Hemisphere(while in the S. heavynearan activefront. In tropical latitudes,low-
lhmisphere tbe air circulario is mticloclwise rumd pressure troughs are regions favorable for the
centersof high pressrneand clockwiseround centers developmentof tropical stonns in certain oceans.
of low pressure).
A rHgc of hlgh pne$ure is a systemof curved
The wind is srrong where the pressuregradient bobrs in which pressureis higher on the insidethan
is steep and light where the pressuregradient is on theoutside.Fineweatheris associatedwith a ridge
small, that is the speed of the wind is closely of high pressure.
WeatherElemcnts n
A col is the region betweentwo ridges of high pressureis toward his right and somewhatin front
pressureandtwo trougbsof low pressure.No definite of him.
weathercan be associatedwith a col. it is a region
wheresharpchangesoccur. CIRCULAR AREA OF THE STORM
TROPICAL CYCLONES ' Dangerous Semlclrcle. The actual wind speedis
greatf,rthan that dueo tbe pressuregradientalone,
CII\SSIFICATION: since it is augnented by the forward motion of the
stonn and the direction of the wind and seais such
Thoplcal Dlsturbance is a discrete system of as to carry avesselinto the path of the storm.
apparently organized convection. It has no strong
windsand no closedisobars.Also known aseasterly Navlgabh Semlclrcle. Tbe wind is decreasedby the
wavGs. forward motion of the storm, and the wind blows
vesselsawayfrom the storm track.
Thoplcal Deprrsslon hasoneor moreclosedisobars
and some rotary circulation at the surface.The NORTIIERN IIEIVI$PIIERE
highest sustained(l-minute mean) surfacewind
speedis 33 knots. If the wind is rrcering,the shipis in theDangerous
Semicircle.If the wind remains steadyin direction
Tboplcal Storm has closed isobars and a distinct or nearlysteady,the ship is in the path of the sorm.
rotary circulation.The highestsustained(l-minute If the wind is backing, the ship is in the Navigable
mean)surfacewind speedis 34 to 63 knots. Semicircle.
Hurr'lcane or\phoon hasclosedisobars,a strong
and very pronounced rotary circulation and a SOUTEERN HEMISPHERE
sust4ined(l-minute mean)surfacewind speedd 64 If the wind is veering, the ship must be in the
knots or higher.
DangerousSemicircle. If the wind remains steady
in direction or nearly steady,the ship is in the path
PRECT'RSORYSIGNS of the storm. If the wind is backing, the ship is in
l. A long low swell is sometimesevident, the Navigable Semicircle.
prcceedingfrom the approximatebearingof the Vecrlng whd. A wind changing direction to the
centerof the storm. right in the Northern Hemisphereand to the left in
2. Cimrs cloudsappearing0odiverge from a point the SouthernHemisphere.
on the horizon may indicate the direction of a
ropical stonn. Backlng wlnd. A wind chmging direaion o the
3. An appreciable change in the direction and left in the Northern Hemisphereand to the right in
strengthof the wind. the SouthernHemisphere.
4. Corrected barometerreading is 5 mb or mor€
below the normal.
MANEUVERING TO AVOID THB
4uvs BALLors LAw STORM CENTER
If an obserrrerin the N. Ibmisphere facestbe NORTMRN IIEM]SPIIERE
surfae wind the center of low pressureis toward
his right, somewhatbehind him; and the center of Rlght on DaqgernusSemlclncle"Bring the wind on
high pressureis toward his left and smewhat in the stbd.bqp, holdcourseandmakeasmuchuay as
ftont of hirn. poosible.If obliged to heaveto, do so with headto
the sea
If an obserrrerin the S. lbmisphere frces the
surfacewind the centerof low pressureis towardhis Left or Navlgable Scmtclrcl€. Bring the wind on
left and smewhat behindhim ; andthe oenterof high the stbd.quarter,hold cornseandmakeasmuchway
2E WeatherElements
as possible.If obliged to beaveto, do so with stern prepredness is rctivated to dert status.
to the sea
On StormlhackrAhcad of Center.Bring tbewind PI,BLIC STORM SIGNAL NO. 2
two pts. on the stbd. quarter,hold courseand make A moderate tropical cyclone will affect the
as much way as pcsible. When well within Oe locality. Wnds of greater than 60 KPH and up to
navigablesemicircle,maneuveras indicatedabove. 100KPH may beexpectedin at least24 bours.Sme
On Storm Thack, Behlnd Center. Avoid thecenter @conutrees may be tilted with few othersbr,oken.
by the bestpracticablecDurre,keeping in mind the Few big trees may be uprooted. Many banana
tendencyof tropicd cyclom to qnre northwad and plantation may be destoyed. Sone old galvanized
eastward. iron roofmgs may roll d. Large numbersof nipa
and cogon houses may be partially or totally
bourrerur HEDTTsIPHERE unroofed.The seaand coastalutatersare dangerous
to smaller sercraft Fishermenare advisednot to go
Left or DangerousScmlclncle. Bring the wind on out to sea.Disasterpreparednessagenciesand other
the port bow hold courseand makeas much way as organizationsare alerted.
possible.
Rlght or Navlgable Scmlclrcle. Bring the wind on PT'BLIC STORM SIGNAL NO.3
the port quarter,hold ourse andmakeas much way A strongAopical qdone will affect the locality.
as possible. Winds grc:rterthan 100KPH up to 185KPH nay be
On Storm Thack, Ahead of Centen Bring the wind expectedin at least l8 hours.
tlo points on the port qtr., hold courseand make as Almost all bananaplants may be destroyedand
much way as possible. a large numberof treesmay be uprooted.Rice and
On Storm Thack, Behtnd Centen Avoid thecenter corn crops may suffer heavy demage.Majority of
by the bestpracticableoouree,keeping in mind the nipa and cogonhousesmay beunroofedor desuoyed
tendencyof tnopicalcyclonesto curvesouthwardand and theremay be considerabledamageto structures
eastward. of light to medium construction. There may be
widespread disruption of electrical power and
communicationsservices.Seaandcoasal waten will
PUBLIC STORM WARNINGS be dangerousto all seacraft
Storm slgnals are raised during the Tropical
Cplone Warning stage.In May 1991, PAGASA Feopleareadvisedto evacuateand stayin strong
introdrrced a new system in its cyclone warning buildings.Evactatelow-lying areas.Stayawayfrom
s€rvices,the Modified hrblic Storm\ilarning System coastsand river banks.Warchout for the passageof
(MPSWS). Thi MPSWS involves the addition of the eyeofthe typhoon.
Public Storn Signal No. 4 and enhancedthe Thepassageof theeyeof the typhoonis indicated
descriptionof eachsignal. by a suddenchangefton bad to fair wea0er. Fair
weatbermay last fc one or two hours after which
PT'BLIC STORM SIGNAL NO. 1 theworstweatherwill restme with rrcrysrong winds
generallyooming from Oe oppositedirection.
A tropical cyclme will affectthe locality. Winds
up to 30-60 KPH may be expectedin at least 36 Disasrcr preparednessand responseagencies/
houn. Tbigs and branchesd small trees may be organizationsarerctivated to respondappropriately.
hoken. Somebananaplants may tilt or land fliaton
the ground. Very light or no damageat all may be PT'BLIC STORM SIGNAL NO. 4
sutainedby the exposedcommrmities.
A very intense typhoon will affect the locality.
Businessmay be carried out as uual. Disaster Very strong winds of more tban 185 KPH may b
WeatherElements 29
PATHSOF TROPICALSTORMS
zr',tst
t4cFapct2
--".|fr.fi,E
gJtrp/|G''E.
.]
i,--4,
I
f T'.-- f'r.t
.|/'tlr',Xtns'[| l4ilt!
aFtF.ert
t..
\*-/'
- t'r'c,'ara
t Eanwplge;ffi,
t"n<a?ql|F
,.A, nlri'innt.P gftfFr CnfltR
lafil.t.fi|,rmlt
affil{
lo'8
-*:u'-""':::""'""" rFg,agrtP
30 WeatherElements
BEAUFORTSCALEOF WINDFORCE
Boaufort Gcncral Sea Cdlerbn Wlnd Veloclty
ilrmbcr Dc.edPdon ln Knots
WeatherElewents 31
CLOt]DS
l/^tbuds are visible assemblagesof numeroustiny 5. Ntctratus (As) are middle clouds having the
\-,droples of water, or ie crystals, fumed by appearanceof a grayish or bluish, fibrous veil or
oondensationof watervaporin the air, with thebases sheet.The sun or moon, when seenthrough Oese
of tbe assemblagesabovetbe surhce of the eartb. clouds,appearsas if it wereshining through ground
glass,with a corota arcundif If thesecloudsthic}en
Clouds arp classified aooordingo their height
and lower, or if low ragged rainclouds form behw
and bow they are famed.
them, ontinuous rain or snow may be expected
within afew hours.
HIGE CLOITIN (mean lower level above20,0(X)
fet) LOW CLOUDS ( mean lo*er level of less tban
6,500feet )
1. Clrrus (Cl) are detachedhigh clouds of
delicate and fibrous appearanoe,without shading, 6. Stratocumulus(Sc) arelow cloudscmposed
generally white in color, and often of a silky of soft, gray, roll-sbapedmasses.They are usually
appearanoe.They are composedentirely of ice followed by clear skiesduring the nighr
crysals. Theseclouds may be arrangedin parallel 7. Stratus (St) is a low cloud in a uniform layer
bandswhich cro*sthe skyin greatcirclesandappear resemblingfog butnotresting on the ground.Light
to amverge toward a point on the lbrizon. Their mist may descendfrom stratus. Strong wind
oonvagenoe may indicate the direction of a low sometimes breaks stratus into shreds called
pressurearea "fractostratus".
2. Clrrocmlus (Cc) arehigh clondsoomposed
8. Nlmbctrafis (Ns) is a low, dark, shapeles
of small white flakes or scales, or of very small cloud layer, usually nearly uniform, but sometimes
globular masses,usually without shadows and
with ragge4 wetlooking bases.It is a rain cloud.
arrangedin groupsof lines, ormore often in ripples The precipitation is steadyor intermittent, but not
resemblingthoseof sandin the seashore.(Macfterel
showery.
Sky). Composedof ice crystals and are generally
associated with fair weather,butmay precedea stonn 9. C\mulus (C\) are denseclouds with vertical
if they thicken and lower. development( clouds formed by rising air which is
cooled as it reachesgreaterheigbts ). They have a
3. Clrrostratus (C-s)ate thin, whitish, high horizonalbase anddome-shaped uppersurface,with
clouds smetimes oovering the sky ompletely and protuberancesextending above the dome. They
grving it a milky appearance.Halos may form with
acompany fair and gmd weather.
the sunor moonat the center.Known asmare'stails.
If it continuesto thicken and lower, it becmes an 10. C\mbnftnbus (Cb) is amassivecloud with
Alostratus andrain maynormallybeexpectedwithin great vertical developmengrising in mountainous
Z hours. bwers to great heights. srads out in shapeof an
anvil. Producesshowers of rain, snow, or hail,
frequentlyamnpanied by thunder.Popularlyknown
MIDDLE CLOT IN (meanlevel between6,500and
as thndercloud.
Z),0@feet)
4. Altocumulus (Ac) are middle clouds CI,O['D HEIGHT MEASI'REIVTENT
consistingof a layer of large, ball-like massesthat
t€Ddb merge together.lvlay vry in thicknessand The height to which the air must rise before
colq from dqzzling white to dark gray. If they condensation takes place is proportional to the
thidcn q lower,theymay producethmdery warher differencebetweensurfaceair t€mperatureand the
and showers but will not bring prolonged bad dew poinr Atsea this difrerencemultipliedby 236
weather. gives the beigbt in fe€t
32 WearterElements
If the dry-bulb remp. is 80 T and the wet-bulb ADJT'STMENT OF BAROMEItsR READINGS:
emp. is 77 "R Oe dewpoint( ftom T-17 ) is 76 T,
or 4 locrer than ths surfrce air temperaore. The l. h strunent Error. Any inaocuracydue to imper-
heightof thecJoudbaseis 4 x 236 =944feel'. foction or incorrectadjusment of tbe instrument
canbedeterminedby omparison with precision
Ibensmlssometen A device used to measure instnrment.
visibility. It measuresthe transparency of the
2, Heigltt Error. The amospheric reading at tbe
amospherebypa*singabean of light weraknoum
heigbt of the baromet€rca[ed station pressure
sbort distance,comparing it with a refercncelight.
and is subjectto a height corection in order to
FOG is a cloud whosebaseis low enoughto rastrict make it a sea pressureleral. Applied to both
visibility. It is cmposed of droples of wabr, or ice Mercrnial and Aneroid barometerreadings.
crysals fumed I condensationor crystallization 3. Gravity Error. Mercurial barometersare
of water vapor in the air. calibrat€d br standardsea-levelgravity atl'att.
1. Radlatlon Fog forms orpr low-lying land on 45" 32'4 . Doesnot applyo readingsdAneroid
clear,caln nights. As the land radiatesheatand baometer.
beomesooler, it @olstheair immediarelyabove 4. TinnperaureEnor Barometersare calibratedat
tbe surhce. If the air is ooled to its dew point, a standardtempcranneof 32 9F.Tobe appliedo
fog forms. readingsof Mercurial barmeter only.
2. Advecdon Fog forms when warm, moist air lVhd Vane"Measuresthe wind directim.
blows overa colder surfaceand is mled bebn'
iS dewpoint. Mostcommmly enoormtered Aremomten Measureswind speed.
at sea
3. fboct Smkc or Arcdc Sca Smoke forms when True q Actual frihd.'Wind retative to a fixed
very old air movesover warmerwater.\Vispsd pornt on the earth.
vis0le water vapor nay rise from the surhce as Apparew t Reluive Wtzd Wind relative to a
the water $teuns. moving point.
EAZB msists of fine dust or salt Frticles in the lbmpcrahre is the intensity o degreeof heat It is
air, bt small to be individualty apparent, but in measuredin degrces.
sffcbnt number b redrce horizontal visibility.
Thermmeter is an instrument used to measure
SMOG is a mixurp of smo&eand fog. tempera$rc.
Ttermograph is an instrurnentusedto measureand
WEATEER, INSTN,I'MENTS record temperature.
Brromcten Lbed to measureatrnospbric pressute. Frhrcnhclt G). Purewater freezesat 32" and boits
at2l2-
Bamgrrph. th€d to measureandr€@rdamospberic
prcssure. CelsNus(C). fue wat€r fieez€sat 0o and boils at
Standsd,ltttw splur ic Pre ssure: 14.7 p| 29.92 lW Absolute Zcm is oonsideredo be the bwest
inchesof Mer,curyq 1013.2millibars possibletemperature,at which thereis no molecular
motion and a body hasno hear
Mencurld Brloretcn Invented by Evangelista Conversion:
Tbrrioelli in lil?. Itfieasuresamospheric prcssure "c= ("F_32"\ll,g
by balancingthe weightof a column of Mercury. T = ("Cx 1.8)+32"
AmoH Brrffi. I\fieasures
a[ncpheric pressure K1(= "C +273.15 KorKelvin
"C = "K -n3J5
by meansof tbe brce exertedby the pressure(nl a
pady arruate( thin-meal elementalled a sylplnn A temperatureof -40 is thesanebyeitherCel-
cell (awoidcapsule). siusor Fahrenheitscale.
WeatherElements 33
IIUMIDITY is the conditiolt dthe amospherewith To flnd thc corrcc| readlag of a mcrcarlal
referene to its water vapof conbnt. hoomeCq:
RDI,AITE HUMIIIITy is & tl€o dtte prossure Exmple: If your Mercurial Baf,ometerwhich is
of water vapof pfesetrt in tbe ahosphere to the locared70 ft. Sorre sealevel reads30.20inc,hesand
saturatim vap6 pressdo tt t!6 ffie leEperature. tbe temperanueis 80 T., wbat is the orrect reading
atlltihde 20" N?
DEW PrOtr\tTis thetc&pcranre atwhich eesation
takes place, and any futhor coeling fesults in Soluion:
condensatimof sme of the moismc. TUlo 11:tbightEnor (70ft.) = 0.07in.
Thble 12: Gravity Brror (Lat 20o N) = 4.06 in.
As air bmpemnre docttases,rehive humidity TSh 13:Temp.Error (80 "D =4.14 in.
increases.
Total Correcrions = {.13 in.
EYGROME!tsR. is m u$ed
instnnmenlt to measure Bdromeier Reading = 30.20in.
relative hrmidity md dew point. = 30.07in.
CorrectedReading
PSYCHROIIEIEI is the frst.co@! tlpe of
Hygrmetor. TcmpcratureConversion:
34 WeatherElements
hrore- Abreak orrupture throughrtry clmepack Pancoke tce. Predminantly circular piecesof ice
b, compactpackice, onsolidated packice, fastice, frrom30entimeters to3 mete,rsin diameter,and up
c a single floe resulting fton deformatim process. toabout l0antimeten in thic}ness,with raisedrims
due 30pie@ssfiking againstone another.
Glrclen A massof snowand ice which continuously
flows to lower levels, exhibiting many of the Polynya. Any non-linear shaped area of water
characteristicsof rivers of water. enclosedby ice.
Gnowler.A smallerpieceof icebut onelargeenough kft€d lce. A tlpe of deformedice formed by one
o inflict seriousdamageto a vessel.Small enough pieceof ice oveniding another.
that it may escapevisual or radar detection.
Ram. An undenvatericeprojectionfrom an icewall,
Eummocked lce. Sea ice piled haphazardlyoe icefront, icebergor floe.
pieceover anotherto form an unevensurface.
Rldge. A line or wall of broken ice forced up by
Iceberg. A mnqsivepiece of ice greatly varying in pressure.
sbape,showingmorethan5 met€,rs ahve seasurftce,
Shuge.An accumulationof spongywhite ice lumps,
which has broken away ftom a glacier, and which
a few entimeters across.
may afloat or aground.
Sky map. Thepattern on the undersideof extensive
Ice bllnk. A whitish glare on low clouds abovean
cloud areas,oeated by the varying amountsof light
accumulationof distant ice.
reflectedfrom the earth's surface.
Ice cake. Any relatively flat pieceof ice lessthan 20
Slush.Srpw which is saEratedandmixedwith water
metersacross.
on land or ice surfa@s,or which is a viscousfloating
Ice cap. A perennial over of ice and snowover an massin water af0era heavysnoufall.
extensiveportion of the earth's surface.
Snow bllnk. A white glare on the undersideof
Ice front- The vertical cliffforming the seawardface extensivecloud areas,createdby light reflectedfrom
of an ice shelf or other floating glacier varying in snow-coveredsurfaces.
height from 2 to 50 metersabovesealevel.
Splcule. A small individual, needlelike crystals of
Ice lsland. A large piece of floating ice showing ice suspendedin water.
about 5 meters above the sea surfae, which has
Tbntlng. Occurswhenbendingproducesan upward
b'rokenaway ftom an arctic ice shelf.
displacementof ice fonning a flat sidedarch with a
Ice rlnd. A brittle shiny crust of ice formed on a cavity beneath.
quiet surfaceby direct ftezing or from greaseice,
Water sky. Dark streakson the undersideof low
usually in water of low salinity.
clouds,indicating the presenceof water featuresin
Ice wall. An icecliffforming the seawardmarginof the vicinity of seaice.
a glacier which is not afloat. An ice.wall is aground"
the rock basementbeing at or below sealevel. ENTERING A PACK ICE
Land sky. Dark streaksor patchesor a graynesson Upon the approachto pack ice, a careful decisionis
the undersideof ex0ensivecloud areas,due to the neededto determine the best action. Often it is
absenceofreflectedlight from bareground. possibleto go aroundthe ice, rather than throughit.
Unlessthe pack ice is qui0eloose,this action usually
Lead. Any fracture or passage-waythrough seaice gains rather than losestime. When skirting an ice
which is navigableby surfacevessels.
field or an ieberg, do so to windward,if a choiceis
Nilas. A thin elasticcrust of ice, easilybendingon available, to avoid projecting tongues of ice or
wavesandswell underpressure,thntsting in a panern individual piecesthat have boenblown away from
of interlocting'fingers'. the main body of ice.
WeatherElements 3s
WEATTIERELEIIEilTS
1. Which cloud is composedentirel.'of ice crysals?
a. stratus b. cimrs c. nimbctratus d stratocrmulus
5. If the sky was clear with the exceptionof a few cnrnulusclouds,it would indicate:
a. raln D. hunicane c. fair weather d. fog setting in
9. Cloudsthat form as small flaky or scalyglobular massesovering either small or large portionsof the
slry md are neady alwayswhite are:
a. cimrs b. cirrosfatus c. dtostra$s d. cirrocumulus
10. A low gniforur layer of cloud resemblingfog, but not resting on the ground is:
a. cumulus b. nimbus c. stratus d. cimrs
x WeatherElements
15. whicn of the following cloudscommonly producea halo around the sun or mom?
a cirrosfratus D. cirroomulus c. altostraurs d altocrmulus
16. An 'atoll cloud" forming over an island due to heating of the land during daytime would be what
t'?e?
a. cirms D. omulus c. stratus d nimbus
18. The fum of cloudsoften known as'tnackerel sky" which is generallyassociatedwith fair weatheris:
a cirrocrmulus D. nimbostratus c. cumulonimbus d stratus
20. Which of the following list of clouds are from the highestto the lowestin the sky?
d. altostrahrs,cirrostratus, stratus
D. cirrostra$s, dtostratus, straEs
c. straurs,cirrostraors,altostra[rs
d altostratus,strahts,cirrosEanrs
WeatherElements 37
28. hg will oocu when:
a. an extremelycold air ftom shorepassesover much warmerwat€r
D. warm dry air frrornshorepass€sover ooler water
c. wann oceanwat€r eraporat€sinto hot air
d ool rain passesthrough a warrn air mass
33. When a wann air massis adjacento a cold air mass,the separationline betweenthe two is called;
a. front D. isobar c. isoherm d equipotentialline
34. Briel violent showersfrequently accompaniedby thunder and Ughtning are usually associatedwith:
a passageof a warm front
b passageofacoldfront
c. winds shifting countercloclwise in the N. henisphere
d stationaryhigb pressure
3t WeatherElements
41. An occludedfront is causedby a/an:
a bw pressurearca c. areaof cdm air
D. high pressurearea d cold ftont overtaking a walut front
42. When a cold air massand a warm air massmeetand thereis no horizontal motioo 9; sither mlsg it is
called a/an:
a cold ftont D. oeluded front c. stationaryfront d warm front
44. When a wann air massovertakesa retreating cold air mass,the contactsurfaceis called:
a warm front D. oold ftont c. stationaryfront d ocluded front
48. Which of the following *eather changesmompanies the passageof a cold front in tbe N. henisphere?
a. a line of cumulonimbusclouds
D. steadyprecifitation
c. wind shift from northeastclockwiseto southwest
d, falling barometricpfessure
50. A seriesof brief showersaccmrpaniedby strong, shifting winds may rrcur along or somedisance
aheadofa/an:
a. cyclone D. upper ftont c. cold front d. oaluded front
51. Seafogscausedby:
a advectionof wann moist air over a colder oceancurrent
b. radiational cooling
c. lack of wind
d. advectim of cold dry air over a wafln ocEtn current
52. The fog pnrducedby uam moist air passingacold surfaceis called:
a. ftontalfog D. advectionfog c. radiationfog d. conductionfog
WeatherElements 39
53. The first indication a mariner will haveof the approachof warm front will be:
a. high cimrs clouds gradually changingto cirrosha$s and then to dtostrauts
b. low dark cloudsaccompaniedby inrcrmittent rain
c. fog causedbyadvection
d. raryecumulonimbusbuilding up
n Weather Elements
64. ln a tropical cyclone,a veering wind (one changing direction to the right in the N. hemisphereand
one changingdirection to the left in the S. hemisphere)would mean that you were:
a. in the eyeof the stonn c. in the dangerousserm-circle
D. in the navigablesemi-circle d. in the storm track
65. In the areaof the doldrums, which of the following choiceswould be incorrect?
d. overcas6 b. calms c. thunderstorms d. steeppressuregradients
66. Which of the following would you experiencein the eyeof a hurricane?
a. high velocity winds c. temperaturelower than outsideof the eye
D. owering curnulonimbusclouds d. extremelylow barometricpressure
69. With falling barometerand low cloud ceiling, you can expect:
a. increasinghumidity and temperature c. qrmulus clouds
D. steady winds
moderate d improving visibility
WeatherElements 4l
77. Aaording o BrrysBalbt law, ryhen m drcrrpr in tbe N. hemirpherc €xpcrlnc€s a NB wind, tbe
mrcr of bw prcssrr€ b locarcdto the:
to wegt D. nor6east
a soNrthwsst c. norfiwest d southeastto south
80. Aeording b Buys Bdlots law, whcn an oherver in the N. hemisphereexperiencesa l.IlV win4 the
@@r of the bw pressureic locaFd to the:
4 nortbeast D. *tst souttwest c. nordwest d southsoutbeast
81. If yorn btrlletin sbowsthe mter d a lon, pressureareato be 100miles dueeastof pur position"what
winds cm you expct in tbe N. hemirybere?
a north to northwest D. eastto northeast c. eastto southeast d southto southeast
82. When frcing into the wind in tbe N. heinispbere,the enter of low pressurelies:
a directly in ftrontof .)ur c. b yollr left and behind pu
D. directlybehind you d to your right andbehind pu
84. Which conditinn would not indicate the approachof a tropical storm?
a long, high swells c. halos around the sun or moon
D. cimrs clouds d. in wind velocity
drr;re.*rre
42 WeatherElemen*
*;
is a:
96. In the N. Hemispherg a wind that shifts clockrrise
b. Backing wind c' Reversewind d Chinook
a Vering vind
generallymove :
97. Weatherconditims in tbe middle latiudes
b. Westward c' Northward d' Southward
a Bastrnard
becane:
100. Tropical cyclonesdo notform within 5" of the equator .
c' It is too humid'
o, in.r" ate no fronts in the area'
D. It is too hot d' Of negligible Coriolis force'
l03.Thelocalwindwhichoccrrrsduringthedaytimeandiscausedbythedifferentfa@sofvafming
land and watcr:
D. Chinook c' Landbreeze d Seabreeze
a hehn
WeatherElemenn 43
104. A katabaticwind blows:
c. Up an incline due to surfaceheating
b. lnacircularpattern
c. Down an incline due to coolin3 of the air
d. Itrorizonally betweena high an I a low pressurearca
105. The areaof strong winds occuringbetweenlatitrrdes40" to 60" S which blow to the eastis:
a. Polar easterlies c. Rmring faties
D. Prevailing westerlies d. Jqstreans
106. In the N. Atlanticbetween latitudes5o and 30" the winds you would expectto encolmterare:
a. Doldrums c. Trades
D. Westerlies d Easterlies
108. The wind flow from the Horselatitudes to the Doldnms is deflecteddue to:
a. The Coriolis force c. Different atmo$phericprcssure
D. Midlat semi-permanenthigh d. Prevailingwesterlies
110. The usual sequenceof directions in which a tropical cyclme movesin the S. hemisphereis:
a northwesLwest and south c. north, no'rthwestand east
D. southwes! south and southeast d. wesgnorthwest and north
ll2. A hurricanenoving NE out of the Gulf of Mexico passeswest of your position. You could expectall
of the following except:
a. higher than normal tides c. winds veering ftom south b west or northwest
D. high winds d. hghtsbonen
113. You are enroutefrom PuertoRico to New Yort. A hurricane nakes up and approacies.If the wind
veerssteadily this indicatesthat your vesselis:
a. in the dangeroussemi+ircle c. in tbe path of the storm
D. in the navigablesemi-circle d. in the stonn oenter
114. Early indications of the approrch of a hurricane nay be all of the following except:
a. short confrsed swell
D. gradually inoeasing white clouds (mare's tails)
c. pumping brometer
d continuousfine nist like rain
4 WeatherElements
115. Tropical cyclmes are classified by form and intensity. Which of the ff. disturbancedoesnot have
closedisobars?
a. hurricane c. tropicaldepression
,. Eopical disturbance d cyclone
116. You havedeterminedthat you are in the right semicircleof a tropical cyclone in the N. hemisphere.
What action shouldyou take to avoid the storm?
a plae the wind on the starb@tdquarter and hold that course
b. plrce the wind on the port quarter and hold that course
c. place the wind on the port bCIiland hold that course
d. placc,the wind on the starb@rdbw and hold Oat course
l2l. In the N. hemispherc,you are caught in the navigablesemi-circlewith plenty of searoom available.
The bestcourseof action is to bring the wind on the:
a. Wrtquarter and make as much headwayas possible
D. starboardbowand make as much headwayas possible
c. starboardquaxterand make as much headwayas possible
'I\e
122. wind with the greatesteffecton the set,drift and depthof the equatorialcurents are the:
a tradewinds c. doldrums
D. horselatitudes d. prevailing westerlies
123. Whencimrs cloudsappearin the vicinity of a tropical cyclone,their convergence providesan indication
of:
4. dangeroussemi-circle c. wind direction for the next 200 miles
D. direction of storm center d. velocity of the wind for the next 100 miles
125. What wind pattern has the most influence over the movementof frontal weathersystemsover the N.
American continent?
a dominant souther$ fbw c. prevailing westerlies
D. sub-polareasterties d NE trades
WeatherElements 45
126. Tfu wind is blowing strongoutof the north and yon areheadingnortb along the E. oast of the U.S.A.
The bestway to avoid working your vesselin high seawould be o:
a. leave the Gulf streamand move in closer to the sbore.
b. placethe wind on the port bor,'.
c. leavethe Gulf strean and heai out to the openmean.
d. remain in the main current of the Gulf stream.
127. On the pole side of the high pressurebelt in eachhemisphere,the pressurediminishes. The winds
along thesegradientsare divertedby the earth's rotation toward the eastand are knowl as the:
c. horselatitudes c. prevailingc/esterlies
D. geostrophicwinds d. doldrums
128. In the S. hemisphere,the wind flow associarcdwith a low pressuresystemwill have which of the
followin g characteristics?
I. the wind velocity is leastnear the s)'stem
tr. the direction of the flow is counterclockwis€
a. I only D. II only c. both I and II d. neither I nor II
129. A strongwind on the Pacific coastblowing ftom the north of Mexico, usuallyin cold seasonsis called:
a. Norther D. Papagayo c. Pampero d. Tehuantepecer
131. The p,revailingwinds in the band of latitudesfrom approx. 15" N to 30" N are the:
c. NE trade winds D. SE trade winds c. Doldrums d. hevailing westerlies
135. A weather forecaststatesthat the wind will comnence brcking. In the N. hemisphere,this could
indiete thu itwill:
a shift in a clockrvisenranner c. be steadyin directims
D. shift in a co@terclockwisernanner
136. A weatherformst sta@.s that the wind will oonunenoeveaing. In the N. hemisphere,this indicates
that the wind will:
c. shift in a cloctrvise mnnner
D. shift in a cormercbckwise rnann€r
c. mtinue blmring ftom tbe sare directim
6 WeatherElements
I _11In readinga weathermap, closely spacedpressuregradient lines would indicate:
a. high winds c. calmor light winds
b. highorercastclouds d. fogorst€adyrain
138. Tbe areaof strongwinds occuringbetween40" S and 60" S which blow towardthe eastis the:
c. polar eastedies c. roaring forties
D. prevailingwesterlies
139. Thebelt of lilht and variahlewinds betweenthewesterlywind belt and the NE trde winds is the:
a. subtropicalhigh pressurebelt c. doldrum belt
b. intertropicalconvergencezone d. frontalzone
140. You are steaming west in the N. Atlantic in an extratropical storm, and tbe wind is dead ahead.
According to Buys Ballot, the center of the low pressurelies:
a. northofyon c. ahedofYott
D. southof you d. behind You
146. Wbena hurricanepassesovercolderwateror land and lossesthe sourceof heat,th storm assumesthe
characteristicsof a/an:
a. High pressurearea c. Tropical storm
D. Extratropical cyclure d. Easterlywara
WeatherElements {I
148. Wbich of the ff. indicates that a tropical cyclme can be expectedat )our poeition within A a 48
hours?
c. A diunal inequdity of 6 mb in the barmeter reading.
b. A suddenwindshift ftromSW to NW followed by steadily increasingwind.
c. The normal swell paftem becomingconftrsedwith the length increasing.
d An overcail sky with steadilyincreasingrain from nimbostraursclouds.
149. In the N. hemisphere,your vesselis believedto be in the direct path of a hurricane,and with plenty of
searoom available.The bestcourseof aclion is o bring the wind on:
a Stbd.bow, note that courseand headin that direction
,. Sbd. quarter,note that oourseand head in that direction
c. Port quarter,note that courseand headin that direction
155. The proce.ssleading to the decayor dissipationof fronts or frontal zone is called:
a. Frontolysis D. Froctolysis c. Frontogenesis d Clclogenesis
158. The phasetransition of a substancepassingfrom the solid to the liquid sta[esuchas melting of ice.
a lnsolation b. Evaporation c. Condensation d Fusion
4E WeatherElements
161. In low latitudes, the highs of the diurnal variation of pressureoocur/sat:
c. M00Handl600H c. 1000Hand22NH
D. Noon and midnig[t d. Noon
162. A long, narronr,jagged crack may appearin the ice but wide enougbto permit the passageof a ship.
This is called:
a. Crackie b. Ler.dicr,, c. Shuga d Folynya
170. The instrumentmost commonly used!o gatherthe datafor detennining the relative humidity is the:
c. hydrometer D. payc,hrometer c. barometer d anemometer
WeatherElemcn* 49
lZ4. Tbeconection/sufiich mus beappliedo a mercurialbrometer readinginclude/s:
a tbigbt error D. Gravityerror c. Tkmperature error d All of theabove
to brcakor shiftposition,andpossible
175.Tbeprincipaldangerftomitxbergsis theirtendency mderwater
exte,nsionscalled:
a Rams D. Calve c. Growlers d SPicules
It6. A light feAbery d€positof ie causedby the condensationof water virpor directly in the crystalline
form on natural o$ects whce temperanresarebelow freezing'
a Derv D. Frost c. Glazn d Snow
such
lg7. The region containing 3/4 of the maqsof the amosphereand the region o which are confined
phenonenaas clouds storms,precipitition and cbanging weather conditions'
,r sr.rcupn.r" D. Tropospher,e c. Mesosphere d lonosphere
what maximum
1gg. Freezingsalt water sprayshouldbe anticipatedwben the air temperaturedropsbelow
valrp?
a 32"F b. 287 c.0T d 40"F
191. The term usuallyrefersto a revolvingstormin the North Indian Oc€an,Bay of Bengaland Arabian
Sea.
a. Cyclone b. Thi-fung c. Bagp d. Hurricane
194. A slow moving ice in a river that flows !o lower level passingravinesandmountains"
a. Ram D. Growler c. Glacier d. Calve
195. A warm, dry wind blowing down the leewardslopeof a mountainand acrossa valleyfloor or plain.
a. Foehn b. Fall wind c. Gust d. Squall
197. A white glare on the undersideof extensivecloud areascreatedby light reflectedfrom snow-covered
surhces.
a Sky map b. Watersky c. Ice blink d. Snowblink
199. The temperatureat which the air is saturatedwith watervaporand belowwhich condensationof water
vaporwill occur is referredto as:
a. Dew point c. Precipitationpoint
b. Vapor point d. Absolutehumidity
200. An extensivebody of air within which the conditions of temperatureand moisture in a horizontal
plane are essentiallyuniform.
a. Front ,. Climate c. Air mass d. Weather
202. The transition of a substanoedirectly from the solid state to the vapor state,or vice versa, without
passingtbrough the intermediateliquid sate.
a Sublimation D. Condensation c. Fusion d. Insolation
WeatherElemcnts 51
203. Relativehumidity is the percentageof watervaporthat is in the air ompared to the maxinum amount
it can hold at:
a. Specificbarwretric pressure c. Specific wind speed
b. Specific temperature d AnYtime
"the atr is saturat€d"meians:
204. The expression
a. the relative humidity is 100%
D. the vapor pressureis at its minimum for the prevailing temperature
c. precipitation has comrnenced
d. cloud cover is l(X)%
208. The stateof the atnrospherewhen frequentlydisturbedby suddenand violent gusty winds.
a. Cloudy D. Fogg c. Cyclonic d. Squally
s2 WeatherElements
215. Astrong wind with an averagevelocity af Z tnoa and a pressureof.2.3lbs. per squarefoot
a. Gale D. Freshgale c. Srong hrrr;zn d. Near gale
216. \\e center of a tr,opitnl revolving sbrm where the barometerpressureis the lowest and there is
mparatively calm wind with a very high searunning in all directions.
a. Vortex D. Vertex c. Cenroid d Crocenter
218. A strong southwestto westwind accompaniedby heavyrain which prevails during July and August
on the west coastof CostaRica and Nicaragua.
a Norther b. hmpero c. Temporales d. Mistral
219. A wind of considerableintensity causedby aurospheric instability. It comesup and diesquickly, and
is often accompaniedby thunder,lighhing and precipitation.
c. Gradient wind D. Geostrophicwind c. Veeringwind d Squall
220. Violent whirlwinds of 50 to 1000yardsor more in diameterwhich are experiencedover land and in
conditionsof great instability.
a. Waterspouts b. Tornadm c. Cyclones d. Thunderstorms
VleatherElements 53
is:
230. The normaloxygencontentof the atmosphere
a. 81o b. 2l% c. l0% d. 50%
235. Small individual particlesof ice which makethe appeafimceof the seaoily with a peculiargxayor
leadentint are called:
a. Spicules ,. Rams c. Growlers d. AJ.lofthese
240. Public storm signal no.3 meansrain and wind is expectedto passin the areaor vicinity at rate of:
a. 185 KpHor more b. 100 to 185 ren c. 60 to 100 res d. 30 n 60 ru.t
Vl2. Itwas esrablishedin 1913by the InternationalConventionfor Safetyof Life at Seaheldthat yearasa
resultof the sinking of the SSTitanic.
a. International ice patrol c. Land sky
b. Sky map d. WaterskY
U3. An areaof high pressurewhich remainsin the vicinity of the Bermudaswith greatpentistenceand has
a definite effect on the weatheralong the Atlantic coastof the United Starcsis known as:
a. Aleutian low D. Bermudahigh c. Florida high d. Icelandic low
54 WeatherElements
'\rool pack"
245. Cloudswith vertical development.Its uppersurfacedome-shaped,and sometimescalled
clouds.
a. Cumulonimbus D. Altostratus c. Cumulus d. Altocrrtulus
26. When air is not confined, changesin temperatureproducea changein volume, heatedair expanding
and cooledair contracting.The resultis:
a. Tradewind D. Gradient wind c. Wind d. Geostrophicwind
249. ln which month tropical cyclonesoccurwith the most frequencyin the Northern Hemisphere?
a. May b. July c. June d. October
250. What is the actual weight of water vapor in a parcelof air and expressedin grams per cubic meter?
a. Absolutehumidity c. Seatemperature
D. Relative humidity d. Dew point temperatrre
''
251. In which monthsdo mosthumcanesin the SouthernHemisphersoggti
a. July,August,September c. January,Februa4v,March
D. April, May, June d. October,November,December
252. A recording thermometerfor determining the temperatureof the seaat various depthsis called:
a. Bathythermograph c. Bathythennometer
b. Bathymetricscale d. Seathermometer
253. A relatively thin shell of air, water vapor,dust and smokesurroundingthe earth.
a. Weather b. Aunosphere c. Celestialsphoe d. Troposphere
254. Tbe top of the troposhereis marked by a thin transition zoneknown as:
a. Stratopause D. Tropopause c. Mesopause d. Ionopause
255. To meetthe needsfu a pressureunit involving force rather than length, the unit usedbymeteorologist
ftrr afnosphericpressureis:
a. Millibars b. Feet c. Meters d Fathoms
258. When the Gulf sfean water en@unterscold air, evaporationis so rapid that it causes:
a. Frost smoke b. Fog c. Rain d. Squalls
259. Asmall circular depressionsrboidiary to a cyclone.It is usually formed by bending of isobarsin the
equatorialsideofa cYclone.
c. Secondarydepression c. Secondarytyphoon
b. Secondarycyclone d. Tfopical stomt
WeatherElements 55
260. The low pressureateas'thatlie betweenthe tradesis called the:
a llorse latiudes D. Doldrums c. Wcterlies d. Easterlies
261. Which sideof the moving tropical cyclonein the Northern Hemispherehas the weakerwind?
a- t-eft D. Right c. Fuward d Arft
265. Seaice piled h4hazardly one pieceover anotherto form an unevensurfrce is called:
a. Hrmmocled ie b. Packedice c. Fastice d. New ice
?l;6. Atine joining two oalusions betweenwarm and cold air which is stationary.
a Frontal surface D. Frontal depression c. Polar front d. Quasi-stationaryfront
269. The sideof the storm that lies o the left in the N. Hemisphereand to the right of the stonn path in the
S. Hemisphereis the:
a Dangeroussemi-circle c. Dangerousquadrant
D. Navigablesemi-circle d. Noneof these
270. Ttle Williwaw of the Aleutian @sq tbe Tehuantepecerof the Mexican coastand the Misfal of the
Westernand BasternMediterraneanare examplesof:
a Fallwind D. Anabaticwind c. $phoon d. Stationaryfront
56 WeatherElern.ents
275. During the evening,the land givesoffits heatand falls belowthe temperatureof the sea.The result is:
Answer : A land brceze,from land to sea
279. T\e direction of the wind in a cycloneis soutb.Statethe probablebearingd its centerftom a ship in
the SouthernHemisPhere.
Anwer : Tlw bearing would he I to I0 pointsto the W of wind direction, or betweenE and ENE.
280. yogr vesselis proceedingtoward a stationarythunderstormat 15knots. If you sawa flash of lightning
and l0 secondslater heard thunder,how long would it takebefore )ou enier the storm?
Solution:
Time in minutes = Distancein feet / Speedin feet per min.
= 10 secs.x ll20 ftJsec.
(15 kts. x 6Ot0 ft.rh.m.)/ 60 min.
= 7.37minutes
281. The most important factor in maintaining a balancein the heating of the (rceansand the amosphere
is:
Answer: Radiuion
284. Which of the following latiude receivesthe most heatfmm the sun?
a. 10"N b. 30"S c. t0"S d 30"N
Answer: (a)
WeatherElements 57
289. Convert 1006millibars to inchesof Mercury and statethe kind of pressure.
Answer: 29.71in, of Mercury;a sign of low pressure.
290. Afog causedby the oooling of theair in contactwith the groundasa result of cooling of the groundat
night.
Answer: Radiuionfog
297. A typeof fog which occurs when cold air blows over a relatively warm seais called:
Ansvter: Seasmoke
"C and a standardsealevel
298. The U.S. standardatmosphereassumesa sealevel temperatureof 15
pressureof:
'btswer : 29.92inclws of Mercury
58 Weather Elements
RADAR NAVIGATION
nearthe antenna.
The tenn MDAR was derived ftom radio detec
I tion and ranging.Thisis applied to elecfronic
Clutter. Unwantedradarechoesreflectedliom heavy
equipment designed to determine distance by
rain, snow,waves,erc.,whichmayobscurerelatively
measuringthetime requiredfor aradio signal!o ravel
large areason the radarscope.
froma transmitterto a"targe(' andreturneitherasa
reflected"echo" or as a retransmittedsignal from a Cursor. A deviceusedwith an instnmr'ng to provide
transpondertriggeredby the original signal. Since a moveablereference,astherunnerof a sliderule or
the primary radar usesa directionalantenna,the a rotatableplasticdisk with inscribedcrosslines,used
directiirnof the targetis also determined,but with in readingbearingson a plan positionindicator.
somewhatlessaccuracythan the distance.
Diffraction. The bendingof a waveas it passesan
The radar radio signal is pulse modulated.Sig- obstruction.
nalsaregenerated in a transmitterby a timing circuit
sothatenergyleavestheantennain veryshortbursts Indirect or Falseecho.Causedby reflectionof the
mainlobeof theradarbeamoff ship'sstructuressuch
or "pulses".During transmissionof a pulse,the an-
tennais connectedto the transmitterbut not the re- asstacksand kingposts.Whenreflection doesoccur,
ceiver.As soonas the pulse leaves.An elecEonic the echowill retum from a legitimateradarcontact
switchdisconnects the antennafrom thetransmitter !o the antennaby thesameindirectpath.
andconnectsit to the receiver.Anotherpulseis not Multiple echoes.Thesemay occw when a strong
transmitteduntil after theprecedingonehashadtime echois receivedfrom anotler ship at closerange.A
to travelto themostdistanttargetwithin range,and secondor third or more echoesmay be observedon
return. The duration or length of a singlepulse is theradarscope at double,triple, or othermultiplesof
calledpulselength,pulseduration,or pulsewidth' the actualrangeof theradarcontact.
From the receiver,the return signal goesto the Multiple-trace echoes.Theseare echoesreceived
indicator.This consistsof a cathode-raytube and from a contactat anactualrangegreaterthantheradar
appropriatecircuits. range setting. If an echo from a distant target is
received after the following pulse has been
DEF'INMON. OF TERMS: transmitted,the echowill appearon the radarscope
at the correctbearingbut not at the truerange.
Attenuation. The decreasein the strengthof a radar
wave resulting from absorption,scattering,and Persistence.A measureof time that the radar
reflectionby the medium through which it passes indicator(PPIscope)retainsimagesof echoes.
(waveguide,a0nosphere)and by obstructionsin its
Plan pcition indicator. An intensity-modulated
path.
radar display in which the radial sweeprotateson
Beamwidth. The angularmeasureof thetransverse thecathode-raytubein synchronismwith therotating
sectionof a beam(usuallyin the main lobe) lying antenna. The display presents a maplike
within directionscorrespondingto specifiedvalues representationof the positionsof echo-producing
of field strengthrelativeto themaximum. objects.
Blind sector.A sectoronradancopein whichradar Pulseduratlon. The time intervalduring which the
echoescannotbe receivedbecauseofan obstruction anrplitudeof a pulseis at or grerttetthan a specified
59
value.Also calledpulselengthandpulsewidth. main lobeat the samerangeas Oe latter.
60 Electronic Navigation
2. Sfun.Targetshavinglargerreflectingarcasreturn sideof a ship or a steepcliff along the shore,reflects
tbantargetshavingsmallerreflecting
strongerec.hoes very strongecboes.A concavesurfacetpndsto focus
areas. theradarbeamto theantennawhile a convexsurface
tendsto scatterenergy.
3. Aspect of a targel The orienation to the axis of
the radar beam.The nearer the angle betweentbe 5. Texture. A smoothsurfacewill give poor radar
reflectingand the bean axis is 90 deg.,the greateris echo becausemost of the energy is reflected in
the strengthof the cho renrned to the antenna. anotherdirection.
TIIE GYRO-COMPASS
fhe basisof marine gyrm)mpass lies in the free numberof orthogonalaxesaboutwhichthe spinaxis
L gyroscope.It is a spinning wbeel or rotor so is frreeto rotate, t[e spin axis not being countedin
mountedin a ftamethattheaxisupm nhich thewheel one convention.
spins may be pointed initially in any preferred
The gynocompassdependsupon four natural
direction. phenomenafor its operation. Two are inherent
A conventional gyroscope consists of a properties of the gyroscope,nanely, gyroscopic
comparativelymassive,wheellike rotor balancedin inertia and gytoscopicprecession;and the other nvo
gimbalswhich permitroation in any direaion about are the earth's rc0ationand gravity.
threemutually perpendicularaxis throughtbe center Before a free gyro can be converted into a
of gravity. The three axes are called the ryin atis, gyrocompass,the mounting structure must be
thelnrkontal cns, andthevertical axis. changedslightly. Tbe rotor is mountedin a sphere
Gyrmcoplc lnerda. The propertyof a gyroscopeof (gyrosphere)and the sphereis supportedby the
resistingany forcewhich changeits axis of rotation. vertical nng. Tbesphre andverticalring are,in $m,
A gyroscopetends to maintain the direction of is mounted in a base called phantom. Means are
axis of rotation in space.Also called RIGIDITYIN providedfor the vertical ring and phantomto follow
SPACE. the gyro asit turns aboutiB vertical axis.
Gyroscoplc precesslon The propertyof a Syroscope To make the gyro ino a gyrocompass,the gyro
exhibited when a fore is applied which tends o has to be madeto seekand maintain TRUENORTTI.
changethe direction in spaceof tle spin axis' The Since north is the direction representedby a
motion resulting ftom sucha force is not in line with horizontal line in the plane of the meridian, some
the force but perpendicularo it. Precessioncan be meanshaveto be provided to:
demonstratedby applying a torque to the spinning 1. Make the gyro spin axis seekthe meridian plane
gyrosoopeaboutits horizontal axis.
2. Make the spin axis horizonal
Free gnmcope hasthreedegreesof freedom: 3. Make it maintain its position oncereached
Electronic Navigation 6l
Tangent latltude error. It is approximatelypropor- causedby motion of the vessel,suchasrolling.
tional to the tangentof the latitude in which the gy-
The two maln elementsof the master compassare
rocompassis qerating. Thelatitudeerror variesfrom
theoompasselementandthesupportingelement.The
zeroat the equatorto a maximum at l- igh northern
compasselement includes the sensitive element
and southernlatitudes. This error may be compen-
(meridianand slavegyros),the phantomor follower
satedfor by meansof an auxiliary latitude corrector
element"and the gimbal. The supporting elements
to shift the lubber's line or to alter the position of a
includesthe frane and binnacle which provide a
small weight attachedto the casingnear one end of
shock-mountsupportfor the compa.ss element.
theaxle.
Deslrable characterlstlcs of the gyrocompass.
Ballistic deflection error. A t€mporaryoscillatmy
Sincea gyrocompassis not affectedby a magnetic
error of ttregyrocompassintroducedwhen thenorth-
field, it is not subjectto magneticcompasserrorsnor
southcomponentofthe speedchanges,asby speed
it is uselessnear the ealth's magneticpoles.H an
or cotusechange.An aorelerating force acts upon
error is present,it is the sameon all headings.Thc
the compass,causing a surgeof mercury from one
part of the systemto another in case of the directive force is sufficiently strong to permit
directional pick-off for use in remote-indicating
nonpendulbuscompass,or a deflection (along the
repeaters,automaticsteering,deadreckoningand
meridian) of a mass in the case of a pendulous
q)mpass. fire-control equipment,courserecorders,etc.
Undeslrable characterlstlcs. A gyrooompassis
Ballistic damptng error. A temporaryoscillatmy
dependent upon a sourceof suitableelectricpower.
error of a gyrocompassintroduced during changes
If qeration of thecompassis intemrptedlongenough
of courseor speedas a result of the meansusedto
to permit mcertaintyin its indications,a considerable
dampthe oscillationsof the spin axis.
period (as much as four hours for some
Quadrantal enor. Therolling of a vesselintroduces gyrocornpasses) may beneededfor it to settleon the
the force neededto start a gyrocompassswinging. meridianafter it reachesoperatingspeed.This period
The effect reachesa maximum on intercardinal canbereducedbyorientingthecompassin theproper
headings,midway betweenthe two horizontal axes direction beforeit is started.
of the compass,and changesdirection of error in
The gyrocompassis subject to certain errors
consecutivequadrants.
requiringapplicationsof corrections,eithermanually
Gimballlng error. The error introduced in a or automatically.Its accuracydecreasesabove
gyrocompassby the tilting of the ginbal mounting Latitude75 deg.
systemof the oompassdueto horizontal acceleration
62 Electronic Navigation
or follorvingsea;by mechanicalwearor danage,such 2. By measuringon the chart or plotting sheetthe
as a bent fin; or by fouling of the rotator, as by distancemadegoodbetweenfixes and dividing
seaweeds or refuse. this by time
3. By finding the vectorsumof velocity throughthe
Measurementof speed.All instrumentsusedfor waterand velocity of the current
measuringspeeddet€rminetherateof motionthrough
the water.This is doneby: Pitch of the screw. The distancethe screwwould
advancein one revolution as if the screw were
1. Electromagneticinduc.. n advancingthrougha solid substance.
2. Differentialpressueormeirsurementof thewater
pressuredue solelyto the forwardmotionof the Slip. The difference betweenthe distancethe
vessel propellerwould advancein a solid substanceand
3. Measuringthe resistance0othemotionof the actualdistancetraveled.
vessel Doppler sonar navigatlon.The useof the doppler
4. Meansof a small screwpropellerhavinga speed effect observedas a frequencyshift resulting from
ofrotation proportional to the speedofthe vessel
relative motion betweena transmitter and receiver
5. Determining the relationship betweenvessel of ultrasonicenergyto measurethe relative motion
speedand speedof rotation of its screwor screws
betweenthe vesseland the reflective seabottom(for
Speedover the bottom canbe determined: BorroM RETURN uonn) or suspendedparticulate
matter in the seawater itself (for voLUME
1. By direct measurementasby dopplersonarspeed REvERBERATIoN uooe) to detemrinethe vessel's
log and sensingaccelerations velocity.
ECHO SOUNDER
fn this instrument,a pulse of electricalenergyis with the temperature,pressure,and salinity. In the
lconverted periodically to sound energy and o@an,the speedof soundis neady alwaysfasterthan
transmitted downward by a transducer.When the the speedof calibration. The error introducedis on
energystrikesthe bottom(orany other objecthaving the side of safetyunlessthe water is fresh or very
acousticpropertiesdiffe,rcntfrom thoseof water), a cold.
portion is reflectedbrck to the transducerasan echo.
This energy is reconve,rtedo electrical energy for If soft mud coversthe oean floor, someof the
presentation.Becauseof the speedof soundin water sound-waveenergymay penetrateto a harder layer
is nearly constanLthe amountof time which elapses beneath,resultingin indicationof two bottotns.ltis
benpeenthe transmissionof a pulseandthereception not unusualin deepwater [o receivea strongreturn
of its echois a measureof the distancetraveled,or in at a depthof about200 fathomsduring the day, and
this case,depth. smrewhatnearerat thesurfaceatnight. This is called
phantom bottom or deep scattering /ayer. This is
Depthinfomrationis presentedin eithertwo ways: believedto be due to large nunbers of tiny marine
nanely, an indicator consistingof a cathoderay ube animals. School of fish return an echo sufficiently
or a recorderwhich recordsdepthan calibratedpaper. strong to make echo sounder a valuable aid to
Echo sounderor fathometer only measuresthe commercialfishermen.
depthof waterbelowthe ship's keel.To gettheactual
The sound waves (sonic or ultrasonic) are
depthof water, add the ship's drafl
producedelectrically by meansof a transducer, a
Echo soundersare calibratedfor speedof sound device for converting electrical energy to sound
'of 4,800 ftlsec. The actual speedvaries primarily waves.or vice versa.
Electronic Navigation 63
TIIE LEAD
fhe leadis a deviceconsistingof a suiably marked lcad,weigbng 7 to 14 lbs. andhaving a line marked
I line having a weight anachedto oneof its end.It to abofrt25 fathoms;afr tbe deep-sealcad, urcigh-
is usedfor measuringdepthd water. ing ftom 30 to 100lbs. andhaving a line markedto
Two typesof lead are in contmonv*: the lnnd 100fatbomsor more in length.
HANDLEAD IIARKINGS
Dlstane tllaftlng Dlstatw lhrklw
tromlead tnm lead
ln bthons ln bthoms
2 2 stdpsol leather 20 stroil line wlth 2 knots
3 3 stdpsol leather 25 shortllne with 1 knot
5 whlteoottonrag 30 shodllne with 3 knots
7 rcd woolenrag 35 slrodllne wfth 1 knot
10 leatherwlth hole & shortllne with 4 knots
13 sameas 3lathoms 45 slrortllnewith 1 knot
15 sameas 5lathoms 50 shortlinewith 5 knots
17 sameasTfathoms
6 Electronic Navigation
radio wavefront dueto the physicaldimensionsand period near sunriseor sunset,when great changes
@ntourof the rassel's hull. It is maximumfor bear- are taking placein the ionosphere.
ings broadon the bm, and broadon the quarter.
Reclprocal bcarlngs Unlessa radio directionfinder
Coastal refractlon A radio wave snossinga coast- has a vertical sensingwire, there is a possible180
line at an obliqueangleundergoes a changeofdirec- deg.ambiguityin thereading.
tion due to difference in conducting and reflecting If the transmitter and receiver are on the same
propertiesof land and war,r. Also called IAND EF-
meridian. or both on the equator,no correction is
FECT.
neededbecauserhumb lines and great circles oin-
Polarlzadon error. The direction of travel ofradio cide under theseconditions.
wavesmay undergoan alterationduring theconfused
ElectronicNavigation 65
LONG RANGE NAVIGATION
LORAN A tal part of the sweepis expandedin time to simplify
theoperationof locatingtheLoran pulseson theped-
LouN A is a basichyperbolicnavigation s)rstem estals.
in which the time differenceis that observedbetween
individual pulsesfrom two transmitters.The trans- LORAN C
mitting stationsoperatein master-slaveconfigura-
tionson oneof thefrequencies1850kHz, 1900kHz, LonarNC is a low frequency,pulsed,hyperbolic
or 1950kHz, radiating pulseswhich are approxi- system,managedandoperatedby the USCoastguard.
mately forty microsecondslong. A masterstation It is availablefor useby any vesselin the coverage
which controlstwo slavesis 'doublepulsed',mean- areacarryingtheappropriatereceivingapparatus.
ing tlat it transmitsentirelyseparate pulsesfor each
Thepropagation distances
at thetransmission fre-
slave. quencyof 100 kHz, and the stability of the propa-
Adjacentpairsmayusethesametransmission fre- gatedwaves,givel,oranC arangeadequate for ocean
quency,but aredifferentiatedat thereceiverby their navigation and an accuracypotential adequate for
-
pulserepetitionintervals(PRI) the time between coastal navigation. Ranges of 800 to 1,200 n. miles
successive pulses.A chain is thereforespecifiedby areobtainablewhenusingthegroundwave,depend-
ing upontransmitterpower,signal-to-noise ratio in
its frequencyand its pulserepetitioninterval.
the servicearea,receiversensitivity,andlossesover
Propagation.Transmittingstationswhich nnke up thesignalpath.
a master-slave pair aregenerallylocated200 to 400
Chain configuration.The hyperbolicline of posi-
milesapart. During day-time,propagationis almost
tion is derivedfrom thedifferencein arrival time of
entirelydue to groundwave,and at night-time,it is pulsesfrom two transmittingstations.The systemis
dueto bothgroundwaveand skywave.Duringnight- organizedsuchthat onestationis themasterandal-
time there may be receivedpulsesdue to various waystransmitsfi-rst.Thesecondary station,theslave,
modesof skywave,including one and wo hop E- is synchronizedwith the masterand transmitsat a
layer and one and two hop FJayer.By making use preciseintervalafter the mastertransmission.This
of thefirst slqnvavepulse(theonehop E-layer),op- interval,knownas thesecondarycodingdelay, en-
erationalrange of Loran A can be extendedfrom suresthatevenin situationswhena vessel'slocation
about700milesfor groundwave up to approximately is closetrotheslavetransmitte9the masterpulses will
1500miles. Multiple E-layerreflectionsand all F- still arrivebeforethe slavepulses.
layerreflectionsaretoo variablefor reliablenaviga-
tion. A Loran C chain is comprisedof at least two
slaves,andmore usuallyeither threeor four. These
The LoranA receiver. MostLoran A receiversuti- aredesignated W, X, Y andZ, and eachhasits own
lize a cathoderay tube(CRT) to visuallydisplaythe codingdelay,so that the slavesarealwaysreceived
masterandslavepulses.The spotis madeto deflect in the samesequence throughoutthe coveragearea.
acrossthe tubefaceat a preciselycontrolledrate.If
All transmittersof all chainsradiateat thesame
the rate coincideswith the pulserepetitioninterval
frequencyof 100kHz, soto preventinterferencebe-
of a given chain, it will causethe pulsesfrom that
tweenchains,tlte repetitionrateof thepulsegroups
chainto appearstationaryon thetubeface,andpulses of eachchainis nradeunique.This is referredto as
from otherchains(with differentPRIs)will appear thegroup repetitioninterval (GRI), and for a given
to be moving acrossthe tube.It is usualto split the chain,is selectedto beof sufficientlengthto contain
total spot deflectioninto two halves,making a top themasterand slavetransmissions.
'pedes-
traceanda bottomtrace.It is alsousualfor
tals' to be generatedon the two tracesto facilitate Fulseformat. To achievea simpletime difference
alignmentof themasterandslavepulses.Thepedes- measurement it is onlvnecessarv for themasterand
Electortc Naiguion t,
twotransniningstations. miles,if o thebaseline.
In thensmal hypertolicmode,6e pbasediffer- Normally,tbelare omterdtbe rpcsiver,whic'b
enceread-outftoNnthereeiver (witb thqpmpaga- is serm &partu?ftom almowlposition,provides
don orrectiol applied)mly indicatertheisophase thelane.If thelanecorntingqability of theequip
b theoh enrer'sposi- m€Nilt asenporry €quiP
is lostfaanyt€iason,suc,h
oontour(LOP)corresponding
mentfaih[€, tbenavigaforusuallycandeterminetbe
tim withina lane.Wbentbestatimsaretransmining
mllstloorvtbelme in cfric'h
at 10.2kllz, tbeobserver laneheis in bydeadreckoningc othernavigational
beis locatedor his positionwithin anaocuracy of 4 means.
SATELLITE NAVIGATION
rTthe Nlvv NavrcATloNSarsI-LttgSvsreu lar polartrbit at an approximate altihde of 600n.
I OnvSnD is tbe operationalsaellite naviga- miles.Tbe orbitalplanes of tbe inters€ctat
satelli@.s
tion systemof the Unied States.It is dl-wearher' tte eartb's axisof roation and arespaced apattin
wuldwide, and passive.The system'saocurcy is hnginrde. Tbus, tbe odital patbscrcss at tbeNortb
be[erthan0.1n.milemywhere in the*ul4 onland andSortb Poles. Altboug[ tbeo6itat planesremain
andseaThesystemis usedprinarily fc thenaviga- nealy fixedin ryaef tbesalelliEsappearb traverse
tionof surfaceshipsandsubrmarines. It is alsoused tbelmgiardinalmpridiosastheearthrotalesbeneath
in hydrographicsurveyingandgeodedc pocitionde- tb€m.
termination.Thesystem is alsoloown asTRAI'|SIT.
Thereareusuallyfive sarcllitesoperatingin tbe
TheNAVSATsysteinutilizasthedopplashiftof sysrem, andtheseprwidenavigationfixesanywtere
radiosignalstransnited fromtbesa@lliteto meas- ontheeartbonnearlyanhourlybasis.Fivesaellites
ure the relirtivewloctty betc,eentbe sate[itenavi-in ortit provideredrmdancy, t[e mininum onstel-
gator.Knowingthesarclliteortitp'recisely'tbenavi- lationfa systemoperationtsfour.Thisredudancy
gator'sabsolutepositim can be rcuraldy deEr- alloyrsfa antnexpect€d failureof a satelliteandtbe
minedfrrm this timerateof cbangeof rangeto t[e reluively log paiod of time destued to schedule'
safo[its.Thesatelliesatsotransmittining sig[als piepdefc larmch,andqbit a replrementsatellite
uftich prwide rimeautonatically.Frequency m o cmmical basb.This redmdaDcyalsopro-
ror
racyis beaerthanI part in 10 billion for videsbr urning offa sarllite whenits ortital plane
precisede'
terminationof tbedoppler shift, thetime is prcoessB
given in Etr anotbersafllite's plare,c whentbe
Coodinaed Universal li6s (UTC) b witbb tining (phasing)of sevemlsate[itesin their qbib
200
microccmds(usually2G50nicrwecoills). ar€@porarily sucl thatndly satellitespassneady
sinulamsly nearoneof t[e Poles.
Ihpphr shlfLThedservedDopplershiftis caused
SYSIEMCONFIGITRATIONAI{DOPDIIA*TIONby thrcesouroes of reluive velocity:(1) theosbitat
TheNAVSATsysrcnconslstsof e onstellation wlocity dthe sabllie; (2) tbevebcityof tbevessel
of oditing saEllites,a netwo(tof trackingstations o whiel thereoeiveris bcarcd;and(3)therotatio
thatontinuqsly monitortbe sarl[tes andupdarc of tbeeartl aboutits aris.
tb inftrmarin 6cy trusmit, od my numbetof user Iafccdonncrreg,cs"Obial pedicdmspaiodically
equipments cmposedof recdwrs andmplerr. to artifidal satelliesfa stongein satel-
transmined
Eachnavigationsarcllieis in a nminally ciror lltcmemory.
6E Elecnonic Nanigatbn
TrrEr{AvsTARGLOBALPOilnONINGSYSTEM(GPS)
fhe US Departmentof DefenseGlohl Position cal or regional danms, a datum shift has to be ap-
I ing Systerr(GPS)or the NAVSTAR will r€place plied.
the existing TRAIYSIT Satellite Sysm in the eady
Sctcilte trsnsmlsdom. Eachsatellite transmib on
1990's.The ryacesegmentofthissysbm, uften fully
nro frequencies,Ll (f575 Mllz)utdL2(1227 MIlz).
operational,will consistof 21 operationalsatellites
The Ll signalis modulatedwith nvo pseudo-random
plus 3 in-orbit spat€swenly-distri[uted betwpen6
noisecodes,the P ode (prccision)and the C/A code
orbital planeswith inclination of 55 deg.b tbe equa-
(clear/aquisition or oourse/acquisition).
TheL2 sig-
tor with a 12 hour pedod and altitude.sof 10,900n.
nal is modulatedwith the P ode only. The function
miles. This configuration sbouldensur€that a mini-
of thesecodesis (1) for sate[ite identification and
mum of five satellites with suitable elevationsare
(2) formeasurementofthe propagationtime.
visible o a receiveranywhereon the Earth's surfaoe
at anytfune. The Narrtar rccdven All Narstarrreivers areoom-
priseddfoubasicelements: (1) antenna(2) rcceiver
GPSwitl tbereforeprrovide@ntinuous,uuldwide
(3) mpttter and(4) 6e datadisplaysegnent Within
position fixing. A GPS position fix is obtainedby
measuringthe rangesftroma seriesof selectedsatel- this basicdescriptionthereexistsa numberof possi-
lites to the receiver.Rangesaredeterminedby meas- bilities for variation, dependingupon the perform-
uring the propagationtime of the satenitedatatrans' anerequirement.
missions.fbwever, bcarse in practioeit is not pos- One pcsible receivervariation is in the number
sible to precisely sync'hronizetbe satellite and rc- of sigoals which can be processedsimultaneously.
einer clodrs,tberangesmeasuredarcnot tnte rangeq Eachsate[it€ transmitsthreesignals, the C/A and P
'psando ranges" sincethey ontain a
bot are tonnod on the Ll frequency,andthe P on the L2 ftequency.
receiverclock ofrset error. The most simple receivercould have only a single
In order to achievea two-dimensional(2-D) fix channel which utilizes the (7A signal only ofeach
on the Ealth's surftce at least three psandoranges satellitein turn.
must be obtained; the receiver microprocessorcan A greaterlevel of performanceis obtainedfrom a
thenresolvetbe threerangeequationsto rernovethe five+hannelreceiverwhici simultareouslyprcce.s.ses
effectsof reeiver clock offset sno1. $imilady four the Ll frequencyP signal from the four selectedsat-
pseudoranges*urldberequired o obtaina 3-D fix-
ellites, and also sequentiallymonitors the P signals
GPSpositions are referencedo the Wodd Geo- of the L2 frequencyof eachsatellite.In eacbcaseOe
detic System(WGS) and in order to plot theseposi- effect of the ionosphereis determinedby receiving
tions on charts,wbic,harenormally referencedto lo- theL2 frequency.
AI\D SAFETTSYSTEI\'I
GI,OBALIVIARIITMEDISTRESS
fbe systemis basedon tbe introduction of mari frreeEPIRBs (emergencyposition indicating radio
I time cmrmunication satellites together witb a beaoons).
s,,stemof digital selectivecalling @SC) and an au-
tomateddirecl printing systemfon the transmission Baslc oncept of the GMDSS. The searchand res-
of navigationd andmeteorologicalwarningsand ur- cueauthoritiesashore,aswell asshipping in the im-
gentinformationo ships(Navtex).In addition a sys- mediatevicinity of the ship or percons,in distress,
tem, basedon polar orbiting satellites,will be used will be rapidly alerted o a disress incident so tbey
for distressalerting and position fixing ftom float- can assistin a cmrdinated searchand rescte opera-
70 fucnonic Naigatbn
distressmessagecmaining the ship sation identity, tbeqpeciM inrcrmediatcftequencyto beransferred
position information and additional information to the mputer-aided multi-cbannelreceiverfa sat-
'
which could be nsedto hcilitate resctp. The trans- eUiteBPIRB identifrcationand messagedecoding.
mission is repeaed on a preselectedduty cple.
After tbe signal channelsare identified, they re
Additionally, a9 GlJzndar transponderis activard
assignedto prooessorchamels.Tbe distnessmessage
for locating puposes.
is then forwardedb an asociated RCC for appro-
After being relayed by the satellite, the distress Fiateaction.
signalis down-conrrertedat thecoastearthstationb
NAVTEX
serrrice
f,,Javter is aninternational whichprcvid€s serrresthe seaarea around his position, or from a
I \ fa tle artomatic pronulgation of meteuologi- numherof transmiaersasappropriate.
cal andnavigationalwarningsand urgentmessagEt
Trenmltter ldcntillcrdon @f). A singlermique
sailingwirhin
to vessels 400h. of themst
This
l€tter is dlocated to eachtran$nitter. enables
The serviceis intendedfor rse with sinple bw broadcastidentification and messageediting on the
oostreceivers whichhavetheabilityto alomatically basisof ransmioer area"For example;Niton Radio
selectand rejrxtmessagesin orderb insuretharmly (S), Rogaland(L), Scleveningen(P), erc.
the infoonatim by
rcquested themarinerispresented.
SubJect ldentlflcatlon (B2). Information is
In tbisway,thesystqncanbeusedbc<rvey awide groupedby subjecton tbe Navtexbroadcastandeach
rangeof infcmation of bothlocalandregionalim-
zubjectis allocateda ubject indicatq (82) as fol-
po,rtanewitboutoverwbehingtbeuserwitbuilleC-
loc/s:
essary infcmation.
A = Navigationalwarnings
Messages arebroadcastnainly ftomtransmitt€rs = Meteuologicdwamings
whichtire-sbre B
siedatexisingmst radiostations, c = Ice reports
tbeommontransmissfon fiequency d 5I EkIIz.fub
D = Searchandrescueinformation
In€ssage mains a codedpreamble,enablinga mi- = Meteorologicalforccasts
to sebct6 r€- E
cropro@sstr-ontmlled user/receiver = Pilot servicemessages
F
irt m€ssages uording b tbeircalegory,statim of
G = Deccawarnings
uigin oserial ntmber. H = Loran warnings
Thelrtarirr cGrylce.Navigatio,netedobgicaland I = Omegawarnings
searchand rescrp (SAnl oordinatorsfeedsource J = Satnavwarnings
nessag€s b tbeNavtexooordinatrwborelirysthen, K = Otherelectrmicnavaidmessages
usuallyvia teler,overthepublicswirchednetwolt, L = NavigationwaningsadditionaltoA
b appmtriarcms ststimbrbroadcastm 518kIIz. M-Y = Fuserrriceusednotassigned
z = Nomessagesinhand
Tb Nartexoordinarcra[ocatesmsagps tospe-
cific transniuersroaAing to tbeinformationcon- hopagr0on Theftequency 518kIIz lieswithintbe
trinedin eb mersage md thcgographicatoover- medirmfrequency bandallocationfa marinewire-
agercquir€d,asa resulttle usermaycbooseto e- lesselegraphy,selectivecallinganddisresswert-
oeptrcsagpseitber ftm a singb transmitterwhich ing (405-535kIIz).
Elecnonic Naiguion 7l
ELECTRONTCNAVIGATION
l. A measureof tbe time that the radaf indicator (PPI scope)retainsimagssof echoesis callod:
a pulserepetition D. resolution c. persistene d recurrelce rate
3. Tbe radar range scaleO rse in the open seawhen no other wssels are around or when there is no
expectatim of making a landfall is:
a. short c. maximrm with paiodic shifting tomedium
D. medium d maximum
4. The magn€tronis:
a a reeiving tube b. atwivet c. atransmicingtube d adetector
6. when the rangeof a ship is decreasingand its bearingremainsconstant,the ships are on:
c. oppooiteoourse b. diverging otxrse c. collision course d parallel @urse
9. Yogr radar is set on a true motion display.Which of the following will not appearto move acrosstbe
PPI scope?
a. own ship marker c. echoesfrom a ship at anchor
D. echoesftom land nateses d. all of the above
ll. When )ou ar€ using a radar in which your own ship is sbownat the centerof the scleenand 0 deg.
alwaysappearsat the top of the screen,the bearingscan be defined by which of tbe following?
a. magnetic D. tnre c' relatine d' compass
72 Electonic Navigation
14. A rdar displayin whichnortbis alwayset thetopis:
a $qtabilized dbphy c. mpocition display
D. stabilizeddisphy d relativedisplay
15. What is tbe nane of themovable,radial guide line usedb measur€direcrion on a radar?
a o(mpa.rsrw D. cusor c. PPI d vRM
lZ. Tbo radar control tbrt redrrcesweal cchoesqil to a limited distancefrom tbe sbip is the:
a sensitivitytimc mrol c. brilliance conttol
D. rweiver gnincmrol d fut time constant
22. Tbe diftreooe in intensityof ilhmination of the radarsope betweenradarinages and thebackground
of tbe scrpenis calod:
a b,rigboess D. ontrast c. brilliance d. focts
Elecnonic Natigation 73
n. P.gd'atmakesthe most ecuraE determinationof tbe:
c dir€ctionofauget c. stzeof a arget
D. distanceto a ttrget d shapeofatrget
21. A radar range to a small, cbartedobjoct suc,has a light will provide an LOP in what form?
a straightline b. arc c. parabola d hyp€tbola
29. yolr radar has a beamwidth of 2 deg. Tb radar gro bearing of the left tangentd an island is 056
deg.If the g),ro eror is 2 deg. 8., wbat bearingwould pu plot on the chart?
a-052dr,[ D. 056deg c. 059deg d 0&&g
30. Which of tbe followbg will causethe ARPA to emit either or both a visual or audible darm?
a an rcquired target€ntering ino aguard zoe
D. a trackedtarget lost for one radar scan
c. a trackedarget entering ]tour prcsetCPA-TCPAlimits
d. targetbeing initiatty daeed within a guard zme
31. yg|r are underwayat 10 lnos. At 1800,1ounotea radar cmtact deadaheadu a rangeof l0 miles. At
l8l2 the @ntact is deadaheadat a rangeof 8 miles. The estimat€dspoedof the contactis:
a Mdin the water D. 5 tnos c. 15 knots d lOknos
32. Which of the following ARPA data should ),ouusein order to determhe if a cldsequarterssituation
will developwith a targetvessel?
a setanddrift c. predictedTCPA
b. relativetrackinformation d initial rangedacquisition
33.A radar contactwill remain stationaryon a relative motion radar dirylay mly when it is:
a on the sameoourseas your vessel c. on the sameoourseand speedas yor vessel
D. on the samesPeedas Yourvessel d. on a reciprocaloou$e as your vessel
36. you baveanothership overtaking you closeaboardto starboard.You have threeradar targetsbearing
699 deg. relative at ranges0.5m, lm and 1.5m. In this casethe unwantedecboesare called:
a multiple echoes D. spoking c. indirect echoes d. sidelobes
ytlt. Thrclve
37. yol are underwayat 5 kts. and seeon your radar a @ntact 10 miles directly asternof
minuteslarcr, the contrct is 8 miles diroctly asternof pu. what is the estimatedspeed the contact?
of
a Mdinthewater D. llmot c. l0knots d lSlooa
3g. The ability of a radar o distinguish s€poratetat8eison the samebearingbut having small differcnces
in rangeis:
4 rangeelongation D. rangerccolution c. bcaringresolution d propagptim
74 Elccttonic Nniguion
39. In a radar operation,a rapid decreaseof tempenrtureas the dtitude increaseswould tend to cause:
c. super-refraction c. diffusion
D. sub-refraction d. attenuation
40. When radar wavesare trappedin a layer of the amospherecalled a surfaceradio duct, which of the
following -wurld be created?
a. increaseradar range c. decreaseof radar range
b. lur:geloss of energyto the radio waves d. ndar rangewould be unchanged
41. An upperlayer of warm, dry air over a surfrce layer of cold, moist air causeswhich of the following in
radar operation?
a srb-refraction c. P'ropagation
D. super-refrrction d normal refraction
pick up a small boal
42. Which of the following phenomenawould be mct likely to causethe radarnot to
at a relatively short range?
a. sub-refraction c. super-refraction
D. resolution d persistence
43.If a radarpulserequires180 microsecondsto rerch an dject andto letunt, the rangeis approximately:
a. 8 nm b. 12,000)'ards c' 30,000prds d' 15'000)ards
4. Short rangeresolutionor pulselength will havewhat kind of an effecton the appearanceof a targeton
the radar scoPe?
a. tilgetwill appearlongerin azimuth c. targetwill appeardeeperin depth
b. targetwill appearshorter in azimuth d. taqet will appearshallowerin depth
47. your ARPA has automatic speedinputs from the log. Due to currents,the log is indicating a faster
speedthan the speedover the ground. What shouldyou expectunder thesecircumstances?
& rangeof initial target acquisitionwill be lessthan normal
b. target's true coursevector will be in error
c. generatqdCPAwill be lessthan the actual CPA
d. genaatedTcPA will be latter than the actualTCPA
ElectronicNavigation 75
50. The closestpoint of approachof a contact m a relative motion radar nay be determined:
a. immsdialely when the contact is noted on radar
b. only if the radar scopeis watcnedconstantly
c. by an occasionalglanceat th; rNdar
d- $ter the contact hasbeenmar':ed at leasttwice
51. The radar control that shortensall ecioes on the display and reducescluUercausedby rain or snowis
the:
a. gun control D. fast time constant c. brillian@ d sensitivity time control
52. Marine radan have a short and long pulse.The long pulse is usedto:
a give better rangeresolution c. permit beUerminigus 13jgs
D. increasethe life of the magnetron d. put more energyout in searci of targets
53. Coral atolls or a chain d islandsat right anSl€so tbe radar beammay sbowasa long line ratherthan
as an individud targetsdue to:
a. effectsofbeamwidth c.pulsEleng0oftheradar
D. limitations on rangeresolution d multiple targetsresolutionfactor
54. Yog approrch a light fiued with a r&on. Tbe light may be identified on the radar by a/an:
a dashedline running from the oenterof tbe scopeto tbe liSbt
D. audible signal when the sweepcrcssesthe ligbt
c. circle 4pearing on Oe scopesurroundingthe ligbt
d codedsignal appearingon the samebearing at a greaterrange tban the light
55. An indirect radar echois causedby a reflectionof the main lde of the radarbean offa ship's structure.
Which of the following is not a characteristicof indirect ec,hoes?
a Their bearing is almostconstantevenwhen the true bearingof the contact changesappreciably.
'I\ey
b. appsar90" from the true bearingof the oontact.
c. Indirect ectroesusually appearin shadowsectors.
d When plotted, their moveurentsare usually abnormal.
76 ElectronicNavigation
59. Your ARPA hastwo guard zones.What is the purposeof the inner guard zone?
a. Alert the offrcer that the vesselis approachingthe CPA limit.
D. Warning of small targetsthat are initially detectedcloSerthan the outcr guard zone-
c. Guard against target loss during cTitical maneuveringsituation.
d. Soundan alarm for targetsfirst detectedwithin the zone'
60. Which d the following ARPA dafa should )ou use in order to determinc if a close qurrter situation
will developwith a target vessel?
a Reluive track information c. set & drift of the current
D. hedictedtimeofCPA
63. A fathometerwi[:
I. Readrctual depth of water.
tr. Adjust auomatically for temperaturechanges.
a I only b. II only c. Buh I and II d. NeitherI nor II
66. What should you apply to a fathoneter reading to determinethe depth of the water?
a Subtractthe draft of the vessel c. Subtractthe seawatercorrection
t Add the draft of the vessel d Add the seawatercorrection
68. Tbo elaps€dtime of a fathmeter (from soundgenerationto the retunr of tbe ectro)is 1 seond.
What is tbe depth of the water at the point sounded?
a 400 feet b. M fatbms c' 800 feet d t00 farlms
ElectronicNaviguion 77
71. A transducerchanges:
I. electrical eners/ into soundwaves
II. soundwavesinto electricd enei'Sf
a. I only D. II only c. both I and II d. neither I nor II
72. Which of the following factorsis most likely to havean effecl on the amountof gain requiredto obtain
a fathometerreadingfor depth?
d. atmosphericpressure c. salinity of water
D. typeofbotom d temperatureofwater
74. When using a depth finder in the open@eian,what pbenmena is most likely to producea ontinuous
trace that may not be from the actual oceanbocmt?
a. echoesfrom schooloffish c. poor placementof the transduceron the hull
D. echoesfrom deepscat0eringlayer
75. The nonnal variation betweenactual depth of water and the indicated depth on the elecfonic depth
sounderdue to water conditions is on the side of safety.This would not be in casewhen the water is:
a. unusuallywarm D. fresh c. extremelycold d. has high salinity
77. Yanr vessel'sfathometertransmits a signal which is 1.5 secondslater. Your vesselis in how much
waler?
a 3,600feet b. 1,800feet c. 5,400feet d.7,200fet
81. After initial turn-on, most modenrLoran-C receiverswill be autmatically tracking within:
a 1 minute D. 3 minutes c. 5 minutcs d. l0 minurcs
7E ElectronicNavigatian
'hominal ground waverangd'when using loran€?
82. What is consideredto be tbe
a. 100-500 miles c. 50G800 miles
b. l,zCG.l,s0Omiles d. 800-1,200miles
83. Most modern Loran-C receiverswhen not tracking properly' have a/an:
a. lighted alarur signal to wam the user c. alternatesignal keying system
D. bell alarm tr warn the user
84. In Loran-C, the high ae ,rracyof atomic trme and frequencycontrol allows eachstation to op€rate:
a athigherfrequencies c. ^tl,g7skllz
b. on sctreduleindependently d. n anultiplex phase
87. A Loran-C fix taken many times at a known location will give positionsnormally rarying:
a. more than 300 feet c. less Oan 300 feet
b. lessthan 40 feet d. more than 500 feet
ElectronicNavigaion 79
94. Tb€ basicprincipb on whbh Iffan-C is basedis refemedto as:
a reflec,edebctnonsystem c. electricd radiation s]'s@tn
D. hyp€rbolicradb naviguion d quarterpointelectrical navigation
98. WiS [,oran-C, the line connedtingthe masterstadonwitt the secondarystationsis the:
a bcus line D. baseline c. side line d. centerline
t0 ElectronicNwigation
108. The time interrral betweenthe transmissionof signalsfrom a pair of Loan-C stationsis very closely
controll€d and operatewith:
a An atomic time standard c. Greenwichmeantime
D. Eastein time standard
109. The position accuncy of a Loran-C degradeswith increasingdistanceftom tbe transmitting stations
as:
a Gainsaf,emade("'er the signalpath
D. A resultofvariation in propagationconditions
c. The frequencyof the pulseincreases
114. Boalse radio wavesravel in great circles,which type of chart may requirecorected plouing?
a Stereographic c. Gnomonic
D. Iambert conformal d Mercator
ElectronicNavigation E1
118. The signal transmiaedby a radio beaconstation is referredto as:
a. group s€qrcnce b. nequency c. directional signal d. characteristicsignal
sequenceand just
ll9. yo, are using a sequencedradiobeaconfq an RDF bearing. It is in a six-station
- How lmg before it startstransmitting again?
ceasedtransmising.
a 50 seonds b. 5 minutes c. I minurc d' 50 minutes
128. What is the relativg bearingof an dject broad on the port side?
a. 345 dag. b. $0 &le. c' 315 &g d. 350 drls.
E2 Ekctronic Navigaion
130. Deviation cbangeswith a changein:
& sconditions D. latitude c. heading d. longitude
f 31. The reactionof a gyro+mpass to forcesor torquesapplied to the spinning gyro to keep it aligned in
a north indicating direction is:
a. Cryrosoopicinertia c. Precession
D. Earth rate d. Gravity effect
abovelatitude:
136. A gyrocompassis a very reliable instrumentbut its aocunrcydecreases
a. 75" b. 78" c. 80" d. fi"
141. Which part of the master g)'rocompasskeepsthe phantom elementin alignment with the sensitive
element?
a. speedand latitude oonector c. azimuth motor
D. merory ballistic d. transmitt€r
ElectronicNavigarton E3
14,4.Fu mostmodels,mpmating &e maqg g)'rocmpassfa smdl permanenterrorscanbeaoonplished
by adjusting the:
a lubbersline plate b. vertical ring c. colleclor ring d azimuth motor
147. If your vesselis turning RPMsfor J0 toots and speednade gmd is 10 looB, the qrrent is:
a slack c. is againstYouat 101nots
D. is with you at 10 knots
148. While navigating in fog ofr a coastline of steepcliffs, 1ou hear the echo of the ship's fog hont 4
secondsafter the signal was sounded.What is the distanceto the shore?
a 109yards b. 746yar& c. 480yards d. 500yards
150. A ring that setson a r€peat€rin pelorusand ftfied with a prism for obcervingthe sun is cdled:
a Azimuth circle D. Bearing circle c. Stadimeter d Alidado
RPM?
151. What instrumentmeasures
a llydrometer D. Sextant c. Thchometer d Courserecorder
152. If. the sun bearsdue south and your ship is in the Grecnwichmeridian and there is no chrmometer
error and the equationof time is formd O be negligible, the chronometerwould read:
a 1200 b. Uffi c. 0000 d. 0800
153. The g)'ro has three axis aboutwhich to move.They are all of the following except:
a Torque D. Spin c. Horizontal d Vertical
157. The inherent erfi)r on sextantoonstructiondue to the axis of index not bing in the center:
a Prismatic error c. Graduationerror
b. Eccentricerror d Sideerror
u ElectronicNavigaion
158. Sinceatmosphericpr€ssureis causedby tbe weight of the air abovethe place,the pressuredocreases
as height increasesis called:
a Itreighterror D. Temperatureerror c. Gravity error d Instrumentalerror
159. The time intenral neededfor the signalfron a loran masterstationto travel the length of the baseline
introducedas a delay betweentransmissionof the masterand slavesignals is called:
a. Baselinedelay D. Basepulse c. Baselineextension d Baseline
164. The upper part of the binnacle 0owhich the compassbowl is suspended.
a. Compasschamber c. Compass@urse
D. C;ompass oover d. ComPasserror
of 30 to 300megahertz.
165. A radio frrequency
a. Yeryhighfreqrrcncy c. X-hand
b. Yery low frequency d. Y-band
169. Thedeterminationoftbedepthofwaterbymeasuringthetimeintervalbetweenemissionofason
ultrasonic signal and thc rpnrn of its echofrom the bouom is called:
a. Frho sounding D. Echo ranging c. Echo measurement d. Echo meter
171. ThepartoftheamosphereinwhichexcessivebendingofradarwavesoccurdueOthedisribution
temperatureand moisture is called:
Answer: Duct
ElectronicNavigation E5
172. Trapping of radarpulsesin a layer nearthe surfaceof the earth is most likely to occur wbentlere is a
sharpvertical:
Answer: Increasein temperalurethrcugh tlu layers.
127. As a ship proceedsinto higher latitudes,the first ice it will encounteris likely to be in the fam of
icebergs,becausesuch large piecesrequire a longer time to disintegrate.This methodis called:
Answer: Ice detection
86 ElectronicNavigation
MARITIME LAW
"plaintiff'
LAW IS DEf,'INED AS: torneyon behalf of private personscalled
1. A systemof PrinciPles,and the objectof which to obtain damagesfiom defend-
2. Rule.sof humanconductprescribedor recognized ant or to have the court order to the defendantto
by the goveming Power. perform or to refrain from performing a particular
rcL.
Intemadonal Law. The rules of conductgenerally
reognized by civilized staies as binding in their COMMON LAW SYSTEM
conducttoward erch other. In English speakingcountries,lawsarenow codi-
"commonlaws". I-aws that are however,en-
TWO GREAT LEGAL SYSTEMS fied as
"statutorylaws".
actedby legislaturearecalled
1. Ctvll Law originated in the RomanEmpire and
was codified by Emperor Justinian in 529 AD.
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME LAW
Sane wasincorporatedin the Codeof Napoleon
in lt04 basedmainly on theJustinianCode.Such It is the bodyofprinciples and usagesrecognized
ode of laws has been adoptedin Continental by commercialnationsasjust and equitablein regu-
Europe, Iatin America' Japan, Scotland, Que- lating the affairs of the sea
ba, and all countries'occupied]bySPain.
ADMIRALTY OR GENERAL II{ARITIME II\}V
2. Commnlaw originatedin England andis now Maritime Law is a part of corrrrercial law which
the basic law of Englan4 lreland, British Do- strictly r. lrtes to shippingandits incidents'It is the
minion and Crown colonies and all ex-Ameri- law of the seaand governsacts arising out of mari-
cancoloniesincluding the U.S.A. rime@rnmerge.
In Roman or Civil Law, an attempt is made to
Publlc Marltlme Law. Laws peftining to the rela-
draft definite rules to govem human conduct and
tionship betrweenstatesand/or how statesconduct
bave thesentles promulgatedas law by legislacive
their maritime affairs.
authority whereasin the English or Common Iaw
system,a greatpart is never set down in the fqm d hlvate Marltlme Law. Laws dealing with mari-
definite rules. Judgesdecidecasesaccordingo (a) time agreementsand tlose governing relationship
custom,and (b) precedent.Where there is no prec- of private entities or individuals'
edent,judgesdecideit asthey think best.Suchdeci-
sionsbecomeprecedencefor future cases. REAL NATURE OF MARITIME LAWS
Rman or Civil Law is a written body of law' Maritime law limits the liability of shipowneror
while English or Common law is unwritten. agentto the:
(a) Actual value ofvessel
OTFER, MEANING OF CTYIL LAW O) Freight money
Crldnal Lew as in criminal proceedingsare The shipowrrcror agent has the right to retain
instituted by governnent authority. The purposeis cargoand eurbargoor detentionof vesselwhere the
"defendant"to a fine or imprisonment
o sr$ect the ordinary civil law would not allow more tban per-
in order b discourageconduct deemedhannful o sonal action against debor or p€rsonliable. Mari-
prblic in general. time law repealsCivil law wheremortgageproperty
Clvll proacdhF are instihrted by private at- is lost.Thereisno personalactionlien againstowner
CHARTER PARTY
CHARTER PARTY is an agreementby pursue,loading and dischargingports, portsofcall,
fhe
I which a $ipowner agreesto placean entireship, methodsof loadinganddischarging,signanreof bills
or a part of it, at the disposalof a merchantor otber of lading, employmentof stevedues,freetime within
person, for the con\€yanoeof goods,binding the which rassel shall be l@ded and the demurrageper
shipownerto transport them to a particular place, day payablethereafter,liability and insurance,com-
for a sumof moneywhich the merchantundertakes missionand freightbroker4gedueto the ship broker
to pay as freight for the carriage.Sometimescalled and the rate of compensation.
CHARTBR. VoyageCharter. It is the useor hire of a ship for a
particular voyageor seriesof vqrages.The payment
Charters are either TIME, VOYAGE, or DE-
for the service vessel'srendered is called "charter
MISE. A charter party fo'rmsthe basic shipping pa-
fteight". The masteris particulady oncerned with
per or agreementbetweenthe chartererand the ship-
lay "tte, demurrageand dispatch.
ov/neror his agent.It is usuallya lengthydocument
containing detailed clausesas to the tonnage,ca- Tlme Charter. The vesselis leasedto anotherper-
paclty,and condition of the vessel,the courseit is to sonor companyfor a definite perio{ wherehe oper-
NOTICE OF READIIYESS
nder a voyagecharter, before the charterer noticeof readiness, or at somestipulatedtime there-
or the shipperis under an obligationto cotn- after if theC/P soprovides,the time for loadingcom-
menceloading, threeonditions must be satisfied, mencesto @unt,althoughthis maybevariedby other
vtz.:- C/P termsor by a customof a port.
"arrived ship". If the ship is to load at two or more ports, notice
1. Tbe ship must be an
2.T\e ship mustbe in all respectsreadyto load. of readingssneedbe given only at the fhst loading
3. Noticeof readinessto loadmustbe servedon port unlessthe C/P provides to the contrary. If no
the chartereror his agent. noticeis given,but the chartereractudly beginsto
load.the absenceof noticeis immaterial.
If the ship has merely beenorderedto a named
Lay Days.This expressiondescribesthenumberof
port"sheis an "arrived ship" assoonas shehasar-
daysallowed by a charter party for loading and for
rived within the limits of the port andis at thechar-
dischargingthe cargoor, if so-called"reversible"liay
terer's disposaland ready to load in a place where
daysare providedfor, for both processes.
ships waiting fon a berth usually lie, even though
sheis not yet in that part of the port wherethe cargo Daysand Runnlng Days. Bothof theseexpressions
of the kind contemplatedis customarily loaded. meanconsecutive calendardayscountingfrom mid-
night to midnightandunlesscontractor customdic-
For tie ship to be *ready'', her loading appli-
tateothenyise,includeSundaysandholidaysufrether
ances,if they are to be used,must be ready,rigged work is actually done,or normally done at the port
and in good order; holds and other cargo compart- or nol
mentsto be usedmust be clean,dry, dunnagedand
completelyready to receivethe ergo and, if shift- Sundayand HolldaysExcepted.WhereaClPpro-
ing boardsor other special appliancesare needed, vides that Sundaysand holidaysare not to count as
theymustbe in place.Any necessary permitsto load lay days, thosedays still do not count even if they
andsurveyors'certificates,ifneede4 musthavebeen have beenusedfor working by agreementbetween
obtainedand must be prodwed when serving no- the masterand the charterer.However,if the agree-
tice. mentin theC/Pis that Sundaysandholidaysarenot
to count'unlessused',tlen Oe positionis different.
The notice of readinessmust be in writing and The term 'holidays" appliesonly to official public
must be tenderedduring normal office hours.The or local holidays, and not to time arbitrarily taken
master should prepar€ the notice in duplicate and offby workmen.
insist on the charterersigning his acceptanceon one
copy which the master should retain as a receipt, Worklng Days. Unless a custom of the port not
and this should state the date and precise time of inconsistentwith the provisionsof the C/P gives
acceptance.When the chartererha.saaepted the the expressiona different meaning, a working day
BILL OF LADING
FUNCTIONS OF ABILL OF LADING TYPES OFBILL OF LADING
"clean" when
l. It is a receipt signed by the Master or the agent Clean Btll of Ladlng: It is said to be
on behalf of the shipowner,fc gmds received it bearsno superimposedclausesexpresslydeclar-
on bmrd or elsewhereinto the shipowner'scus- ing a defectivecondition ofthe goodsor packaging.
tody. Foul Blll of Ladlng. It is said to be'foul' whenit
2. It is evidenceof a contraclbetweena shipperand is dirty, uncleanor clansed.
acartier for the carriageof goodsby sea
3. tt is a documentof title to the goodsdescribedin Recetved for Shlpment Btll of Ladlng. This is
it. issuedo a shipperwhen he deliners goodsinto the
MATE'S RECEIPTS
Mate'sReceiptis a receipt,given and signed tally bcoks.The ship'sown receiptformsshouldbe
by the mate for goods actually receivedon usedin preferencein signingamendedboatnotesas
boardthe ship,which shouldbe drawnup carefully is sometimes done.
to show the identification marks and numbersfrom
LOAD LINES
Th" INTERNATIONAL CQNVENTION OF againstship'slengthin meters.
I IIAD LINES was signedin London on 5th
April 1966.TheMerchantShipping(lnadtines)Act The InternationalConventionon Loadlineshas
1967 was passedby British Parliamentand came two permanentmnes:
intooperationin 1968. 1. Tropicalzone
2. Summgl 2919
The Act provides for the making of Loadline
Ruleswhich statetheonditions of assignmentwhich The AssigningAuthorityassignsfreeboards to a
have to be complied with, and which concernthe ship on the satisfactorycompletion of the loadline
ship's structuralstrengthand stability,superstnrc- surveyand stateswhich loadlinesare to be marked
tures,hatchwaysandovers, machineryspaceopen- on the ship's sidesand Oeir positions.This infor-
ings, ventilators,air pipes,scuppers,side scuttles, mation is shown on the INTERNATIONAL
freeingports,and protectionandaccessfor thecrew. LOADLINE CERTIFICAIE (1966) issuedro the
ship'sowner,which must be framedand postedup
The Act appliesto all shipsexcept in someconspicuousplace on board as long as tbe
(a) shipsof war, certificateremainsin force and tbe ship is in use.
(b) sbipssolelyengagedin fishing, and
(c) pleasureyachts. The Act laysdownpenaltiesto which the master
is liable if the ship proceedsor attemptsto proceed
The loadline Rules contain two tables which to seawithout the certificateand without it being
show the minimum permitted freeboardsfor two postedup. It is alsoan offensefo a ship to be over-
tlpes of ship eachof which is assumedto bea stand- loadedby submergingthe appropriateloadline and
ard form, the freeboardsbeinggiven in millimeters such a ship may be detained.The master may be
DICKIJNE
-
l l
t--J
mDD
I- 5l0nn
TF
3. Tbe term applied to loo6ewoodsor other similar naterials usedin the ship's hold o p'rotoctthe cargo
is the:
a Sonchions D. Sfingers c. Dunnage d Woodenplanks
5. The distmce betrveentbe upperedgeof the drcklire and the edgeof tbe respectiveloadline:
a. Tropical loadline c. Winter Aecboard
b. Sanrory freeboard a[ Srrmmerhadline
7. A list of all articles acquiredabroadby the crew. It is appcndedo the list of ship storesand gives the
nme of tbe crew, the descriptiond the article and thc mt value:
a. Billof kding c. Storelist
D. CrewManifest d CrewCustomDeclaration
8. A doornent servedby the Master o the Chartcrersinfcming them that the vesselis ready to l@d
accordingto the t€nnsoutlined in the Charter Party:
a Noticeof Readiness c. DisparchAdvise
D. Arrival Notice
10. Which of the ff. best indicarcshow many tons of cargoa vesselcan carry?
a bale cubic D. deadweight c. loadeddisplacementd gross tonnage
16. The chart€f party tbat doesnot specifythe kind of crgo u port of destinationis:
a fixedciarter D. blindcharrcr c. qencharter d tinecharter
17.Seatradewhic,his not cmfined to any particular routeor hartor which operafesb all or my port is:
rl. voyagecharter D. tramPing c. timecbarrcr d oean route
1t. In tbe regulatim, tbe changeover of manual o auomatic stceringshouldbe dme only by:
a thc AB m duty c. the orderdtbe master
D. tbeofficerdtleday d fusecondofficer
19.If during her voyagea ship sustainsan rcident O hull c mrchinery, or if sheis agfoundandrefloafe4
errentbougb tne Om"ge is so slight, that tbereap,pears to be no r€asonwhy sheoouldnot continuem
ter ro5ragi,tbe master shouldm arrival at the next port arrangefu a suvey and to obtain a:
4 @rtificate of clearane c. certificate of service
D.ertificarc of insurance d ertificate of seaworthiness
22. Tfuloadlioe disc uording to Regulation5 of the International loadline cmvention of 1966,should
haveanorrtsfoledimercrof:
a 3(X)mm. D. 150mm. c. 2ffimm. d 2E0mm;
27., If thechartereror onsignee detainsthe ship beyondthe agreedno. of laydaysor wherethe laydaysare
indeterminate,detainsher fa unreasonabletime, he will be in breachof the charter-partyso tbat the
shipowrer will be entitled o:
a wertime D. demurrage c. disparch d. lay days
2t. A charter tern whercin a sum is payableto the shipownerwhen the chartererhas failed to load a full
and completecargoin accordancewith the provision of the contract:
a. Maritimelien D. Deadweight c. Deadfreight d. Dispatchmoney
29. b tbe MARFOL 73178,lheallowableafflnent which could be thrown overboardat seavia oil-water
s@af,a3oris:
a ?nppm D. l5ppm c. 100ppm d. 50ppm
31. The abcencewithout leaveof a menber of tle crewor failing to join tbe ship in due time after signing
iul agrpem€ntto proceedat sea:
a terminationofcontract c. A.W.O.L.
D. repatriation d desertion
32. Aletter grven by the shipper to the shipowrer wben gmds put on bmrd are not in gmd condition,
holding the shipownerharmlessin respectof any cleim the consigneemay claim is:
a letterofrepisal c. letterof indemnity
b. letterofassuran@ d letterof marque
33. A charter where the vesselis leasedto anotber personor oompanyfa a definite period where he
operatesthe vesselas though it is one of his own fleet is:
a. time charter D. rcyage charter c. d€'nisechartet d. opencharter
J4[. ffisr 6aking certain that the count, descripion and apparcntcondition of cargo with the mate's re-
eipt, who will sign for the Bill of kding?
a. chief officer D. supercargo c. master d dicer on duty
35. This expressiondescribesthe no. of daysallowed by a charter party fc loading and dischargingof
cargo:
a fay days c. c/€atherworting days
b. runningdays d working days
36. If your vesselhas inward foreign cargo but nme for dischargeat the frst port of entry in the Philip-
pines,it will be recessaryto makeup which d the ff. manifest?
4. outwardmanifest c. proformamanifest
D. inwardforcignmanifest d ravelingmanifest
40. A Bill of Lading which doesnot containa qualification clausein the B/L asto apparentgoodorder and
condition of cargo:
a. shippedB/L b. clemBlL c. throughB/L d. clausedB/L
42. Detentionof a vesselby the chartereror receiverof the cargoin loadingand unloadingbeyondlaydays
allowed in the charterParty is:
a. laydays b. dispatch c. demurrage d. overtime
44. When the consigneefails to acceptthe gmds at the port of dischargeand thereis no fault or omission
on the part of the shipowner,the expenseof carrying the goodsback o the shipperis known as:
a. deadfreight b. dvancn freight c. lumpsumfreight d' Wk freight
45. The exercisep'racticedby the crew in swinging out, lowering and handling of ship's lifeboat:
a. abandonshipdrill b. stationdrill c. firedrill d. boatdrill
47. International setof rules on carriageof gmds and the useof Bill of I-ading:
a. Ilague-Visby rule c. York-Antwerp rule
D. Ilamburgrule d U.N. rule
48. Laws deating with maritime agreementsand thosegoverning relationship of private entities or indi-
viduals:
a. maritimelaw c. privatemaritimelaw
D. public maritime law d. noneof these
49. A disc 12" in dia. markedanidshipsbelowthe decklineand a horizonal line lt" long, 1" wide, the
upperedgeof which passesthrough the enter of the disc:
a fteeboardmarks D. loadingmarks c. propellermarlcs d. draftmarts
52. Per classification society,all ships and their machinerymust be surveyedat prescribedintervals or
specialsuvey normally being held at:
a. 3 yearsinterval D. 4 yearsint€rval c. 5 yearsin0erval
53. When a ship hasbeensurveyedan I duly marked,thereshall be issuedto the owner,on his application
& on paymentof fee a documentcalled:
a. Cert.of Seaworthiness c. Cert.ofClass
D. I-odlineCrrt. d. ConstructionCert.
54. A documentgiven by the shipper to the Master wherebythe personissuing the letter renouncesany
slaim he may havein specifiedcircumstancesis:
a. Mate'sreceipt b. Bankdraft c. I*ttsr of indemnity d. Billof lading
55. A book usually kept by ajunior officer in which the spee4 dfuection,& time of enginemovementsare
enteredis called:
a. Dock abstractlog D. l.og bmk c. Bell book d. Engine abstractlog
56. The securityrequired by the Bureauof Customsfor the releaseof cargoevenprior 0othe paymentof
tax is:
a. I*,ttsof indemnity c. Crstomsbond
b. Cusoms clearance d. Noneof these
57. The period during which a vesselis detainedin isolationmtil freefrom anycontagiousdiseasesanong
the crew is called:
a. Quarrantine D. Fumigation c. Detention d. Demurrage
60. All steelshipsclassedwith the societyare zu[ect o surveyin accordancewith the requirementsof the
Rules.This sunreyis called:
a. Specialhull sunrcy c. Periodicalsurvey
D. Continuoussurvey d. Annual survey
63. Aportionofasearnan'swagemadepayabletoarelativeorotherdesignatedp€rsonortoabankfch
aocormt:
a financial support D. alloment c. cashdvance d welfare fund
64. If a vesselis o be operatedby the charterer,who is to hir€ the crew, pay all exp€nsesof operationand
in generalexercisecommandwer the vesselas the owner, the charter is called:
a. voyagechartel c. bareboator demisecharter
D. timecharter d noneof these
66. Obtains when, in Admiralty l.aw, a vesselis treatedas responsiblefor its own failty actions,this is
called:
a. jurisdictioninpersonan c. jurisdictioninshipkeeper
D. jurisdictioninrem
70. A receipt signedby the Chief Mate sipifying that cargo hasbeenreceivedon board:
a. bill of lading D. mate's receipt c. delivery receip d dock receipt
71. The rcord bmk where the masterwrites his order for the day is called:
c. guidebook D. logbook c. nightorderbook d. instructionbook
73. ln respeclof spacewhich hasbeenbookedbut wasnot used"no ornmon law lien can arise is:
a. deadfreigbt b. gatepss c. billof lading
74. Documentissuedby the collector of Custom$to a Phil. vesselengagedin the Phil. oastwise or domes-
tic tradeis:
a ship'sclearanceforbondedstse c. ship'sclearancefordeparture
D. ship'senrollment d. ship'sclearanceforcargomanifest
77. Apivate organizationwhich supervisesthe constructionof vesselsand during her lifetime setsrules
and standardto maintain vessel'sseaworthiness:
a Classificationsociety c. BureauofVeritas
D. American Bureauof ShiPPing
80. The shipownerappointsthe masterand suppliesthe crew and is remuneratodb.to hire moneypaid,
usually at an agreedrate per month is:
a. bareboatcharter c. voyagecharter
D. demisecharter d. ship let on simple time charter
84. Avessel'sholds,underavoy4gecharterarecleanandreadyoloadcargo.Thenoticeofreadinesscan
be issuedwhen:
a. the vesselhas beengrantedfree pratique and clearedcustoms
D. the vesselhas arrived at the designatedberth or port
c. bothaandb
d. neither a nor b
85. The shipowner'slien for fteight and other chargeson goodsshippd underBill of lading is underthe:
a. timecharter b. voyagecharter c. demisecharter d. bareboatcharter
86. The portion of contractedfreight that nraybe paid on beforecmnencement of loading is:
a. advancefteight b. back freight c' deadfteight d airfteight
87. A bill of lading showing the goodsconsigneddirectly to a personor firm, that is notnegotiable is:
a orderBlL D. straightB/L c. openB/L
90. If the man overboardhasbeenlost from view, what type of turn causesthe vesselto retraceasclosely
as possibleOe cornseshewas on when the man fell ove'lboard?
a. turningcircle b. turningcenter c. Williamson'sturn d. Robertson'stum
95. A vesselunder IMO conventionwhich is not a brand new ship is onsidered under the new rule as:
a. an approvedship D. existing ship c. current ship d. overed ship
105. Which of the ff. must take placein order to havea generalaverageevent?
a You must have a voluntary srcrince that is reasonableand prudent, madein good faith.
D. You must bave a peril existing that is threateningall interestedparties.
c. You must be srrcessful in saving the cargo.
d alloftheaborre
107. It is a particular sun of moneypaid for the hire of a ship for oneparticular service.It is very usefulto
a shipper who is not certain of the actual amout of cargohe is going to ship but desirestoretain the
servioesof a ship fo carriageof a statedmaximum quantity.The amountof freight is payablewhether
the maximum quantity is shippedor not:
a Lumpsumfreigbt c. Deadfreigbt
D. Advancefteight d BacJrfreigbt
108. It is agreedthat palment fc the carriageof the gmds shall be madewholly or partly in advanceand it
is not roverable by the shipper if the cargois lost in transit. If eachfteight hasbeenagree( but not
pald' it is still recoverablefrom the shipperby shipownerevenin the eventof loss:
a Advancefteight b. Lumpsumfreight c. Deadfreigbt d. Bacffreigbt
110. The relationship betweenthe ship's deadweightcargo carrying ca4rarityand her cubic capacityfor
cargois called:
a. Coefficient of Loading c. Coefficient of Fineness
D. Coefficient of Measure,ment d. Both b and c
111. "The ship shall haveliberty to complywith any order or direction as to departure,arrival, routes,ports
of call, stoppages,destination,delivery or otherwisehowsoevergiven by the governmentof a nation
under whoseflag the vesselsails," is an excerptfrom:
a War risk clause2 c. War risk clarse I
D. Charterhrty d VoyageCharter Party ParamountClause1958
I12. 'No bills of lading to be signebfu any blockadedport and if the port of dischargebe declaredblock-
adedafter bills of lading havebeensigned,"is an excerptfrom:
a War risk clauseI b. War risk clause2 c. CharterParty d. ParamountClause
114. What is a negotiabledocument"a prima facie evidenceof shipment of goodson board a particular
vessel,and its legal importanceconsistsin the fact that it is a receiptfor goods,a contractof carriage,
and a title to property?
c. Billof Lading D. Mate'sRceipt c. DeliveryReceipt d. Inroice
115. Where a vesselis charteredto its fuU and omplete capacityin a contract of afteighunent with the
carrier undertakingto carry specialpersononly, the typeof carrier is:
a. Privatecarrier D. Commoncarrier c, gaitingcarrier d. passengercarier
118. Who is liable for a lossresulting from tbe improper packing or preparationor loading of the goodsby
the shipper or from his neglect to sufficiently identiS the goodsby properly marking them, or his
failure to warn of someconditions which requiresspecialcarein handling?
a Stwedores D. Shippers c. Carriers d. Public enemy
119. Whicb of the ff. is/are orrect regardingthe inherent dutiesof a SecondMate?
a. l*, is o carry out dl lawful orden of the Master
D. Attending to sick crew memberand preparing illness report
c. In-chargeof inventory and control ofbridge supplies,charts,and keepingup-to-dateoorrectionsto
chartsand nautical publications
d. All of these
120. A toll levied on a ship, usually by scaleacording to tonnage,toward the maintenanceof lights, bea-
cons,buoys,etc. is called:
a Lightdues b. Lightboom c. Lightboard d. Lightboat
122. Ttre price paid o a shipownerfor the transportationof goodsor merchandiseby seafrom one specific
portto another.
a. Commission b. Charterhire c. Freight d. Comnercialfare
123. Permissionor license grantedby the port medical authorities to a vesselupon arrival from a foreign
port.
a. Berthingpemfssion c. Portclearance
D. Fumigationclearance d. Pratique
125. The horizontal line which represenBthe centerof the disc or the sunner loadline shouldbe 18 inches
or:
a. 457.2mm b. 490.0mm c. 480.0mm d 540.0mm
126. T\e owner of the vesselmust keep the ship in a seaworthyondition, and hire may @asewhen the
vesselbeomes unfit to perform her vqrage.This is true with:
a Voyagecharter D. Timecharter c. Bareboatcharter d. Demisecharter
127. T\e total internal volumeof the ship in units of 100cu. ft. is called:
a. Deadweigbttonnage c. Grossregisteredtonnage
D. Displacementtonnage d' Netregisteredtonnage
129. tntemational Conventionthat gaveimmunity to hospital shipsin time of war, and formulatesrules for
the seslenent of intemational disputes.
a. I{agueConvention c' MarpolConvention
D. SolAsConvention d MarinersConvention
130. SafetyConstructionCertifrcates,SafetyEquipmentCertificates,SafetyRadioTelegraphyCertiftcates,
Intemational Lmdline Certificatesare statutorycertificatesissuedto vesselunder:
a. 1974SOLAS Convention c. 1972C0LR.EGSConvention
b. lgTSMARPOLConvention d l966I0ADLINEConvention
MARINE INSURANCE
"premium" the
A Contract of Marlne lreurance is a conract In considerationof payment of
wherebythe insurer undertakesto indemnify the as- underwriter agreesto indemnify the assuredagainst
sured,in manner and to the extent therebyagreed, lossor danagecausedby'lnaritime perils'. Mari-
againstmarinelossgs,that is to say,the lossesinci- time perils are perils consequenton, or incidental to
dent to marine adventure.This contractof indem- the navigation of the se4 that is to say,perils of the
nity is usually basedon values agreedin advance seas,fire, war perils, pirates, rovers, thieves,
which may be greateror less than the valuesactu- craptures,seizures,restraints and detainmentsof
ally at risk. princesandpeoples,jettisons,barratry,and anyother
Marine Insurance IM
perils, either dthe lite kind c which may be desig- atce."
natedby the policy. Open Covers. In order to arrangetheir marine in-
The document which embodiesthe oontract is surancein advanceand to be assuredof correru all
called a'!olicy" and its wcding covor'sonly mari- times, and also to avoid the efrectsof pocsiblyrap-
tine perils on insurablepropefty whilr afloat. idly fluctuating rates, it is the practice of regular
importen and exportersto avail themselvesof some
ISNDS OF PlOLICIrls kind of "blanket" insurance.One way of achieving
'open @vers". An opencoveris
VoyegePollcy. This is a policy in which the limi6 this is by meansof
of the risk are dercrminedby placesor termini as, an agreementbetweenthe assuredand his under-
for example, Manila to lrs Angeles,or New Yort writen under which the forrrer agreesto declare,
and thela6ertoacc€pt, all shipmentscomingwithin
to Singapore.Suchpoliciesarealuays usedfc goods
insuran@,sometimesfu freight insurance,but only the scopeof tbe open cover during somestipulated
period of time.
rarely nowadaysfor hull insurance.
Iloadng Pollcy. This provides another method of
Tlme Foltcy.This isdasignedo giveoverfa sme
obtaining a long-tenn contractfo goodsinsuran@,
specifiedperiodof time, say,fa instan@,from noon,
lst January1994to noon, lst January1995.Time which nay be used insteadof or in addition o an
policies are usual in the case of hull insurance, open oover.A floating or open policy describesthe
insurancein generalterms leaving the namesof the
though there may be caseswhere an owner pfief€rs
to insure his vessel for separatevoyage under a ship or ships to be defined by su@uent declara-
voyagepolicy. tion. Sucha policy hasthe advantageofbeing a valid
marine policy, in all respecrsfully complying with
llhed Pollcy (or Yoyageand Ttme Polcy). Under the requirementsof the Marine InsuranceAct.
such a policy the hull machiner!, aE., of a vessel
Genlng Pollcy (or lVagerhg Poltcy). This is a
conld be insured fa a namedvoyageand by agrer'
policy issuedwithout there being any insurable in-
ment for sme stipulatedp€riod after arrivd at her
terest,or a policy bearing evidencethat the insurer
destination,fa examplg ftom Rouerdamto Tubarao
is willing o dispenseanyproofof interest.Suchpoli-
and for thirty daysafter arrival at Tubarao.
cies bave inserted in them the words 'lolicy prof
C-onstructbn Pollcy (or Bullder's Po[cy). This is d interest", or "interest or no interest", or some
designedto cov€r the risks incidental to the build- similar phrase.
ing of a vessel,usuallygiving coverfrom the time d
laying the keel until completion d trials and hand- DISCI,OSI.IRE
ing overto onners.
The Marine InsuranceAct lays down that a confact
Port Follcy. This is to cover a rcssel during a pe- of marine insuranceis a oontractbaseduponthe 'tt-
riod in port againstrisks peculiar to a port asdistin-most god faith", an4 if the utsnostgood faith be
guishedfrom volage risks. not ds€rved by either party, the oontract may be
Vetucd Pollcy. This is me which specifiesthe agreed voided by Oe aher pdty. Accordingly, the assured
valueof the sr[ect matter insured,whicb is not nec- must disclme to the underwriter everymat€rial cir-
essarily the actual value. Swh agreedvalue is re- @mstancelnown to him, Oat is everything which
ferred to as the "insured value". wonld influence the judgnent of a prudent insurer
in fixing the premium or in deciding whetheror not
Unvalucd Pollcy. This is one which doesnot sp€cify
to e€pt tbe risk. But, in the absencedinquiry, the
the value of the zubjectmatt€r insured, but leaves following neednot be disclosed:
what is called'insurable value" to be subcequently
ascertainedin the manner provided for. Section 16 (a) Any circumstancewhich lessensthe risk.
"In insurance
of the Marine InsuranceAct states: O) Any circunstance known or presumed to be
on freight, wltcther paid in advarce or othctwise, lnown by the insurer; that is anything which he
tlu insurablevalue is tlu grossMrount of tlu freigltt ought to lnos, in the ordinary oourseofhis busi-
u tlu risk of thc assured,plus tlu clwrges of insur- n6s.
MARII\E LOSSES
TOTALLOSS Generalaverageacts include swh things as:
1. Actual total loss. Occurswhen the subject-mat- . [ttting into a port of refuge to effect necessary
ter is destroyedor is so damagedas to ceaseto be a repairs.
thing of the kind insured, or when the assuredis . Volunary strandingto avoid sinking.
irretrievably deprivedof it.
Generalaveragesacrificesinclude:
2. kesud total l,oss.When the ship concerned .
Jettison, for the corlmon safety,of cargo from
in the adventureis missing her total lossmay,after underdeck.
the lapseof a reasonabletime, be presumed.Ordi- .
Jettisonof cargofrom the deckif carriedon deck
narily, it will be presumedthat the loss arosefrom
'lerils of the sea''which is an ordinary marinerisk. by virtue of awell recognizedqrstomof the trade.
. Cutling awayof mast and sparsto right a ship
3. C-onstuctlve total loss. This oocurs when the dalg;rously listedor on her beamends.
srbject mattef is reasonablyabandonedon account
of its actual total loss appearingto be unavoidable, Generalaverageexpendituresinclude:
or becauseit could not be preservedfrom actual to- . Cost of discharging cargo to refloat a stranded
tal loss without an expenditure that would exceed ship or to carry out necessaryrepairs at a port of
its value after the expenditurehad been incurred. refuge.
. Hire of tug to assist refloating a strandedship
PARTIAL LOSS with cargo.
1. Parttcular av€rage loss. A partial loss of the Jettbms meansthrowing overboardcargoor equip-
subjectmater insured causedby a peril insured mentto ligbten c relievea vesselin peril, or to refloat
against which is not a general averageloss. It is a a strandedship, or to right a ship badly listed or on
partial loss-arising from any kind of accident. A her beamends.
particular ayelzrgeloss falls directly upon the party Jctsam are goodscastor lost overboardfrom a ship
interestedin the subject-matter. which are recoverablethrough being eventually
2. Gmeral av€ragc loss. A partial loss causedby, washedashore,or remainingsubmergedin relatively
shallow water.
or following as a direct oonsequenceof, a general
averageacL There is a General Average Act when, Flobam are goodscastor lost overboardwhich are
and only when, any extraordinary sacrifice or ex- recoverableby reasonof their remaining afloat.
penditure is intentionally and reasonablymade or Lagan or Llgan are goodscast overboardand bu-
incurred fu the oo{nmonsafetyfor the purposeof opd so as to renderthem recoverable.
preserving ftom peril Oe property inrohad in a Derellct is a vesselremaining afloat but ompletely
oommonmaritime advennre. abandoned.
CLAUSES
Jansen Clruse. It reducespremiums fu the ship- to extendthe underwriter's liability to coverrisks of
owne$ and it lessensliability of the underwriten. a kind which are not included within tbe ordinary
meaningof maritime perils.
New Jason Clausc. A ship o\ilner cannotescapeli-
ability fo loss causedthrough his personalnegli- Runn@ Down Clause.In an ordinarymarinepolicy
genceor default. Ifa salving ship is ovned or oper-
the assuredis coveredin respectof the danage sus-
atedby the carrier, salvageshall be paid for as fully
tainedby his own ship in caseof collision, but such
asif the salving ship or shipsbelongedto strangers.
coverdoesnotextend to his liability for the dan4ge
Incbmaree or Negllgence Clruse. This is designed doneto the other ship.
NOTE OF PROTEST
A Note of hotcst is a declarationby the master 1 , Wheneverduring the rroyage,the ship has en-
of circumstancesbeyondhiscontrol which may givg count€redconditionsof wind and seawhich may
or may havegiven, rise to lossor damage.Suchdec- result in damageto cargo.
laration must be madebefore a notary public, mag- When from any cause,the ship is damaged"or
istrate, Filipino consular officer or other authority. there is reason to fear that damage may be
Usually, statenents under oath will be taken from suslained.
the masterand other membersof the crew and these
When through stressof weafherit has not been
statementswill bave to be supported@ appropriate
practicable to adopt nonnal p,recautionsin the
log book entries. At the time of noting protest the
matter of ventilation of perishablecargo.
rnastershouldhave the right to extendit.
In my of tbe circumstancesennmeratedbelow, 4. When cargois shippedin such condition that it
it is advisablefor the masterto note a protest. is likely o sufierdeteriorationduring the voyage.
WRECKAND SALVAGE
WRECK DTF'INED a duty, to deliver the sane to the nearestCollector of
Wreck usuallymeanstheremainsof a vesselthat the Port He cannotjust removethe wreck found in
Philipprir' watersand sell it.
has srffered in a maritime casualty.It usually in-
cludesa ship, or parts of a ship, or her equipmentor
SHIPWRECK
crgo, found in or about the seaor tidal waters. A
wrec* may be a derelict. abandonedby its owner Shlpwreckmeansa shipv'r[lg[ hasreceivedin-
without hope or intention of recoveryor it may be juries rendering her incapableof navigation. It is
clearly and obviorsly in someperson's ownership alsodefinedasthelossofa vesselat sea"eitherbeing
or, much more likely, its ownenhip, may be doubt- swallowed up by the waves,by running against a
ful or disputed. thing at se4 or on the coast.
2 The transferby the insuredof all his intereststo the insurerwith no chanceof recoveryor indemnity is:
a respondentia D. salvage c. subrogation d warranty
3. Deliberatethrowing orrerboardof goodsor fittings fu the preservationof the ship in peril is:
a. jettison D. Jansenclause c. salvage d. jetsart
5. Your vesselis agrormddue to an error in navigation.Danage to the hull causeswater to enterto cargo
hold #3. Deck cargo is thrown overboardto help refloat the vessel.The vesselsuccessfullyreturnsto
port in this oondition. Which of the ff. is consideredas general average?
a. d^magetotbehull
D. loss of deck cargo and cargo danage in hold #3
c. cargodamagein hold#3
d. loss of deck cargo
6. Expe,nses incurred by Oe insured for the commonsafetyor preservationof the subjectmatter insured
is:
c. salvage c' generalaveragecontribution
D. yarticular averagelcs d. generalaverageloss
?. A partial loss of the ur$ect matter insured causedby a peril insured against which is not a general
averageloss is:
a geteralaverage c- prticularcharges
D. particularaverage d partialcharges
8. When a vesselnrns agroundwith the possibility of refloating her but owner relinquishing all rights to
the insurers for paymentof the full value of Oe vessel.
a. onstructive total loss c. particular loss
D. total loss d. none of these
9. The fansfer by Oe insuredof his interestto the prop€rtyinsuredto the insurer with all the chancesof
recov€f,yand indemnitYis:
a. bottomry D. reryondentia c. subrogation d. warranty
ll. Goodscast or lost ovefioard from a ship which are recoverablethrough being eventually washed
ashoreor remaining submergedin relatively shallowwater is:
a. jetsan D. jettison c. lagan d. flotsant
marine insurance
15.Dam4geto another vessel'scargo causedby a collision is coveredunder which
policy?
a. hull c. fire
D. protectionand indemnitY d. none of these
28. The temr usedto denotea quantity of changein somecargoes,which damagesthe cmmodity itself.
'Ihis
kind of damageis allied to that of spontaneousheating in the goodsin the vicinity of those
srbject cargoestbat may sharein the dnmagefron said causeis:
o. heatingdamage b. inherentvie c. cargomixture d. dustandstaindanrage
29. \\e other namefor P & I club is:
a. self-insurance D. classinsurance c. re-insurane d. mutualinsufamce
30. The condition of a wreck when the oostof salvageexceedsthe valueof the vessel:
a. generalaverage c. onstructive total loss
D. maritinelien d. particularaverage
31. Which of the ff. marine insurancepolicies is not normally purchasedby the shipowner?
a. @rgo c. pollution
D. protection and indemnity d. hull
32. The financial loss causedby damageor partial loss to ship, cargo or freight mon€y,and which are
borne by ownersof the property lost or danaged, or their insurers:
a. averagebond b. generalaverage c. particularaverage d. goodfairaverage
34. When a vesselruns agroundwith a possibility of refloating her but ownersrelinquishing all rights to
the insurers fu paymentof the full value d the vessel.
a. presumedtotal loss c. @nstructive total loss
D. rctud total loas d. none of tbese
35. Any accidentof the seadisabling the vesselto navigateis a gromd for:
a. fore majeure c. laid-up vessel
D. deviation from destination d. arrival under disress
36. Supposeyou had incurred lossesduring the voyagewhich are subjectfor generalaverage.Upon ar-
rival in port, you should:
a. make a written report to the Customsofficers
b. file a note of marine protest
c. make a written report to the Coastguard
d. advisethe consigneeand charterer
37. To exenpt purself and all the crew aswell as'theowner from any liabilities while cruising on heavy
weather,you shouldprepareat oilceyour:
a. notice of readiness c. marine protest
D. disparchcoinputation d. gmd laydays
40. Throwing overboardcargoor equipmentO lighten or relieve a vesselin peril, or to refloat a stranded
shipor to right a shipbadlylisted,or on her beamend.
a. jetsam b. flotsam c. jettison d. all of these
42. Representativeswhose duties are to protect underwriters from fraud, negligence,and needlessex-
pensesare the:
a. l-toyos agents D. NBI agents c. ship agenS d secret agents
43. Supposea vesselfinds anothership I ,000miles at seaand Ows her within a mile from shoreand then'
ofan accident'lossesher, sheis: t
Uy-reason
a. Not entitled to salvage c. Partly entitled to salvage
D. Entitted to salvage d. Liable of the losses
44. The term for the loss se6ledby undenvriterswhen goodswhich havebeendamagedby a peril insured
againstare sold at a port of refugebecausecarrying them on further would result in them losing still
more of their value:
a. Salvageloss c' Creneralaverageloss
b. Particularaverageloss d. Bothbandc
45. The employmentof vesselto expeditethe voyageof anotherand nothing more is requiredof her:
a. Tou,age b. Salvage c. Particularaverage d' Generalaverage
"avefage"hasSpecialmeaningin marineinsurance,it means:
46. The term
a. Loss b. Contribution c. Risks d' Mean
48. What do you call to ships and cargoesor any part thereofwhich havebeencaston shoreby the sea?
a. Wreck b. Ligan c. Jetsam d' Flotsam
55. An associationof ship ownersthat mutually contribute to a fund to oovermember's lossesnot nor-
mally coveredby regularhull insurance.
a. Cargolnsurance D. Hult coverage c. P&Iinsurance d. Freightinsurance
56. A marine insurancepolicy in which the limits of the risk are deterurinedby placesor terurini.
a. Time polLy b. voyage policy c. Port policy d. valued policy
57. pledging a ship or the freight sheearnsto raise moneyn@essaryto completethe voyage'Repaynent
is contingent on safearrival of the vessel.
a. Bottomry D. Respondentia c. Barratry d. Srrbrogation
59. The act of saving life and propertyat seawith the hopeof reward.
a. Salvage b. Rescue c. Tmrage d. None of these
"salvage"appliesto:
60. The tern
a. The serviceperfonnedby a salvor.
D. The reward paid to a salvor in respectof his srccessfulservices.
c. Bothaandb
d. Neither a nor b
USE OF ST]BSTITUTES
SubstitutesareusedwhenaCodegroupor a Nu- which immediatelyprecedesthe substitute.
meralgroupcontainsa repetitionof a letteror a fig- 3. The third substitutealwap repeatsthe third sig-
ure. nal flag counting from the op of that classof flags
The rulesto be followedwhendecidingwhich which immediatelyprecedesthe substitute.
substitute!o use are: 4. No substitutecan ever be usedmore than once
1. The first substitutealwaysrepeatsthe uppermost in the samegroup.
signal flag of the classof flags which inmediately 5. The answeringpendantwhenusedas
a decimal
precedesthe substitute, point is o bedisregardedin determiningwhich sub-
2. T\e secondsubstitutealways repeatsthe second stitute to use.
signalflag countingfrom trrctop of thatclassof flags
RECEPTIONOF SAFETYMESSAGES
Any messagewhich you hear prefixed by one of cerningthe safetyofa ship, aircraftor
the following wods concemsSAFETY. other rehicle, or the safety of a per-
son.
Itfiayday Indicatesthat a ship, aircraft or other
Securlte Indicates that the station is about to
(Distress) vehicleis threatenedby graveand im-
(Safery) transmit a messageconcerningsifety
minent dangerand requestingiumedi-
of navigationor giving importantme-
ate assistance.
teorological warnings.
hn Indicatesthat the calling station has a
(Urgency) very urgent messageto transmit con-
( ANNEXrV )
coLLrsIoN REGULATTONS
DISTRESS SIGNALS
L The following signals,usedor exhibitedeither redlight;
togetheror separately,indicate distressand needof f) a smokesignalgiving off orange-colmedsmoke;
assistance: (k) slowly andrepeatedlyraising and lowoing anns
(a) a gun or otherexplosivesignalfued at intervalsof outstretchedto each side:
abouta minute;
(1) theradiotelegraph
alarmsigml;
O) a continuoussoundingwith any fog-signaling (m)theradiotelephonealarm signal;
appatatus;
(n) signals transmitted by emergencyposition-
(c) rocketsor shells,throwing red starsfired oneat a
indicating redio beacons.
time at short intervals;
2.Tbe useor exhibitionof any of the foregoingsig-
(d) a signal madeby radiotelegraphyor by any other
nals exceptfor the purposeofindicating distressand
signalingmethodconsistingof the group
...- - a... (SOS)in theMorseCode; needof assistance andthetse of othersignalswhich
may be confi.rsedwith any of the above signals is
(e) a signalsentby radiotelephonyconsistingof the prohibited.
"Mayday'';
ryoken word 3. Attentionis drawn to the relevantsectionsof the
(D theInternationalCodeSignalof distressindicated InternationalCode of Signals,the Merchant Ship
byN.C.; SearchandResoe Manualandthe following signals:
(g) a signalconsistingof a squareflag havingabove (a) a pieceof orange+oloredcanvasswith either a
or belowit a ball or anything resemblinga ball: black squareand circle or otherappropriatesym-
(h) flamesqr the vessels(asfrom a burningtar barrel' bol (tbr identificationfrom theair);
oil barrel,etc.); O) adyemarker.
(i) a rocketparachuteflare or a hand flare showinga
ST]BMARII\ES
A sunkensubmarinewill try to indicateher plight pyrotechnits.
and positionby: 3. By pumpingoil o the surface.
1. Releasingan indicator buoY. 4. Byblowingoutair.
2 By firing pllow, white or red smokecandlesor
A . - Period(fullstop)............ a - a - a -
B - . . .
Comma - - o a - -
c - . - . - - - a a a
D - . . Co|o1,..........."
E . (Alsousedfor"pleaserepeat
Interrogation
F . . - .
G
H
- - .
o . . .
:lllllllllil;;,
ill _rlrT::::::: o o - - a o
I . . ^Pverr vl/r rs
- a a a o -
J o Hyphenor dash
K - . -
Solidus(fractionbar or divisionsign) ...(NR)
l o
M Parentheses:
- . " ( ' . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . - a - - a
N L e f th a n db r a c k e t
")'
o Righthandbracket ................. F a - - a -
P . - - .
- - . - lnvefted commas........ a - a a - a
O
R . G . Doubledash (Break)... ...........(Br) - a a a -
S . . . D i s t r e s sc a l l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (sos)
........ a o o - - - a a a
T .....
callto precedeeverytransmission
" - Attention
U
V . " - ...........(cr) -a -a -
W . c - General call............
enquiry ..........(co) - a - o - - a E
x -..-
Y - . - -
z --..
Wait.............. (AS) a - o a a
....................
Understood ..........( vE)
........ a a a - o
Errar a a o o o a a a
l o
I e . - - - ' -o
R e c e i v e d( O K ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(.R )
3 . . . --
. . . . - Positionreport(toprecedeallposition
4 - '-'
o . . . . messages) ........................(TR)
$
6 - . . . . Endof message;alsocrossor additionsign
7 - - . . .
8 - - - . .
- - - - . linished(endof work)
Transr!,ission
I
iconclusionof corresPondence) ( V A ). . . - ' -
U
EPIRBSYSTEM
BASICCONCEPTOFTHEL-BANDSATELLITE
INMARSAT
SATELLITE
----Z----1-1
<-ffi4
[*,
\ \
-f
\ \
,/
I <t?crtr\G,r. I
t-TJ
SMALL CRAF"T
t2I;
SIGNALTNGAND COMMUNTGATIONS
1. The letter HOTEL when hoistedmeans:
a. I require a doctor c. I havea pilot on board
b. I require a pilot d. I havea doctor on board
"S" indicate:
2. Figuresprecededby the letter
a. destination b. speed c. ship'sheading d. a question
'R." indicate:
3. Figuresprecededby letter
a. latitude D. distane c. bearing d. noneof these
5.Whenbunkeringorloadingexplosives,myflaghoistshouldbe:
a. Delta D. Charlie c. Bravo d November
7. What will you hoist whenyou havea diver down and requireshipsto keepclear?
a. Alpha D. Bravo b. Charlie d. 7-rtlu
8. Whennavigatingat night" you seea vesselflashingby light the letter KILO, you will reactby:
a. stoppingyour engine c. answeringin the samemanner
b. calling the master d. changing@urseto stbd
20. Hoist which relatesto phraseswhich are very urgent"important and of commonuse:
c. four lener hoist b. three letter hoist c. single letter hoist d. noneof these
21. An all round white light which flashessimultaneouslywith the ship's whistle when signifying a
coursechange:
a. anchorlight b. Morselight c. signallight d. maneuveringlight
,4. A vesselwhich sound on her whistle 7 successiveshort blasts and followed by 1 prolonged blast
means:
4. man overboard b. abandonshiP c. fre drill d. boat drill
t?3 ations
Si gnaling and Communic
Zg. Wben sendingthe safetysignalsby radiotelegraphy, it is usuallysenton the frequencyof:
a . 5 0 0 k h z b . 1 5 6 . 8 k h z c ' 2 1 8 2 1 l J l z d ' 6 0 0 Y ' h z
"IJ" or the letter"fl'by blinker?
30. What is indicatedby the flag
a. You are standinginto danger c' I requireassistance'
b. I requirea tug. d' I havea fire on board'
S4.Datemaybesignaledbytwo,fourorsixnumeralsprecededby:
b. Lima c. PaPa d' Zttlu
a. Delta
"T" (local time)
usedprecededby
35. Time is denotedby the useof the 24-hourclock.Four numeralsare
or (GMT).
b. Zttlu c' PaPa d' Delta
a. Alpha
"M" indicates:
36. Three-letterhoistsbegin with the letter
a.Maneuveringsignalsc.Meteorologicalwarning
b. Medical signals d' Master'sadvise
45. A plane circles your vessel,crossesyour cou$e at a low altitude openingand closing his throttle and
headsoff in a direction which you are to be directed. How would you indicate your INABILITY to
comply?
a. Hoist the International codeflag November(t9.
D. Flash the Morse Code proceduresignal T.
c. Hoist the answeringpennant.
d. Emit large quantities of black smokefrom your stack.
PART A.GEITTERAL
Rule 1 Rule 2
APPlication ResPonsibilitY
(a) TheseRules shall apply to all vesselsupon (a) Nothing in Oeserules shall exonerateany
the high seasand in all waters connetted therewith vessel,or the owner, master or crew thereof, from
navigableby seagoingvessels' the consequences of any neglect to comply with
theseRulesor of theneglectof any precautionwhich
(b) Nothing in the.seRules shall interferewith may be requiredby the ordinary practiceof seamen,
the operationof specialrules made by an appropri- or by the special circumstancesof the case'
ate authority for roadsteads,harbors, rivers, lakes
(b) [n construingand complying with these
or inland watenilaysconnectedwith the high seas
andnavigableby seagoingvessels.Suchspecialrules Rules dueregard shall be had to all dangersofnavi-
shall conform as closely as possibleto theseRules.
gation and collision and to any special circum-
star@s,including the limitations of the vesselsin-
(c) Nothing in theseRules shall interferewith volved,which maymakea deparnrrefrom theserules
the operationsof any specialrules madeby the Gov- necessaryto avoid irunediate danger.
ernmentor any Statewith respectto additiond sta-
tion or signal lights or shapesor whistle signals for
ships of war and vesselsproceedingunder convoy, Rule 3
or with respectto additional station or signal lights General Definitiotts
or shapesfor fishing vesselsengagedin ftshing as a For the purpose of theseRules,exceptwherethe
fleet Theseadditionalstationa signallights' shapes context otherwiserequires.
or whistle signals5hall, so far as possible,be such (a) The word "vqssel" includes every descrip-
that they cannotbe mistaken for any light' shapeor tion of watercraft, including non-displacementcraft
signal authorizedelsewhereunder theseRules. and seaplanes,used or capableof being usedas a
(d) Traffic separationschemesmay be adopted meansof transPortationon water.
by tbe Organization for the purposeof theseRules' (b) The term "power-driven vessel"meansany
(e) Wheneverthe Crovernmentconcernedshall vesselpropelled by machinery.
have determinedthat a vesselof special construc-
(c) The term "sailing vessel"meansany vessel
tion or purposecannotcomply fully with the provi-
propelling machinery if fit-
sions of any of these Rules with respect to the undersail providedthat
number,position, range or arc of visibility of lights ted, is not beingused.
or shapes,as well as to the disposition and charac- (d) The ternt"vesselengagedin fishing" means
teristicsof sound-signalingappliances,as her Gov-
any vesselfishing with nets, lines, trawls or other
ernmentshall havedeterminedto be the closestpos-
fishing apparaurswhich restrictmaneuverability'but
sible compliancewlth theqeRulesin respectof that
doesnot include a vesselfishing with trolling lines
vessel.
PART E- EXEMPTIONS
IM Collision Regulations
(iil The repositioningof mastheadlights on from the prescriptionsof Sections2 (g) and 3 (b) of
vesselsof 150 meters or more in length, re- Annex I to theseRegulationsuntil nine yearsafter
sulting from the prescriptions of Section 3 the date of entry into force of theseRegulations.
(a) of Annex I to theseReguliations,ulitil nine
(g) The requirementsfor sound signal appli-
yearsafter the dateof entry into forceof these
ancesprescribedin Annex III, to theseRegulations
Regulations.
until nine )€ars after the date of entry into force of
(e) The repositioningof mastheadlights result- theseRegulations.
ing ftrom the prescriptions of Section 2 O) of An-
nex I, to theseRegulationsuntil nine lears after the (h) The repositioningof all-round lights result-
date of entry into force of theseRegulations. ing from the prescription of Section9 O) of Annex
I to theseRegulations,permanentexemption.
(O The repositioning of sidelights resulting
.1
ANNEX I
Posltionlng and technical details of lights and shapes
16 Collision Regulatiow
and a rrery narrow division betweenthe green and (iv) Yellow
red sections,external screensneed not be fitted. x 0-612 0-618 0-575 0-575
(c) In a vesselof lessthan20 metersin length For prescribedlights the value ofK shall be
shapesof lesserdinension but cotrnnensuratewith 0.8, correspondingto a meteorological
the size of the vesselmay be usedand the distance visibility of approximately 13 nautical
apart may be correspondinglyreduced. miles.
(b) 'A selectionof ftguresderivedfrom the for-
7. Color speclflcatlon of llghts.
mula is given in the following table:
The chromaticity of all navigation lights shall
conform to the following standards,which lie with Rangeof Utsibility Dtminow intensity of
the bwndaries of the area of the diagran specified
(luminous range)of light in candelasfor
for eachcolor by the International Commissionon
Illumination (Cre;. light in nautbal miles K=0.8
The boundaries of the area for each color are
givenby indicating thecomercoordinates,which are
as follows:
(il White I 0.9
x 0-5250-5250452 0-3100-3100443 2 4.3
y 0-38204ta 0440 0-348 0-2830-382 3 t2
(ii) Green 4 27
x 0-0280-0090-3000-203 5 s2
y 0-3850-7230-5110-356 6 94
(iii) Red
x 0-680 0-660 0-7350-72r
y 0-320 0-320 0-265 0-259 Note: The maximum luminous intensity of naviga-
ANNEX II
Addltlonal slgnals for flshlng vesselsftshlng in close proxlmity
ANNEX M
Techntcal details of sound slgnal applianccs
4. Underinternationalrule:
a. vesselsdeadin the water shall turn off range lights
D. vesselslessthan 150ft neednot carry an after rangelight
c. all vesselsmust carry an after light
d. vesselsover 65 ft must carry both range lights from sunset!o sunrise
5. The giving way vessel,or the one of 2 vesselswhich is directedby therules !o keepclearof the other
is temred:
a. crmsing vessel c, overtakingvessel
b. burdenedvessel d. vesselmeeting end on
7. When navigating in a fainvay during the daytime you observea vesselshowing Zblrc,k balls in a
vertical line. The vesselis:
a. dredging c. atanchor
D. not undercommand d. fishing
8. A ve.sselproceedingalong the courseof a narrow channel shall keep as near to the outer limit of the
channelwhich lies on her:
a. starboard b. inboard side c. outboard side d. port
9. What signal should be made by an overtakenvesselin answerto 1 or 2 blasts signal from a vessel
which is overtakingher?
a. 3 prolonged blasts
b. I prolonged blast
c. 2 prolonged blasts followed by 1 short blast
d. none of these
13. When ship bells are usedasfog signals,what is the durationof the rapid ringing?
c. 15 seconds b. 2 seconds c. 10 seconds d. 5 seconds
14. Itrowoften are power-drivenvesselsunderwayin foggy weatherrequiredto give soundfor fog sig-
nals?
d. at interval not exceeding3 minutes c. at interval not exceeding5 minutes
b. at interval not exceeding60 seconds d. at interval not exceeding2 minutes
15. At night you seea red light and mastheadlights of a vesselat your stbdbow.What is your action?
a. stop the engine c. alter courseto port
b. alter courseto stbd d. maintain courseand speed
lg. That one of 2 vesselsapproachingeachother so ils to involve risk of collision, which is directedby
the Rules to keep her courseand speed?
a. meeting vessel D. burdenedvessel c. crossingvessel d. privilegedvessel
Zl. During foggy weather,you heard a fog signals at intervals of not more than 1 minute, 3 blasts in
namely 1 prolongedblast followedby 2 shortblasts.This meansthat the vesselis:
succession,
c. not under contmand c. towing
b. engagedinfishing d. all of these
26. Everypower driven vesselwhich is undersail and not underpoweris consideredto be:
a. a sailing vessel c' a deadvessel
b. apower-drivenvessel d. avesselunderway
Zg. When the Rule on Lights prescribed2 or 3 lighs carriedin a vertical line, in a vesselmore than 20
metersin length the lights shouldbe spaced:
a. not lessthan 2 metersabovethe gunwale c. not less than 2 metersapart
b. I meter apart d' none of these
35. You sight a vesselshowinga green light over a white light. This would indicate:
c. engagedinunderwateroperation c. surveying
D. trawling d. fishing with nets
44. When a vesselexhibits a black ball forward where it can bestbe seen,it signifies:
a. avesseldrifting c. avesselaground
D. a vesselin distress d. a vesselat anchor
47. A vesselrestrictedin her ability to maneuvershall exhibit in addition{o her runninl lights:
c. 3 all-round lights, red-white-redin a verticalline
b. 2 red ligha
c, greenover white light
d. redover white light
48. A vesselin the high seasthat is not underoommandshall displaywhatday signals'l
a. 2 black balls b. 2 red balls c. 3 black balls d. red hall
60. According to the COLREGS, dl of the ff. are engagedin fishing except:
a. a vesselsefiing nets c. a vesselshooting dredgenets
D. a vesselengagedin trawling d. a vesselengagedin trolling
61. Which of the ff. tenn will mean a situation where collision is inevitable by action of the give-way
vesselalone?
a. In extremh c, Collision imminent
D. In personal d. None of these
63. In a narrow channel, if the overtaking vesselwants to overtaketo the port side of another,shehas to
sound:
a. Zprolotgedblassand I shortblast c. 5 shortrapidblasts
b. 2 prolongedblasts and 2 short blasts d. 2 short lrlass
69. A trawling vesselduring day time shall fisplay shapesin a vertical line me abovethe other:
a. 2 cmes with apexestogether c. 2 coneswith baseogether
b. Cylinders d. Balls
7 | . The arc of the light sector,designedby its timiting bearing as observedat poinB other than the light.
a. Arc of visiblity b. kc of sector c. Sectorof light d. None of these
73. This Rule apptes b vesselsnot in sight of oneanotherwhennavigating in or near an areaof restriced
visibility.
a. Rule 19 D. Rule 20 c. Rule 17 d. Rule 18
74. When two sailing rresselsare approrching one another so as io involve risk of oollision, one of the'm
shall keep out of the way of the otber.
a. Rule 12 D. Rule 10 c. Rule 11 d. Rub 13
75. Every rassel which is directed to ke€p out of the way of another vesselshall so far as possibletake
early and substantialaction to keep well clear.
c. Rule 12 D. Rub 13 c. Rule 16 d. Rule 14
79. A vesselshall be operaredat safe speedat all fimes so that shecan be stoppedwithin:
a. lf2 the distance of visibility
D. Distance of visibility
c. Distanceat which a vesselfrom head30st€rncan go
d. Disance appropriarcto the existing circumsunces
84. You are undenvayin fog and h^ar a fog signal of 2 prolongedblastson your stbdquarter.What action
will you take?
a. Maintain course& speed c. Changecounleo stbd
D. Changecourseto port d. Sop your engine
85. While on watch on the bridge and yur are in an EXTREMIS situation, what would yorrdo first?
c. Call the Captain c. Changecourseo s$d
D. Sour.Jthe generalalarm d. htt engineson full astern
97. If there is any dcub,tthat tbe risk of ollision exists, such risk:
a. Doesnot exist c' Dcs exist
b. Shall be deemedto exist d' May exist
two short blasts. It
gt. while navigating in restricted visitility, 1ou bear one prolongedblast followed by
qrld be all of the following except:
a. Avesseltishing c. A vesseltowing astern
D. A vesseltowed d. A vesselout of command
gg. yqr vessel is fishing at anchor on the high seas,Which of the following day signals should she
display if she has gear extending outover 500 feet horizonhlly frromthe vessel?
a. I tlact ball in the forepart c. A basketwhere best seen
D. A black double frustrun of a cone d. A black conepoint upwards
106. At seayou sight a vesselwith a blac* ball at the foretruck and another such shapeat the yard. This
wonld indicate:
a. A vesseltrawling asking you to keepclear.
D. A vesselsweepiugfor mines.
e Bothaandb
d. Neitheranor b
108. A vesselengagedin replenishmenton the high seasshall display which of the following day signals?
a. A black ball over black diamond over black ball
b. Ttvoblackballs in avertical line
c. Two red balls in a vertical line
d. Three red balls in a vertical line
ll2. \\e Rule of Spe.cialCircumsances supplementsthe Rules of the Road with additionat precautions
not ordinarily required. Theseprecautionsmay allow or require:
a. Violrtion of a requirementof the other Rules.
b. Action beyondfull dedience to Se Rules.
c. Bothaandb
d. Neitber a nor b
NAUTICAL CHART
Nautical Chart is a (rnventional graphic rep- 1:150,000.
resentation, on a plane surface, ofnavigable llarbor charts. Chartsintendedfor navigationand
portion of the surfaceof the earth. It showsthe depth anchoragein harborsand small waterways'Scaleis
bf waterbynumeroussoundingsanddepthcontours' largerthan 1:50,000.
the shorelineof adjacentland, topographicfeatures
thatmayserveaslandmarks,aidso navigation'dan- SPECIAL CHARTS
gers, and other information of interest[o naviga- Pilot chart. The chart presentsin graphicfolm, av-
tors. eragesobtainedfrom datagatheredover many years
in meteorologyand oeanography to aid the navi-
It is designedas a worksheeton which courses
gatorin selectingthequickestandsafestroutes'Used
maybe plotte( and positionsascertained'It assists
in conjunction with regular navigational charts and
thcnavigator in avoidingdangersand arriving safely
other aidsto navigation.
at his d&ignation. The nautical chart is one of the
mostessentialandreliableaidsavailablelo thenavi- Bathymetric chart A topographicchart of thebed
gator, of a body of water, or part of it. Generally,
Nearlyall nauticalchartsusedfor ordinary pur- bathymetricchartsshowdepthsby contour lines and
gradienttints.
posesof navigationareconstructedonlhe Mercator
projection. Tidal current charts. Charts on which tidal cur-
rent data are depictedgraphically.
CIIART CLASSIFICATION BY SCALE
Satling charts. The smallestscalecharts usedfor Synoptic chart. In meteorology,any chart or map
planning,fixing positionat sea,and for plotting the on *ni"n data and analysis are presentedthat de-
beadreckoningwhile proceedingon a long voyage' scribe the stat€of the atmosphereover a large area
The shorelineand topographyare generalizedand at a given moment of time. Commonly refened to
only offshoresoundings,the principal navigational astheWeathcr MaP.
lights, outer buoys, and landmarks visible at con-
chart on a specific scale
siderabledistanceare shown. Scaleis smaller than Plottlng chart. An outline
1:600.000. andprojection,usuallyshowinga graticuleandcom-
p^r tot" designedto be usedancillary to standald
Generalcharts. Chartsintendedfor coastwisenavi- nauticalchart.
gation outsideoutlying reefs and shoals' Scaleis
ftom 1:150,000to 1:600,000. Posltlon plotttng sheet. A blank chart, usually on
the Mercator projection, showingonly the graticule
Coastcharts. Chartsintendedfu inshorecoastwise
and compassrose' The meridians are usually
navigationwherethe coursemay lie insideoutlying
unlabeledbythe publisherso that they can be ap-
reefJand shoals, for entering or leaving bays and
propriately labeled when the chart is used in any
harborsof considerablewidth' and for navigating
large inland warcrways.Scaleis from 1:50'000to longitude.
3. which of the ff. publications would you refer to obtain navigational information wben entering a
foreign port?
a. Sailing Directions c. Notice to Mariners
D. World Port Index d. Coast Pilot
barometricpressure,
g. Chartswhich grve in the graphic forrr inforuration on averagewinds, currents,
high powered vesselsare
presenceof ice and derelicts and the recommendedroutes for low and
called:
a. Plotting charts b. Sailingchars c. Mercator charts d. Pilot chafis
13. The chart projeclion most suitabrefor plotting a greatcircle for polar navigation is the:
a. glelit circle projeaion c. plane projection
D. mercator projection d. gnomonic projection
14. What charts are likely to show all aids to navigation?
a. harbu charts c. small scalecharts
b. large scalecharts d. pilot charts
15. Mercator chart is a:
4. rectangular projection c. cylindrical projection
D. simple onic projection d. polyconic projection
16. When the deviation of the compasshasbeentaken by computedazimuttr, thc deviation is enteredin
Oe:
a. oompassrecord book c. compassdeviation card
D. bridgeblackboard
25. What do the ff. abbreviationsnamely M-S-CLOZ indicated on the chart refer to:
a. natural featuresin coastline c. opography
D. seabed d. man madestructures
30. In the Pilot chart, what doesthe number in the wind roseindicate?
a. averagewind speedin knots
b. averagewatertemperatufeduring thenonth
c. peroentageof calm
d. averagewind speedby Beaufort scde
31. In wbat publication will you find infonrution aboutcustorls, culrents,aids to navigation andpilotage?
4. oast pilot c. current table
D. sailing directions d. pilotchart
32. Which publication would you consult to seeif there is a pilot for the port of Osaka?
a. notice to marinef,s c. world pilots
D. oast pilot d. sailing directions
33. The length of any part of an extendedmeridian of a mercatorchart when expressedin unis that arethe
length of a minute of a longitude is called:
a. meridional parts D. latitude c. gnomonic d. departure
34. The changein longitude along a celestial line of position per I min. changein lati$de is:
a. deparnre b. intercept c. longitude factor d. latiftde factor
38. A projection wherein the eye is assumedto be situatsd at an infinite distance above the celestial
sphereso that all linqs projectedfrom the eye ino the spherewill be parallel is called:
a. equidistant projection c. orthographic projection
D. mercator projection d. conical prct'ction
46. The location of the North and SouthPolesare establishedby the rotation of the earth on its axis. With
the poles as starting points, a systemof line can be called parallels and meridians locate the place on
the earth's surface.This completenetwork is called:
a. Earthgrid c. Circleof illumination
D. Parallelism of axis d. Plane of the orbit
47. The simplestmethodamongall projectionsis known as the:
a. Equidistant projection c. Stereographicprojection
D. hrallel projection d. Orthographic projection
48. A line or seriesof lines on a chart suMivided and labeledwith the disance representedon the chart is
called:
a. Bar scale ,. Crid c. Coordinates d. Iatiurde scale
49. The art and scienceof making charts or mapsis called:
a. Cbartography D. Cartography c. Orthography d. Cieography
50. Wbat is a periodical publication of astronomicaldata designedprimarily fu marine navigatim?
a. H.O.229 c. lfxuticaletmanac
b. H.O.2l4 d. Astrononical almanac
51. Achart on which all tidal currentsdataare graphically&picted.
a. Currentchart c. Tidalchart
D. Pilot chart d. Tidal atlas
52. A chart showing the disribution of weatherconditions over a region or given areaat a certain time.
a. Spoptic chart ' c. hognostic chart
D. Barometric chart d. Meteorological chart
5 7 . Whichofthefollowingisusedintheprojectionofgnomonicchart?
b. FtatPlane c' Cllinder d' Cube
c. Cone
widely usedfor navigation as namedby its inventor GerhardKremer'
5 8 . The mly cylindrical projection
"Ut
Equidistant
Ortnographic c' Mercator d'
a. Polyconi "
the perpendicularto the plTe of the
59. The earth,s axis has a fixed inclination of 23" 77'of arc from North star' This is called:
qbit. This position is onstant with North Polealwayspointing towardsthe
a. Plane of the orbit c' Parallelisn of the axis
b. Earthgrid d' Tropicof Capricorn
true?
65. lvhich of the ff. statement/sregarding scaleof the charts is/are
a. Sailingchartslessthan 1:600,000
b. Generalchartsfrom 1:150,000 o 1:600,000
c. Coastchars ftom l:50,000o 1:150,000
d. All of these
t70
MAGNETISM
with In 1984,the north magneticpole was locatedat
ll rfagneffsm is a phenomenaassaiated
IYlmagnetic fields and their effects upon mag- Irtitude 78.9"N, LongitudeI 03.8"17,approximately
netic materials,notably iron and steel.The magnet- in the vicinity of the Parry Islands. The southmag-
ism of the'horth-seeling end" of a fteely suspended netic pole was at Latitude 65.4"5, Iangitude
magnet is called red nagnztism; the magnetismof 139.5"E,approximatelyofr the coastof the nortb-
thel'south-seekingend" is called blue magnetism" east€rnpart of Wilkes I-and.
The magnetic poles are not stationary.The en-
Induced mgncdsIn Magnetismacquiredby a piece
tire magneticfield of the earth, the magneticpoles'
of magneticmaterial while it is in a magneticfield'
undergoesa small dally or diurnal clnnge, and z
Permancnt mgneffsrn This is re0ainedfor long very slow, progressivesecularclwnge'
perids without appreciable reduction, unless the Natural magnetic irregularities occuring over
magnetis srbjected to a demagnetizingforce' relatively small areasare called rutgnetic ananur'
Sub-pcrmanentmagnetlsm.Themagnetismin the ties!..ythe ntagncticiiutsbut thenavigatorgenerally
int€mediafe iron of the ship whiCh tcndsto change refers to thcsr:lihenomenaas local disturbance.
as the result of vibration, aging cr ';ruising in the Noteswanrittg of r;'ir-ltdisturbancesare shown on
samedirection for a long perioclbuf r-lrlcsnot alter charts.
immediately. ELEMIIN'IS {;l itr0 EARIH'S FIALD
Resldual mgnetbm Magnetismwlticb remains Total intensity {$t)rs thestrengthof the field at any
after removal ef the magnetizing forcc. point, measurecl in a directionparallelto the field.
Terrcstrlal magncdsn (or geomagnetism)'The llorizontal intensity (H) is the horizontalcompo-
magnetismof the earth. nent of thc t0tal intcnsity.At the magneticequator'
the field is parallet to the surfaceof the earth, and
MAGNETIC POLES the horizontal intensity is the sameas the total in-
The region in which the lines of force enter the tensity. At the magnetic poles, the field is vertical
iron is called thesouthpolc, and the region in which and thereis no horizontal component.The direction
they leaveis called the north pole. The lines of force of the horizontal componentat any place defines
are directedfrom southto north within the magnet" the magnetic meridian at any place. This compo-
and from north to south in the external field. "directive force" of a mag-
nent providesthe desired
netic compass.
If nvo magnetsare brought close together' un-
like poles attract eachother and like poles repel' North conrponent (X) is the horizontal intensity's
componentalonga geographic(true) meridian.
The Earth's magneticpolein the NorthernHemi-
"southmagnetism"'It is calledthenrrth East component (Y) is the horizontal intensity's
spherehas
rwgnctic fwldbecauseof its geographicallocation' componentperpendicularto the north component.
has "north
The pole in tbe Southern ttremisphere
Vertlcal lntcnsity (Z) is the v€rticd componentof
magnetism".It is called thesouthrutgneticpole' the total intensity. It is zero at the magnetic equa-
asthe total
The north magneticpole of the earthis bluepole tor. At the magneticpoles it is the same
and the southmagnetic pole is red pole. intensity.
COMPASSERROR
f-lirections relative to the northerly direction DEVTATTON (D OR DEV.)
lJalsag a geographicmeridian are true.In this It is the angular differencebetweenmagnetic
case,true north is the referencedirection. north and compassnorth. It is expressed in angular
units and named east or west to indicate the sideof
CompassEnor is the angular difference between
(the magnetic north on which the compass north lies.
truenorth and ompass north direction north as
indicatedby a magnetic compass).It is namedeast Deviation is causedby disturbing magnetic in-
orwestto indicatethe sideof the true north on which fluencesin the inmediate vicinity of the conpass
oompassnorth lies. such as from induced magnetism in metal decks,
bulkheads,masts,stacks,boat davits etc..
If a magneticoompassis influencedby no other
magneticfield than thatof the earth, and thereis no Semi-clrcular devlatlon. Changessign @ or W)
instrumentalerror, its magnetsare aligned with the approximatelyeach 180" changeof heading.
magneticmeridian at the compass,and 000" of the
cmpass card coincideswith nagnetic north. All di- Quadrantal deviatlon. Changessign approximately
rectionsindicated by Oe card are magnetic. each 90" changeof heading. Causedby indued
magnetisn in horizontal soft iron.
VARTATTON (V OR VATJ
Constant devlrtlon. Deviation is the sane in any
It is the angle benveengeographic(true) and heading.
magnetic meridians. If a compassis aligned with
the magneticmeridian, compasserror and variation Rcsldual devlrdon Deviation of a magnetic com-
are the same. passafter adjustmentor compensation.
Brample:
compass
A magnetic oompasswhich has not been adjustedhas deviation on cardinal and intercardinal
headingsas follows:
Compas Deviation Compass Deviation
heading heading
000" 1.5"W 180" 8.0"E
045" 34.0"E 225" 1.5'W
090" 31.0"8 n0" 29.0"W
135" 13.5"8 315" 36.0"W
On headingcompassnorth the deviationis 13.5"Wwhen the vesselheels10" o starboard.
Find the approximatevalue of eachooefficient.
Solutlqr:
= +2'3"
A = -1.5"+34.0"+31.0"+13.5"+8.0"-1.5"-29.0"-36.0o
8
= -1.5"-31.0"+8.0"+
29.0" = +1.1"
B=31.0"+29.0"=+30.0" E
2 4
= -13.5"
+1.5" = -1.2"
C=-1.5"-8.0"= -4.8"
2 10
= +13.8"
D = 34.00-13.50-1.5"+36.00
4
BINNACLE
COMPENSATING
COMPASS
\'-
NEEDLE
OUADRANTAL
E
CORRECTORS <;
UJ
(soFTlRoN)
VERTICALMAGNET
IE
IIJ F
UJ
F O FORHEELINGERROR 2
-tn
b
oj-
d -
og MAGNETS
ATHWARTSHIP
=(,
;< MAGNETS
FORE-AND.AFT
l=
1 5 . port quarter will possesred polarity and starboardbow will possesblue polarity, the ship is built:
a. HeadingSouth c' HeadingSouth& North
b. ItreadingEast d. HeadingSoutheast
45. The combinedeffectsof horizontal plane sub-permanent magnetismof a ship and the magnetism
inducedby vertical soft iron and componentof the eafih's force is called:
a. Semi-circular deviation c. Magnetic field
b. Coefficient of Magnetism d. Magnetic polarity
5 3 . The semi-greatcircle on the earth, the plane at which the magneticneedlewill lie when freely sus-
pendedat any place causedby the attraction of the earth's magneticfield is called:
a. Magnetic circles c. Magneticmeridians
D. Magnetic poles d. Magneticfield
The
54. you have completedthe magnetic compassadjustmentson magnetic eastand magnetic south.
vesselis now steadyon magneticwestbut the compassreads266". You shouldnow adjustthe com-
passuntil it reads:
a. 270" c, 274"
b. 268" d. Do not adjustthe compass,just recordthe error.
,FLINDER'S
BAR'
CORRECTS IND. 'B'
'B'
F. & A. MAGNETS CORRECT
PERMANENT MAGNETS
CAUSE DISTURBING
'B' & "c'
F|ELD COEFS.
ATHWARTSHIPSSOFT IBON
CAUSE COEFF, 'D' & H.E.
MODEL DEVIASCOPE
180
THE EARTH
fhe ennm is approximately an oblate sphcroid Longitude. The arc of a parallel or the angle at the
I (a sphereflattenedat the poles).However,for pole betweenthe prime meridian and the meridian
manynavigationalpurposes,the earthis assumedto of a point on the earth,measuredeastwardor west-
be a sphere,without intolerableerror. ward from the prime meridian through 180". It is
designatedeast(E) or wesr(W) to indicatethe di-
The axis of rotation or polar axisof the earthis
rection of measurement.
the line connectingthe North Poleand SouthPole.
DISTAI{CEON TIIEEARTH
CIRCLES OF THEEARTH
Distanceis thespatialseparationof two points,and
Meridian. A greatcircle throughthe geographical
is expressed asthe lengthof a line joining them.On
polesof the earth.All meridiansmeet at the poles,
the surfaceof the earthit is usuallystatedin miles.
and their planesintersectin a line, thepolar axis.
The Nautical mile or seamile is usedprimarily
hime Merldian. The meridian usedas the origin in navigation.
It is equivalentto 6076.11feet ap-
for measurement of longitude.The Prime Meridian proximately.
usedalmostuniversallyis that throughtheoriginal
positionof the British RoyalObservatoryatGreen- The geographicmile is the length of 1 minute
wich. of arc of tlre equator,consideredto be 6087.08fe et.
Equator. The terrestrialgreatcircle whoseplaneis The statuemile or land mile (5280 feet in the
perpendicular to thepolar axis.It is midwaybetween United States)is commonlyusedfor navigationon
the poles. rivers and lakes,notablythe GreatLakesof North
America.
Parallel of Latitude. A circle on the surfaceof the
earth,parallel to the planeof the equator.It connecLs Distance,as customarilyusedby the navigator,
all points of equallatitude.The equator,a greatcir- refers to the length of the rhumb line connecttng
cle, is a limiting citseconnectingpoints of 0" lati- two places. Rhumblines (exceptmeridiansandpar-
tude.The poles,singlepointsat latitude90", arethe allels) spiral towardsthe poles.
otherlimiting case.AII otherparallelsaresmallcir-
cles.
SPEED
POSMON ON THEEARTH Speedis the rate of motion, or distanceper unit of
A positionon the surfaceof the earth (exceptat ei- time.
therof thepoles)may be definedby nvo magnitudes
A knot is the unit of speedcommonlyusedin navi-
callel coordinates. gation.It is a rateof 1 nauticalmile per hour.
Latltude. The angular distancefrom the equator,
Speedof advanceis used0oindicatethe speedin-
measurednorthwardor southwardalonga meridian
tendedto be madealongthe track.
from 0" at the equatorto 90" at the poles.It is des-
ignatednorth (N) or sourh(S) to indicaterhedkec- Speedover ground is the speedalong the path ac-
tion of measurement. tually followed.
DIRECTTONONTIIF'EARTH GBODESY
In navigation, direction is customarilyexpressed Geodcsyis the scienceconcernedwith the exact
as the angular difference in degreesfrom a refer- positioning of points on the surfaceof the earth,and
encedirection,usuallynorth or the ship'shead. the detenninationof the exact size and shapeof the
earth.
Course is the horizontal direction in which a vessel
is steeredor intended to be steere( expressedas Geold is the surfaceto which the @eanswould con-
angular distance from north, usually from 0000at fonn over the entire earth if free to adjust to the
north, clockwisetlrough 3600'Thecourseis often combinedeffect of the Earth's massattraction and
designatedas true, magnetic,compassor grid as the the centrifugalforceof the Earth's rotation.
referencedirection is true,magnetic,compassor
grid north, respectively. Astronomiclatltude. Theangle.benveen theplumb-
line at a stationand the planeof the celestialequa-
Courseline is a line, asdrawn on a chart, extending
tor. It is the latitudewhich resultsdirectlyfrom ob-
in the directionofa course. sewationsof celestialbodies,uncorrectedfor de-
flection of the vertical.
Tback is the intended or desired horizontal direc-
tion of favel with respectto the earth and also the Astrononrlc longitude. The anglebetweentheplane
path of intendedtravel. The track consistsof one or
of the celestialmeridian at a station and the planeof
seriesof oourselines ftom the point of departureto thecelestialmeridianGreenwich.Itis the longitude
the destination,along whiChit is intendedtle vessel which results directly from observationsof celes-
will proceed. tial bodies,uncorrectedfor deflection of the verti-
Heading is the direction in which a vesselis cal.
pointe4 expressedas angular distancefron north,
Geodeticlatltude. The anglewhich the normal to
usuallyfrom 000" at north, clockwisethrough360".
the ellipsoid at a stationrukes with the plane of the
Headingis a constantlychangingvalueasvesselos-
geodetic equator.
cillates or yawsback and forth acrossthe coursedue
to the effectsof sea,wind and steeringerror. Geodetlclongitude. The anglebetweenthe plane
Bearlng is the direction of one terrestrial point of the geodeticmeridian at a station and the plane
from another,expressedas angular distancefrom a of the geodeticmeridian at Greenwich.
referencedirection, usually from 000" at the refer- The geodeticcoordinatesare the ones usedfor
encedirection,clockwisethrough 360".Whenmeas- mapping.
uredthrough90" or 180"from eithernorth or south, Geocentrlcladtude. The angleat the cen@rof the
it is called bearing angle. ellipsoid (used to representthe earth) betweenthe
A relaive bearing is one relative to the head- planeofits equatoranda straightline (or radiusvec-
ing, or to the vesselitself. It is usually measured tor) to a point on the surfaceof the ellipsoid. This
from 000" at the heading,clockwisethrough360'. differs from geodeticlatitude becausethe earth is a
However,it is sometimesconvenientlymeasured spheroidrather thur a sphere,and themeridiansare
right or left from 0" at the ship'sheadthrough180". ellipses.The differencebetween geocentricandgeo-
deticlatitudeshasa maximumof about11.6'at lati-
Tback made good is the single resultant direction
tude45".
from the point of deparnre to point of arrival at any
giventine. Becauseof the oblateshapeof the ellipsoid,the
length of a degreeof geodeticlatitude is not every-
Course of advance is usedto indicate the direction where the same,increasingfrom about 59.7n.m. at
intendedto be madegoodover the ground. the equatorto about60.3 n. n at thepoles.
trw
FD(u) INTERRT]PTEDQTIICK
ocw m
IKAdI ULTRA QUICK
OCCTJLIING
oe?)wm tu&w
| fti.A I W
GROT]POCCULTING INTERRI.]PTED ULTRA QTIICK
oc(7+4)w
ISOPHASE FD(EDANDFLASHING
FFt(2)w m
I Pena{ I
LONGFLASHING ALTERNATING
Ftcv)w AttrtwK
GROI.]PFLASHING ALTERNATING
Ft(,+z)wW A rF rRw
W
COMPOSITEGROUPFLASHING ALTERNATING GROUP FLASHING
aw w AIOCWR W
I Poria
QT.JICK ALTERNATING OCCTITJTING
GROI.]PQIIICK
ALTERNATING GROUP OCCULTING
Fhed and flashing. A fixed light varied,at regular Leading lights. Two or more lights associatedso
intervals,by a groupof two or moreflashesof higher as to form a leadingline to be followed.
l,rminousintensity. Loom. The diffused glow observedfrom a light be-
low the horizonor hiddenby an obstacle,dueto at-
Alternating. A light shovringdifferent colors al-
mosphericscattering.
ternately.
Period. The interval of time between the com-
mencementof two identical successivecvcles of
DEF'INITION OFTERMS:
the characteristicof the light.
Diaphone.Usescompressed air andgenerallyemits
a powerful, lorv pitched sound, which often con- Phase.Each elementof the sequence(e.g. a flash,
cludes with a brief sound of suddenlylowered an eclipse).
pitched. Sector light. A light presentingdifferent appear-
anceseitberofcolor or character,overvariousparts
Directlon light. A light showingover a very nar-
of the horizonof interestto maritime navigation.
row sectorforrring a singleleadinglight.
Subsidiary (auxiliary) light. A light placedon or
Eclipse. An interval of darknessbetweenappear- nearthe supportof a main light andhavinga special
ancesofa navigationlight. usein navigation.
Elevation. The vertical distancebetweenthe focal Vertical lights. Two or more lights disposedverti-
planeof the light and the level of MeanHigh Water cally (or horizontally,or in geometricshape)to give
Springsor MeanHigher High Water. a di-fferent characteror appearance.
il--Afl "4.
^4.
It_L
v v
w ..4.. ^4.
n n
Ail ,/v Y
v v
II
l l t]
- t
o \ - s
o
I
JD Isolated
Danger
5. SpectalMarks pipes;and
' 6. Rocreationzone marks.
A Special mark may be used to indicate to the
marinera specialareaor feature,the natureof which Another function of a specialmark is to define a
is apparentfrom referenceto a chart, saililig direc- channel within a channel. Yellowis the color used
tions, or notices to marinen. Usesinclude: for specialmarks.When a light is exhibitedit is yel-
l. OceanDataAcquisitionSystem(ODAS),i.e. low.
buop carrying @eanographicor meteoro-
logical sensors; Method of Characterizlng Marks
2. Tratrtc separationurarks; The significanceof the mark dependsupon one or
3. Spoilgroundmarks; more of the following features:
4. Military exercisezone marks; 1. By nigbt- color and rhythm of light
5. Cable or pipeline marks, including outfall 2. By day- color, shape,topnark
THE SAILINGS
The SAILINGS are various methodsof solving 6. Great Clrcle Salllng involves the solution
thevariousproblemsinvolving.course,distance,dif- of courses,distances,and points along a gfeat cir-
ferenceof latitude, differenceof longifirde and'de- cle betweentwo points, the earth being regardedas
parture. a sphere.
7. CompoetteSaillng is a modification of great
VARIOUS KINDS OF SAILINGS
circle sailing to limit the maximum latitude.
I . Plane Satltrry is a methodof solving the vari-
ousproblemsinvolvinga singlecourseanddistance, RHUMBLII{US
differenbeof latitude, and departure,in which the Theprincipaladvantageof a rhumbline is that it
earth,that part tiaversed,is regardedas a planesur- maintainsconstanttnre direction.A ship following
face.This methodshouldnot be usedft'rrdistances the rhuinii lirir: i*:t.'vi:*r;lrvu placesdoesnot change
of more than a few hundredmiles. truecourse.A rhumhlinc makesthesarneangle with
2. ThaverseSailing combinesthe plane sail- all meridiansit crosses andappearsasa straightline
ing solutionswhen there are two or more courses. on a Mercatorchart.lt is adequateformostpurposes
This sailing is a methodof determiningthe equiva- of navigation,bearinglines (exceptlong ones,as
lent courseand distance made good by a vessel thoseobtainedby radio) and courselines both being
st€amingalong a seriesof rhumblines. plotted on a Mercator chart as rhumb lines, except
3. Parallel Sailing is the interconversionof in high latitudes.Theequatorandmeridiansaregreat
circles, but may be consideredspecial casesof the
departureand differenceoflongitude whena vessel
rhumblines.
is proceedingdue eastor due west.
4. Mid-latitqde Sailtng involves the use of GRBATCIRCLES
mid or meanlatitude for convertingdepartureto dif- A great circle is the intersectionof the surface
ferenceof longitudewhentbe courseis not dueeast of a sphereand a plane through the center of the
or due westandit is assumedsuchcourseis steered sphere.It is the largestcircle that can.bedrawnon
at themid latitude. the surfaceof the sphere, and is the shortestdis-
5. Mercator Sailing provides a mathematical bnce, alo-ngthe surface,betweenany two points on
solution of the plot as made on the Merca0orchart. the sphere.
It is similar to planesailing,but usesmeridionaldif- On a Mercator chart a great circle appearsas a
ferenceand differenceof longitude in place of dif- sine curveexter^.lingequaldistancesat eachsideof
ferenceof latitude and departurerespectively. the equator.
10. It is a route betweentwo pliacesalong the circumferenceof a great circle which passesthrough both
placesis:
a. path D. course c. rhumbtrack d. greatcircle track
11. A great circle on the surfaceof the earth midway betweenthe two poles is called:
a. elevatedpole b. hour circle c. longitude circle d' equator
12. The semi-greatbircle on the surfaceof the earth extending from pole to pole is:
a. meridian c. latitude
D. circumpolarlines d. ecliPtic
13. The length of the arc of a meridian betweenthe equatorand a given parallel on a Mercator chart'
expressedin units of 1 minute of longitude at the equatoris cirlled:
a. meridional parts D. latitude factor longitude factor d. intercept
14. The horizontal direction in which a vesselis steeredor intendedto be steeredis the:
c. course D. track c. Pdh d' heading
30. A vesselfrom west longitude going td eastlongitude and crossesthe lnternational dateline,&e vessel
is said to be:
a. crossingrressel D. westbormd c. eastllormd d. all of these
33. Upon making an approachto a harbor,you sight a yellow buoy.This would indicatewhich of the
folluving?
4. turn to starboard c. streedmust be reduced
b. military exercisezone
45. A rhumblinewouldbe:
a. impossibleon eafih's surface c. straightline on eartl's surface
b. a great circle course d. a spiral curve to the pole on the earth's surface
53. Which of the follov,'ingdescribesan accuratepositionthat is not basedon any prior position?
a. DR position c. fix
b. estimatedposition d. runningfix
60. When the total durationof light in a periodis longerthanthe total durationof darkness,the light is:
a. occulting b. flashing c. isophase d. fixed
61. When the totd durationof light in a periodis shorterthan the total durationof darkness,the light is:
a. occulting b. flashing c. isophase d. fixed
64. You decideto run a specialcasesuchthat the distancerun betweenbearingsis equalto 1/2 the dis-
tanceoff whenabeam.What specialcasewould you use?
a. 22.5degand45.0deg c. 45.0degand90.0deg
b. 30.0degand 60.0deg d. 63.5,de9 and90.0deg
being repeatedidenti-
67. The sequenceof intervalsof light and darknessin which the whole sequence
cally at regularinterval:
a. Fixedlight D. Characteristic c. Rhythmiclight d. Perjod
70. The maximurndistanceat which a,light canbe seen at a giventime asdeterminedby the intensityof
the light and the meteorologicalvi.ibility prevailingat tlat time is tle:
a. Range D. l,oom c. Phase d. Elevation
74. A light which enablesits appropriatebearingto obtain without the useof compass:
a. Bearinglight c. Leadinglight
b. Direction light d. Sectorlight
"8" except:
81. The following countriesbelongto region
a. Australia D. Panama c. Venezuela d. United States
g2. Marks usein well definedchannelswhich indicatetheport and starboardhandsidesof tle routeto be
followed:
a. Lateralmarks b. Specialmarks c. Cardinalmarks d. Isolateddangermarks
g3. Usedin conjunctionwith the compassto indicatewheretle marinermay find best[avigable water:
a. Lateralmark b. Specialmark c. Cardinalmark d. Isolateddangermark
91. The desiredanglc tbrmedby the keel of the vesselin referenceto the meridian is:
a . C o u r s e b . M u m b l i n e c . V a r i a t i o n d . H e a d i n g
keel with the
92. Thedirectionin which theship'sheadpointsat anyparticulartime andis theangleof the
meridian:
a,Headingb.Greatcircletrackc.Rhumblined.Course
is called:
97. A bell usedas fog signalsat certainland station,lighthouseandby light vessel
a. Fog bell b. Fog horn c' Fog siren d' Fog whistle
color varia-
99. A fixed light variedat regularintervalsby oneor moreflashesof greaterbrilliance with
don in eitherthe fixed light or flash;s is known as:
a. Alternating & frxed flashing light c. Fixedlight
b. Alternating light d. Flashing light
106. An alternatinglight:
a. Showsa light with varyinglengthsof the lightedperiod'
b. Is usedas a replacementfor anotherlight'
c. Marks an alternatelesser-usedchannel'
d. Showsa light that changescolor.
@UIIJdCTAL
eo-tgrtc
(/twAwrJT p+tH
aF a)e su$)
THE CELESTIALSPHERE
/Fsm,€i<s :ElJlrl-l
YEEEE6yzIlaL
ASJE
CEIESTIAL
,lOPtJlJ
. Tlvilight- The period of incomplete darkness Sldereal year. Thelength of the par with respect
following sunsetandprecedingsunrise.Threekinds to the starswhich is about 365 days, 6 hours, 9
of twilight are defined, dependingupon the darker minutes, 10 seconds.
limit:
Anomalistic yean The period from perihelion
At Darker Limit
Twilight Lighter Darker to perihelionwhich is about365 days,6 hours, 13
Limit Limit
4o5O' -60 Horizon clear and
minutes,53seconds.
Civil
bright stars visible
Nautical -0050' -l2o Haizon notVsible Apparent modon due to movement of other
-18o Rrll Night
Astrommical 4050' celestial bodies. The moon would make one
Revolufion of the earth. The motion of the earth revolution about the earth each siderealmonth,
$vmtr*l
$dencz
r ()(Juna)
1r'/;N
MOTIONOFTHESUNIN THEECLIPTIC
APPARENT
celestial neridians
celestial meridian
parallels parallels of declination parallels of altitude parallels of latitude
Nutical AsttotntttY m5
I{AUTIGAL ASTROilOIIY
1. The motionof the earthaboutirs axis causingthe celestialbodiesto appearto rise and setis called:
4. rotation c. spacemotion
b. revolution d. retrogrademotion
2. The motion of the earthin its orbit that causesdifferentcelestialbodiesto be visible during different
montts is called:
a. revolution b. rotation c. spacemotion d. dire*t motion
12. Thefirst point of Aries is the positionoccupiedby the sun on t}le celestialsphereon or about:
a. June2l D. September21 c December21 d. March 2l
14. The direction and distanceof the geographicposition of a celestialbody from your position is deter-
minedby:
a. azimuthandzenithdistance c' declinationand co-altitude
b. meridianangleanddeclination d. azimuthandintercept
positionof
15. The directionof a line drewnfrom the observer'sassumepositiontowardsthe geographic
a celestialbody,whenplotting an LOP is called:
a. zenithdistance c. intercept
D. azimuth d. meridianangle
22. T\e &clination of a bodyand pur latitude have tbe sane nameand are numerically equal.Which d
the followbg is oorrect?
a. At uppertransit, the body is in your zenith.
D. For a value of 60 deg. N, the body is circumpolar.
c. bothaand b
d. neitberanorb
23. When sotving fa Letiusing tbe uppertransit formula 'ou subtnrctHo from 90 deg.What doestle 90
deg. represent?
c. Distancefrom the horizon to the pole. c. Distancefr,omtle equatorto the zenith.
D. Disance ftom tle oquatoro the pole. d. Disunce ftom the horizon to the zenith.
24. T}re equationof time, as usedfor solving for the zone tine of meridian transit of the sun, is to be
addedor subtractedfrom:
a. LltT. D. L.M.T. c. G.M.T. d. ZT.
25. The daily Eathof a oelestialbody that is parallel to the oelestialequatoris the:
a. altitude circle D. vertical circle c. diurnal circle d. hour circle
26. T}le great circle that is alwaysneededto fonn the astnonomicaltriangle is:
a. Celestial equator D. longitude c. Celestialmeridian d. Prime vertical
27. The brightest fixed star in heavencan be found in the onstcllation of:
c. Ursa major D. Canis major c. Argus
30. Tbe interval betrveensumsive transits of the moonover anygiven meridia'r ie called:
a. Monlight b. Lunarday c, Solarday d. None of these
32. TM interval betweenthe sun's upper limb being in horizon and iB center being 6 deg. below it is
called:
a. Civiltwilight t. Trilight e Nurticaltxfiliglt d. Su'Sazimutl
35. Whenthe angleof the earthbetweenplanetand sunis 90 deg.,the planetis saidto be in:
a. Quadrature b. Conjunction c. Opposition d' Elongation
36. Moon's occultation of the sunwhen outsideedgeof sun's disc is unoccultedalthoughcentersof both
bodiesare in line is called:
a. Annular eclipse D. Lunar eclipse c. Total eclipse d. Solar eclipse
3?. It is an eclipse in which centersof the n*'o heavenlybodiesare exactly in line to an observetat a
specifiedplace is called:
a. Solar eclipse b. Central eclipse c. Lunar eclipse d. Total eclipse
38. If the earth's axis were perpendicular0othe planeof its orbit, what would be the effectto the seasm?
c. Tbesdasonwillnotchange. c' bothaandb
b. There will be one season. d. neither a nor b
39. Greatcide of celestial spherein which earth revolvesaround the sun, becausethe moon must be in
it, or near it fur an eclipseto occur is called:
a. Equinox b. Ecliptic c. Equinoctial d' Solstice
40. Celestial sphereas it appearsto an observerat the eguatorwhere the celestialbodiesrise vertically
abovetbe horizon is known asthe:
a. Parallel sphere D. Oblique sphere c. Right sphere d. None of these
41. Celestial ipheni as it appearsto an obcerverat the pole where the bodiesappearto move parallel to
the horizon is known as:
a. Parallel sphere b. Right sphere c. Oblique sphere d. None of these
42. The hour angle of the vernal equinox expressedin time is the:
a. Siderealtime c. Local apparenttime
D. Greenwichmean time d. Equation of time
43. The pointof the Ecliptic that are 90 deg.distancefrom the Equinoxes:
a. Ecliptic D. Solstitial olurc c. Equinoxes d. solstices
u
4. Theangular distanceof a bodyof the Snlarsystemftom the sun,or the angleatthe earthberweenlines
to the sun and anotherbodyof the solar systemis called:
a. Quadranre D. Conjunction c. Opposition d. Elongation
45. The point of ecliptic at wbich the sun reachesits fartbestposition north of the celestial equatoris
called:
c. Vernatequinox c. Summer solstie
D. Auurnnalequinox d. lViner solstice
NauticalAstommy 2W
46. Instancewhentrue sunis on the meridianat a placeis:
a.' Twilight b. Apparentsolartime c. High tide d. Nadir
47. When the sun is on either the autumnalor vernal equinox,the time of daysand nights is approxi-
mately:
a. Sameall over the wodd c. Daysare shorterthannights
b. Daysarelongerthannights d. None of these
52. Faintly luminousdisc seenin the sky oppositethe sun due to reflectionof sun by ice particlesin
aEnosphereis:
a. Tanth D. Anthelion c. Twilighr d. Aphelion
54. The sun will rise at 0600Hand setat 1800Hwhen the observeris at:
a. LatlOdeg. c. L,at60deg.
b. I-at45deg. d. Lat0deg.orarrheequaror
55. The angleat the pole betweenthe meridianof Greenwichand the hour circle of thebody is calted:
a. GIIA b. IJJA c. SHA d L.ongitude
59. The angular distancemeasuredeasterlyfrom the lint point of Aries to the body is called:
a. SHA b. LIIA c. RA d. cHA
to the
62. That part of the parallel of declinationwhich is apparentlydescribedbetweenthe time of setting
time rising of heavenly body is lnown as the:
a. Diurnal arc b. Nocturnal arc c. Altitude circle d. Polar distance
63. The arc drawn ftom geographicposition of the body equalto the radius of the circle of equal altitude
is:
a. Tnnithdistance D. Codeclination c. Altitude d. Declination
/
64. The @ily path of the star is along the:
a. Parallel of altitude c. Ilour circle
D. Ecliptic d. Parallel of declination
67. To deterurineyour geographicalposition in relation O a elestial body B way of direction and dis-
tanceis by:
a. Declination and co-latitude c. Meridianangleanddeclination
D. Azimuth and zenithdistance d. Azimuth and intercePt
70. The angular distanceof a celestialbody N or S of Oe prime vertical circle; the arc of the horizon or
tbe angieat the zenith betweentbe prime vertical circle and a vertical circle throughthe elestial body
measuteON or S from tbe prime vertical to the vertical circle is called:
a. Amplitude b. Azimuth c' T,rlnrth d' Bearing
73. Time basodupon the tnrc position of tbe sun as distinguishedfrm meantime, whicb is measuredby
a fictitiors eun moving at a unifqrn rate is called:
a. Tnnetire D. Civiltime c. Apparenttime d. Siderealtime
76. The angulardistancemeasurednresterlyfrom the fint point of Aries to the hour circle yassingthroughl
the body is:
a. GHA ,. LHA c. SHA d. RA
77. Periodwhen the earthis in line with the moon andthe sunandthe earthis in benveentbe moonand the
sun is:
a. Quadratrne D. Conjunction c. Opposition d. Elongation
7t. The time intervd betweentwo successivesimilar aspectsof a planet with tbe sun, as betweentwo
conjunction c opposition is called:
a. Synodic perid D. Spacemotion " c. Rotation d. Revolution
79. The sciencethat deals with size, constitution, motion and relative position of heavenlybodies is
called:
a. Navigation D. Stellarnavigation c. Nautical astnon(my d. Astrology
80. The point on the celestial spherewhicb is directly aboveOe Ss€trrrer'smeridian is:
a. 7*nith D. Nadir c. Celestial poles
81. The great circle of the elestial sphere*n"r" tfr" plane of the earth's equalor when extendedinter-
sectsthe sphereis called:
a. Ecliptic D. Equinoctial c. Celestial longitude d. Axis d heaven
82. The other namc of parallel of altitude which connectsall points in the sky of equalaltitudes is called:
a. Right ascension D. Alrrucantar c. Azimuth angle d. T*,iirb distance
83. The point cn the e,clipticoccupiedby the sun at maximum declination S is called:
a. Summer solsticc b. Vemalequinox c. Winter solstice d. Auhmrnalequinox
E4. The arc of the vertical circle containedbetweenthe body and the horizon is called:
a. Truedtitude c. Azimuth
D. Parallel of latitudc d. Anplitude
t6. Itom 6e rimeof full moo o thetiine of rew moon,thepation of tbc ilhminatedsurfre whic.his
visibb decrcrscs.This ba|f lunatioo is callod:
a. Moowani:ng b. Monwaxing c. lhrvest mom d. Hrmter'smom
87. The di*noe at whicb a strr nould have the parallax d me s€ond d arc whichis equalb
19.2
millio mihs is:
a. Parsec c. Goostric parallar
b. tHbenaic Porallar d. Ligbtyear
t9. Itisagrcatcirclewhichplanepassestbroughthelineoonnectingthedserver'szenithwiththecenter
of the €rrth.
c. Equinoctial ,. Ratimsl horizon c. EcliPtic d. Verndequinox
97. T\D slu's that are obemredo tte sare hour circle, €aci d tbe starssill bave wbat in commm?
a. Dclinetbn D. Altitude c. Meridianangle d. Azinuhangh
107. The arc of hour circle betweena celestialpole, usuallythe elevatedpole and a point on the celestial
spheremeasuredfrom the celestialpole through 180 deg.
a. Polar distance b. Tnnith distance c. Altitude d. L,ongitude
109. The distancemeasuredon the bour circle from the elevatedpole to the body is called?
a. Polar distance b. Altitude c. Declination d. SHA
110. The earth'saxis hasa fixed inclinationof 23 &g.27 min. of arc from a line perpendicularto the plane
of theorbit. This positionis constantwith North pole alwayspointing towardthe North Star.This is
called:
a. Parallelismof the axis c. Planeof the orbit
D. Earth grid d. Tropic of Capricorn
planets movesin an
ll2. The law discoveredby a German astrronomerthat states the earth like the other
elliptical orbit around the sun and that the sun is situatedat one of the trro foci of the ellipse, is the:
c. kepler's law of planetary motion c' Buys-Ballot law
D. NewSon'slaw on gravitation d' None of thesp
of rising and
113. The part of tbe parallel of @lination which is apparentlydescribedbetweenthe time
setting of the heavenlybdy.
a. Diurnal arc c. TWiligbt
D. Nocturnal arc d. Ctcle of doclination
in morning.
ll4. The periodbetrveensunsetand darknessin tbe eveningand darknessand sunrise the
a. Tkilighttime b. Zone time c. Localmeantime
equator.It
116. The point of the ecliptic at which oe sun reacies its farthestposition north of the celestial
Northern llemi-
uru"ily occursaboui June 2l earchpar and this is the beginning of summerin the
sphere.
a. Snmmer solstice b. Winter solstice c. Vemalequinox d. Aunrmndequinox
to southon or about
I 1g. The point wherethe sunappearsto crossthe equinoctialwhenmoving from north
September2l eacbyear.tnis is the time when the length of the day and night are equal.
a. AuUrmnafequinoxb. Vernalequinox c. Summersolstie d. lilinter solstice
NaurtcalAstronomY 2ls
123. Tbelunerdayis:
a. Longerthansoluday.
D. Shorterthan solar dgy.
c. Tbe sane length is the solar dry.
d. Longer than solar day during sumrhermonths.
129. ln lory latitudes, the full moon will always rise at about:
a, Sunset c. Sunrise
b. 1200 LtrlT d. 2400 LMT
2t6 NaurtcalAstotnny
135. Diurnrl ab€rrationic due b:
a. Rcetioof theerth m beraxis.
D. Ahlschcizo.
c. Mcim of tbg carth in her o6it
d. Tbe body's ortitrl motim dudni tle time roqrdrcdfa its light to rpac,hthe earth.
13t. The point where the mmn reachesits farthestdistanc frgn the eortb.
a. Pf'':igee D. Spacemotiqr c. ApoSe d. Axialrobtim
139. Tbe interval bet*een two successivetfansits d tbe first point d Aries rcrcs tbe samemeridian.
a. siderealday D. Solardry c. Lrmrday d. Tropicalday
140. The tour angle of tbo vemal equinox expressedin time is the:
a. Solar time D. Mean tire c. Appar€nttime d. Sid€rcal tire
l4l. Tbe cmail circle of the celestirl sph€reparallel O tbe oelestial oquattr and Aanscribedthe daily
motion of tbe body.
a. Vertical circle D. Altitrrde circb c. Diurnal circle d. Ibur circle
142. l^ tbe hqizon systemof @odinatqx wbat is tbe equivdent b polat distanceof tbe celestial-equatm
system?
a. Azimuh b. zililhdistanoe c. Altitude d. colatitude
NauticalAstrotwnry 217
147. From the time of the new moon to the time of full moon, the moon completeshdf of the cycle of
phasesand the portion of illuminatedsurfacewhich is visible increasesin size.This is known as:
a. Hunter'smoon b. Moonwaning c. Harvestmoon d. Mmnwaxing
148. The anglemeasuredalong the celestialequa0orfrom the vernalequinoxeastwardto the hour circle
passingthroughthe bodyfrom 0" to 360".
a. Right Ascension c. l.ocal hour angle
D. Meridianangle d. Siderealhour angle
150. It is the parallel23" 27' N and it is the farthestnorth reachedby the sun's rrerticalrays at time of
summersolsticewhich is aboutJune21.
a. Tropic of Cancer c. Arctic circle
b. Tropic of Capricorn d. Antarctic circle
155. On the secondday of April 1994,the sunrosebearing084" T. Whereis the positionof the observer?
Ans. At thc equator.
157. The point wherea celestialbodycrossesfrom north to southin the ecliptic is called:
Ans. Descendingnode or south bound node.
l5E. Whenthe moon is going.fromnew to full throughthe first quarter,it is:
I. Waxing .
I Rising earlier eachday
Ans. I only.
160. While observingthe moon,it is notedthat the sunis westof themoonandthemoonis morethanhalf
full. The moonis at:
Ans: Gibbous- Waxing
2lE Nautical Astonomv
THE MARINE SEXTANT
fhe rnarine sextant is a hand-heldinstrument tude.
I for measuringthe angle betweenthe lines of Vernier. Adjacentto the micrometerdrum and
sight to two pointsby bringing into coincidenceat fixed on the index arm which aids in readingfrac-
the eyeof the observerthe direct ray from onepoint' tionsof a minute.
anda double-reflected ray from the other,the meas-
uredanglebeingnvicetheanglebetweenthereflect- Index mlrror. A pieceof silveredplassmounted
ing surfaces. on the index arm, perpendicularto the planeof the
instrument,with thecenterof the reflectingsurface
Its principal use is to measurethe altitudesof directlyover tlte pivot of the index arm.
celestiatialbodiesabovethe visible seahorizon.
Sometimes it is turnedon its sideandusedfor meas- Shadeglasses.Of varyingdarkness, aremounted
uring the differencein bearingof two tenestial ob- on the frame of the infront
sextant of the indexmir-
jects. ror and horizon glass.They can be moved into the
line of sight at will, !o reducethe intensityof the
OPTICAL PRINCIPLFS light reachingthe eyeof the observer.
l.When a ray of light is reflectedfrom a plane Ilorizon glass.A pieceof optical glasssilvered
surface,the angle of reflectionis equal ID the an- on its half nearerthe frame. It is mountedon the
gle of incidence. frame,perpendicularto the planeof the sextant.
2.From optics, the anglebetweenthe first and Telescope.Screwsinto an adjustablecollar in
final directionsofa ray oflight that hasundergone line with the horizonglass,and shouldthenbe par-
doublereflection in the sameplaneis twice the an- allel to the planeof the instrument.
gle that the two reflectingsurfacesmakewith each
other. Handle. Made of wood or plastic. Sextantsare
designed to beheldin theright hand.
3. If the two mrrrors are parallel,the incidentray
from any observedbody must be parallel to the ob- SEXTANTADJUSTMENTS
server'sline of sight throughthe horizonglass;i.e. There are at leastsevensourcesof error in the
the dtitude of the bodYis zero. marinesexlant,threenon-adjustable by the naviga-
tor and four adjustable.
PARTSOF A IVTICROMETER DRT.]MSEXTANT
Index arm. A movable bar made of brass or NON.ADJUSTABLEERRORS
aluminum.It is pivoted aboutthe centerof curva- Prismatic error is presentif the two facesof
ture of the limb. the shadeglassesand mirror are not parallel.Error
Tangent screw. Mountedperpendiculadyon the due to lack of parallelismin the shadeglassesmay
end of the indu\ arm, whereit engagesthe teettrof be called shadeerror.
the limb. Graduation errors occur in the arc, microm-
Release.A spring-actuated clamp which keeps eter drum,and vernierof a sextantwhich is improp-
thetangentscrewengagedwith the teethof thelimb. erly cut or incorrectlycalibrated.
By applyingpressureon the legsofthe release,one Centering error resultsif the index arm is not
candisengage the tangentscrew. pivotedat the exactcenterof curvatureof thearc. It
Micrometer drum. Mountedon the end of the can be determinedby measuringknown angles,af-
tangentscrewwhich is grq$uatedin minutesof alti- ter tlte adjustableerrors have beenremoved.Usu-
o\(
,u
SENSIBLE
\ 3
GEOIDAL \. ( l{oRtzoN
L
"1" T\r?** ,..o*'-o*
v
CELESTIAL ,/.1
,/t'\
/ z \
/ \
B'
/ epouErncn I
B'
\,r'u,.,r* lntrtzoN,/^.
c'
Na
2. While steeringa courseof 247 deg.t, you wish to observethe sun for a latitudecheck.What would
the azimuthhaveto be:
a. 247 deg. b. 270 deg. r,. p 0eg. d. 067 deg.
4. What is the nameof the sextantaltitudecorrectionthat compensates for the fact that the observeris
on the surfaceof the earthratherthan at the center?
a. Augmentation c. Dip
D. Parallax d. Deflectionof the vertical
6. Which of the following correctionscorrectsa sightedsextantangle (Hs) from the visible to the
sensiblehorizon?
a. Index "r:r b. Dip c. Refraction d. Main body correction
,
7. Which of the following correctionsis not appliedto a sight of a star?
a. Parallax b. Refraction c. Index error d. Dip
perpendicularto thefrane
16. The error in a sextantwhich could be causedby the horizon glassnot being
of the instrument is called:
a. Enor of PerPendicularitY c. Side error
b. Sight error d. Index error
is called:
1 7 . Usually representedas the anglebetweenthe visible and the sensiblehorizon
a. parallax b. Dio c. Refraction d. Height of eye
ofthe earth
1 8 . The differencebetweenposition ofheavenly body when viewed from a point on surface
day is called:
and its position whenviiwed from the centerof the earthwhich variestlroughout the
a. Diurnalparallax b. Equator c' T.r:mth d' Horizontalparallax
20. Mountedat the endof the index arm whereit engagesthe teethof thc limb is called:
a. Thngentscrew b. Horizon glass c. Drum screw d' Indexarm
and its
21. The differencebetweenthe altitude of a celestialbody as measuredfron the earth's surface
altitude as measuredfrom a plane which passesthrough the earth's center:
a. Dip D. Refraction c. Height of ep d' Parallax
26. The meridian passageentry ftr the sun on 6e daily pageof the Nautical Almanac lists:
a. Only GMT of MP D. The LMT of MP c. Only the zone time of MP
29. A position usedto simplify the wo,rkof computing H.C. and azimuth within the radius of 4Omiles
from DR position:
a. Observedposition b. Assumedposition c. Fix position d. Estimatedposition
30. The differencebetweenthe directions of an object when it is viewed from two placesis:
a. Refraction b. Reflection c. Parallax d. Asteroids
31. Lights from a bodyreachingthe earthhasto passtlrough the earth'saunosphere,and in doing so,that
body appearsto be higher. This is due to:
a. Semi-diameter D. Parallax c. Truealtitude d. Refraction
33. Time basedupon the true position of the sunasdistinguishedfrom meantime which is measuredby a
fictitious sunmoving at a uniform rate is called:
a. Tnne time b. Civil time c. Siderealtime d. Apparenttime
36. Time reckonedat eachparticular placesfrom an epochdeterminedby the local convenienceis called:
a. I.cr,alapparenttime c. I-rcal civil time
b. Tnne ume d. I,cr'almean time
37. The anount gainedor lost by chronometerin unit of time usuallyby secondsto minutes per day is:
a. Chronometer effor D. Daily rate c. l.apse rate d. Prismatic error
38. The differencebetweenthe time indicatedby the chronometerand the GMT is:
a. Chronometer error b. Standarderror c. Magnetic eror d. Compasserror
224 CelesrtalNavigation
39. A delicatetime pieceusedto indicatethe GMT is called: /
d. Stop watch b. Chronograph c. Chronometer d. Time signal
M. The best time to observefor longitude is when the sun is on or near the:
a. Prime vertical D. Horizon c' Solstices d' Equinoxes
45. The constructionof sextantis basedon the following laws of reflection of light:
a. Reflectedangle is equalto the angleof incidence'
perpendicularto the plane
b. The incident ray and reflectedray both occuron the sameplanewhich is
of the reflecting mirrors.
the angleformed
c. when ray of lig-ht is reflectedtwice in the sameplaneby nro planemirrors, then
by the first ani seconddirection of the ray is nvice the angle betweenthe plane of the mirrors.
C. All of these
known as:
48. The sextanterror which is causedby faulty marking of the limb on Vernier is
a. Graduationerror b. Prismatic error c. Eccentric error d. Index error
and minus 12
50. The time measuredby hour angleof the meansun plus 12 hoursif lessthan 12 hours
hoursif more than 12 hours.
a. Apparenttime b. Siderealtime c. Meantime d. None of these
meridian westwardto
51. The time measuredon celestial equatorfrom Lower branch of the observer's
hour circle through the sun from 0H ta24H'
a. Lm,almean time b. Tnne ume c. Local apparenttime d' sidereal time
53. The time usedby i$tronomersand is determinedby the position of the frst point of Aries in the
celestialsphereis tie:
a. Siderealtime D. Greenwichtime c. L,ocaltime d. Apparenttime
54. Time reckonedby the motion of the meansun with respectto the specifiedgeographicallocationis
called:
a. Civil time b. Mean time c. Znne time d. Apparenttime
56. When the sunis at the vernalequinox,the velocifyabovethe earthis 900 milesper hour.Wbat would
be the velocitywhen it reachesthe summersolstice?
a. 825.66miles per hour c. 823.66miles per hour
b. 825.80miles per hour d. 852.00miles per hour
Solution:
RATE = 900 miles per hour x CosMax Dec.
= 900 milesper hour x Cos23" 27'
= 825.66miles per hour
57. The navigatorobservedthe planetVenusat 90" altitude,declinationis 22" 37.6'N and the GHA is
208" 14.3'.Computeits longitude.
a. I5l" 45.7'E b. l5l" 54.7'E c. 151"46.0'E d. Noneof these
Solution:
Theplanet is at the Zenith(AIt. 90") and at the sametime at UpperTransit.TheLHA of
the body at UpperTransitis 360" 00'.
LHA = 360"00.0'
GHA 208"14.3'(-)
Long - l5l" 45.7'E
58. The navigatorobservedthe planetVenusat 90" aldode, declinationis 22" 37.6' N and the GHA is
208" 14.3'.Computethe l.atitude of the observer.
a. 22" 37.6'N b. 22" 37.8'N c. 67"22.4'N d. 67"22.8'N
Solution:
SpecialRelatbnship: Thebodyis at thefunith at UpperTransitwhenl^atitudeandDec-
lination are of samznameand numcricallyequal.
Dec. is 22" 37.6'N
Lat. is 22" 37.6'N
59. Whenthe observeris at the equator,the sun'sdec.is 12" N. The approximatebearingof the sunwhen
rising is:
a. 078" b. 102" c. 012" d. 168"
60. An instrumenAl observationof the sun or other heavenlybodiesfm determining the position of the
vesselat sea"
a. Sight b' Sigbtrane c. Sightedge d' Sightenry
61. On a meridian transit, the differencebetweenyour curputed position to that of the observedposition
is called:
a. Ausmnalequinox c' IntercePt
b. Parallax d. Vemal equinox
62. A position usedto simplify the work of computing H.C. and azimuth within the radius of 40 miles
from dead reckoning Position.
a. Obcervedposition c. Estimatedposition
D. Assumed position d' Fix position
63. In what latitude could the midnight sunbe seenat the horizon when its declination is 22" N?
a. Lat. 78" N b. I'lrt.zz" N c' Lat. 58'N d. L^at.68" N
Solution:
WhznDec. and Lat. are of swtw name,and Dec. + lat. = 90", thc body is at tlu horizon
at lower transit.
il. Colored glassof different shadeswhich is usedseparatelyor in courbinationto prot€ct the eyefrom
intenselight of the sun.
a. Reflecting glass b. shadeglass c. Honizonglass d. Index glass
65. When the equationof time is takenfrom the Nautical Almanac for the usein celestialobservation,it
is usedto determine:
a. Lu,almean time D. Sunrise c. Tnne tine d. L&Ll apparentnoon
67. The difference of Latitude (l) betweenthe GeographicalPosition (GP) and your position, at the time
of upper transit is rePresentedbY:
a. D. Colatitude c. Altitude d. codistance
.Tsfithdisance
68. In order to rcmove index error ftom the sextant,you should adjustthe:
a. Index mirror and horizon glassto makeit parallel when index arm is setto zero.
D. Horizon ghss to make it parallel to the sextantfrane.
c. Telescopeto make it parallel to the index arm'
69. While steeringa oourse150" T, you wish to obs€rvethe sun for speedcheck,what would the azimuth
to be?
a. 060oT ,. 090'T c. ?A" T d. 150"T
CelesrtalNavigation x27
70. You are steering 238" T. To check the courseof your vesselyou should observea celestial body on
whichbearing?
a. 1t0"T b. 238"T c. 138"T d. 328"7
77. At the time of observation,the sunhada GHA of 95". Theobserver'slocal apparenttime was 1500H.
The GrIA of Aries was 190". Find the LHA of the sun.
a. 45" 00'
,. 50" 00' L.A.T 1500
c. 315"00' L.A.N. - t2 00
d. 360" 00' DIFF = 3Hx15"
= 45"
78. The zonetime in Long. 169" 25'W was llH 30M 27S.Find the local meanrime.
a. llH l2M27S
,. llH 00M 47S rcNETIME llH 3OM27S
c. llH 08M 27S TIMEDIFF. - 17M 4OS
d. nH rzM 47S L.M.T. llH tzM 475
DMP is longer than the DLO. We use28" for the DLO and 36" fr the DMP.
Disr betweenmeridians = 28 inches = 3.5 lnchcs
m"&-
To find disances betrveenlatiodes:
Multiplbr = 36 inches= 0.6228 inches
578
Latitude MeridionalPara
40" 2.6,07.7
41" 26t6.3
42" 2766.1
43" 2E47.2
u" 2929.6
45" 3013.5
46" 3098.8
47" 3185.7
Latiudes DMP Dist.Bet.Lat.
40" to 41" = 7t.6 x o.M22t" = 4.89"
41" to 42" = 79.8 x 0.06228 = 4.97'
42" to 43" = 81.1. x 0.M22E" = 5.05"
43" to Uo = t2.4 x 0.0622E" = 5.13"
Uo to 45" = t3.9 x o.0622t" = 5.22"
45" to 46" = E5.3 x 0.0622t" = 5.31"
46" to 47" = 86.9 x 0.0622E" = 5.41"
NavigationProblems xE)
LUMINOUS NANGE IN SEA MIT"€SN PNEVAILINCVISIIIIITY
P U . 6 0 . 6 F ; l l g
z d
g5
z ( 4
P d
3
z D
F
nz
2 \ J
o l-t
m
Dr-
= Y
F >
tsO
":"t{l
VISIBILITY OF LIGHTS
To computeyourGEOGRAPHICRANGE,useBowditchTable8 orby the formula:
DIST = l.l'Hfi where:
DIST = distancein miles
[ = height of eyeor
heightof light
RULE 1
When the visibility is l0 miles (clearweather)comparethe nominalrangewith thecomputedgeographic
range.Whichevervalueis lessis the distanceat which the light canbe seen.
RULE 2
Whenthe visibility is otherthanl0 miles,determinethe luminousrangeby usingtheLUMINOUSRANGE
DIAGRAM. Comparethe luminousrangewith the computedgeographicrange.Whichevervalueis lessis
the distanceat which the light can be seen.
GeographicRange- That maximum distanceat which a light canbe seendependentupon your height of
eyeand the elevationof the light. Beyondthis distancethe curvatureof the earthblocksthe line of sight.
EXERCISES:
l. What is the geographicvisibility of a light with a heightabovewaterof 70 feet,for an observerwith a
height of eye of 65 feet?
a- 16.8 miles c. 18.8miles
b. 22.4 miles d. 20.5 miles
Solution: From Table8 (Distanceof the Horizott)
Ht. of light 70 tl. = 9.6 miles
Obs.H.E. 65 ft. = + 9.2 miles
4. What is the maximum distancea light can beseenin 5 mile.svisibility if the nominal rangeof the light
is 24 miles?
a. 13.8 miles c. 15.0 miles
b. 14.5 miles d 14.3miles
Solution:
Noninal Rangeis 24 miles and the visibility is 5 miles.The intersectionin the LuminousRange
Diagramwill be 13.8miles.
5. Youpick up a light that hasa nominal rangeof 14 miles at a distanceof 9 miles. Your H.E. is 36 ft
What is the approximatemeteorologicalvisibility?
L 5 miles c. 20 miles
b. 10 miles d. 2 miles
Solution:
NominalRangeis 14 miles and the LuminousRangeis 9 miles.The intersectionin the Luminous
RangeDiagralnwill be 5 miles visibility.
6. You are approachingCapeBojeadorand the Captain tells you that the visibility is 20 mites. Nominal
rangeof the light is 27 miles and the heightof the light is 133feet.Your H.E. is 50 feer thv far can
)0u seethe light?
a 21.3 miles c. 20 miles
b. 27.0 miles d 50.0 miles
Solution:
Itreightof light 133 feet = 13.2miles
Itreightof elr 50 feet = + 8.1 miles
CieographicRange = 21.3 miles
NominalRange = 27.0 miles
LuminousRange = 46.0 miles
232 NavigationProblerus
COMFASSDEVIATION
fuiy courseor bearing can be denotedusing any of thesethree directions of North.
Thue C-rrrrseor Beerlng. The angle at the observerbetweenthe direction of True North and the direc-
tion being measured,measuredclockwisefrom North.
Magnedc Corse or Bearlng. The angle at the obs€rverbetweenthe direction of the magneticmerid-
ian and the direction being measured,measuredclockwisefrom North'
CompessCourse or Bearlng. The angle at the observerbetweenthe direction of compassnorth and
the direction being measured,measuredclockwiseftom North.
The angle indicatedby the compassis the compassconrseor bearing and this must be colrectedto true
courseor bearing before use.
If the compasserror is west, the compasscourseor bearing will be greater than the '.nrc courseor
bearing andtf east, the compasscourseor bearingwill be lessthan the true courseor bearing.
D(AMPLE 1. Your vesselis steering197" PSC,variationfu the areais 7"8, and deviation is 4"W. The
wind is ftromwest,producinga2" leeway.What is the truecoursebeingmadegood?
SOLUTION: CORRECTING
= f
C
D
197"
-4"W
/t
M
V
= 193"
+7"E wlt{D
w
H
/ t
T = 2 0 { J "
LnN
CMG =
-2"
198"7
4
J.l"
3)(AMPLE 2. You desire to make good a true courseof 129". The variation is 7"E, deviation is 4"8, and
gyrocompasserror is 2"W. An easterlywind producesa 4" leeway.What is the courseto steerper standard
compassto make good the true course?
SOLUTION: T NCORRECTING
T = 129"
v -7"E WIND
= E
M 122" fi4'
D .4"E +-
tlc'
C = 118"
L/W 4"
cTs = 114" PSC
3;I1AMPLE3. Youare steering154" PGC.The wind is southwestcausing4" Ieeway.The gyro error is 3"8,
variation11"W and deviation7"8. What is the true coursemadegood?
Answer:CourseMade Gmd is 153"7
2. Your true oourseis 232". The variation forthe locality is 4" E. What is the deviation of a compass
when the oompasscourseis 235" ?
a- 4"W c. 7"W
b. 17" E d 3"E
3. Enrouteftom Valparisoto Callao, the true courseis 005". Variation is 13"8, deviation is 4"W. A NW
wind produces5" leeway.Which of the ff. courseswould you steerPSCto makegood the true course?
a- 351" c. 009"
b. 001" d 019"
4. A range in line is observedbearing 178 PGC.The chartedbearingof the range is 175 True. What
coursewould you steerper gyro compassto headdirectly on the range?
L 172 c. 178"
b. L75" d 181"
5. True courseis 116".A SW wind causes2" lecway.Variationis 11"E. A portionof the deviationtable
readsas follows for magneticheadsbetweeneastand south.
Ship's HeadMagnetic Deviation
090' 2.0"8
105" 2.0"8
120" 3.0"8
I 35" 3.0"8
I 50" 3.0"8
165" 2.0"8
190" 1.0"8
Which of the ff. courseswould you steerPSC to make good the true course?
a- 101"PSC c. 105"PSC
b. 103"PSC d 107"PSC
6. Courseis 178"True,variation is 11"8, deviationis 2"W, the wind is WSW, leeway3". What PSC
coursewould you steerto make good the true course?
a" 169" PSC c. 191"PSC
b. 166'PSC d 172" PSC
g. A vesselis heading 223" rcC The variation of the locality is 13" W. The deviatiotris 3" E, GE is 2"
E. Wind is NW, leewayis 2". What is the true coursemadegood?
L 223"7 c. 227"7
b. 225"7 d 237"7
10. The true coursebetweentwo points is 119". Your g5lrooompasshaqan error of 3" E and you should
nake an allowanceof 4o leewayfa a SSWwind. What gyro aoune shCItldbe steered30make Sood
the tnre oourse?
a 120" PGC c. 112" PGC
b. 126" PGC d 118" PGC
Devlrdon lbblc
MagnericHeading Deviation
t20" 4" E
135" 2"8
150" 0"
a. 133" c. 148"
b. 146" d. 151"
lZ. The true oourseftom point A to point B is 317". A SSWwind causesa 4" leewry variation 6o W and
deviation is 1" E. What is the coune to steerto make gmd the rue course?
a. 326" PSC c. 313" PSC
b. 31t" PSC d. 308" PSC
13. While enrqrte from Sydneyto the PanamaCanal a vessel'strue courseis 071"' Variatim is 14" E.
DerriAion is 4" W. A north trff,rze causes2" leeway.What courseworld yur steer PSC in order to
mate gPodtbe tnte course?
& 059" PSC c. 079" PSC
b. (b3" PSC d 061" Psc
14. yo|t want to make gmd a true courseof 137". A NNE wind producesa 3" leeway.The variation is 11"
good the
W deviation is 5" E and G/E is 2" E. What coursemust you steerper g),rocompasstromake
tnre ourse?
& 132"FGC c. 136" PCIC
b. 134"FGC d. l3t" PGC
NavigationProblems 285
COMPASSDEVIATION BY AZIMUTH
1. Avesselinposition45"22'Nant'125"10'Eobservedthesunbearing 229" PSC.Declinationis2"54'
S and LHA is 65" 27'. If nariatiqr of the locality is UtE wbat is the deviationof the sandard corr-
pa*s?
a 3"8 c. 5"8
b. 30w d 5"w
Sdutim: ByABC
A = TANL{T x C:OTHA AisnamdoppositetolatexceptwhenHout
= HN45"22'x CUT65"27' AngbisbetweengO"and270"
= 0.463S
B = TAN DEC x COSECIIA B is alwaysnanredthesanr asthe
= TAN 2"54' x COSEC65"27' Dctnatin
= 0.056S
C = A + B
= 0.4635+0.056S T ZSO"
= 0.519 S V 24"8(-)
COTZ{ = C x CpSL/y[ M 226"
= 0.519 x COS45"22' D 3"Vir(+)
= 0.364 C 22g.
A\f = S 70"W or 250PT
86 Navigation Problems
COMPASSDEVIATION BY AMPLITUDE
l. A vesselon DR position36"10Nand(D8"20'Wdem/ed thesun'sbearingon sunriseto be 112"
PSC.Declinationof thesunis 3o17.1'S andtherariatim of thelocalityis l8'tv.
Findtbedeviaionof tbestandardcompass.
a- l"W c. 5"W
b. 0" d, 3"w
Solution:
SINAMPL = SINDEC / COS Ll(t T 094"
= SIN 3"17.1'l COS36"10' V f8"fV (+)
= 0.070E M ll2"
e E4"S or094"T D 0 "
c ll2"
NavigationProblems 237
SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES
CASE L When one angle of tbe triang : ib a right angle and the nro other factsare given. me being a side.
Sin A = OPP
HYP
Cos A ADJ
HYP
Thn A OPP
ADJ ANGLESA+ B+C = ltOp
RECIPROCAIJ COMPLEMFNTS
SINE & COSECANT SINE & COSINE
COSINE& SECANT SECA}IT&COSECANT
TANGENT &COTANGENT TANGENT&CI}TAI{CENT
2S Navigation Problems
RIGHT PLAI{E TNNNGLE
l. When the sun hasa oertainaltihrde, it is noticed that a tower castsa shadow100 feet long at the sarne
time as a pole 5 feet high castsa shadow6 ft. 3 incheslong. Find the height of the tower.
a 80.40 Fet
,tr1f
b. 80.(X Fet
c. 79.81 Fet
d. t1.79 ftet
Solution: 100' 6'V'
TAI.I0=OPP/ADJ ADJ =OPP/TANe
-- 6.25'15' = 100'/TAN 51.34"
= 51.34" = 80.0feet.
2. A vesselis steamingtrue nortb at 12 kts. TWobeaconsA and B were in rangebearing true east.One
bour larcr, bemn A bore 160'T and beaconB bore 140'T. Find the distancebetweenthe 2 beacons.
a. 5.702miles
b. 10.070miles
c. 5.902miles
d. 4.36Emiles
Solution:
OPP= ADJx TAN 0
Y = l2)x TAN 40"
Y = 10.07'
-y = l.tC_ W = 12'x TAN20"
[ = 5.71' W = 4.36'
3. From the top of a cliff 200 ft. high, the angleof depressionof ship A is 30", and that of ship B is 45'
Find the distancebetweentle ships, if they are on the samebearing.
a W.4 ft.
b. 2m.0ft.
c. 146..4tt.
d. 17t.6 ft.
Solution:
W = ?,N ft. x Tan 60"
= 346.4 ft ,U
SOLUTION:
Hr of Light = ?12 fL or 0.0513miles
TAll AIVGLE = Hr of Lt. /Dist.
= 0.0513/ 1.8
= 0.0285
= l"?7.9' l.cn
EXAMPLE 2.TM vertical anglebenveenthe baseand the summit of a lighthousesitnated200 ft. abovesea
level was0"57. Requiredthe dislancefrom the base.
SOLUTION:
DISTANCE = Ht. of Light / Tan angle
= 200 ft. / Thn 0"57'
= 12,061.16
ft. / 60t0 ft. per n.m.
= 1.9n.m.
E)(AMPLE 3. What will be the vertical angleon your sextrnt for a lighthouse208 ft. higb io pass5 miles
clear of a rock 6 cablesfrom the baseofthe lightbouse?
SOLUTION:
Distance = 5.6n.m.x 60t0ft pern.m.
= 34,048ft.
,ac7f.
TANANGLE = Hr of Light / Disance
= 208 ft. / 34,048 ft
= 0"21'
,.ot o.an
EXAMPI-E 4. Ibw far off is your ship if the vertical angle frromtbe baseof a mountain is 2"15.4' ? Your
sextant'sI.E. is 9.1 on the arc. The heightof the mountainis 265 ft
SOLUTION:
Hs = 2"15'4'
I.E -9.1'on thearc
Corr. = 206.3'
Hr of theMountain = 265ft. /60t0 ft. pern.m.
= 0.0435t5miles
DISTANcE / rim2"M.3'
= lfi,j'liJles
24{l Navigation Probletns
OBLIQUE PLANE TRIANGLE
1. A vesselin position 422O'N,28"20W stoersa oourseof 118" T at a steadyspeed.After a certain
tine, sbe alten her courseto 062"T and larcr fornd that she arrives in position 42o2O'N,26"12W.
Caloilate tle otal distancerun.
a. 255.13miles
b. 196.37 miles A c
c. 1t5.00 miles
d. 107.16miles
SOLT.TTION:
DEP = DLO x Cos lat
=128xCrs42"20'
= 94.62 miles
b = c Sin B/Sin C
= l0 x Sin 32"/Sin130"
= 6.9 miles
Dist =b-a
= 6.9 - 4.0
= 2.9 miles
E (AMPLE : You are enrouteto assistvesselA. Ve.sselA is underwayat 6loots on course 133"T and
bears042T, 105 miles from lour position. Find the cDurseto steer and the time to intqoept if yor are
making 10lnots.
.-y
"9
Q",
ffi.tor'tg
.4d:I.9,?
SOLUTION:
Angle "A" is deftned as Oe angular difference betweel the target vessel'stue coursc and the trtc
bcaring of yur vrssel from the target vessel.
Tre Intcrccpt Angle (Angle C) must be applied 30tbe targetbearing(+/-) in order to determinethe tnu
coursc to steer to interoepion.
ANGLEA = Bearingof Ovn ShipfiomTarget- ThgetOourse
222"r - 133"t
= t9"
SINANGLEC TargetS@xSinAngleA
Own ShipSpeed
6 kts.x Sin89" = 36.86"
---l0kr&
RI.JNNII.IGTIMB TO INTERCEPT
2A NavigationProblems
BEARING PROBLEMS
I. DOI.JBLETHEANGLE
(the 2nd bearing being double the lst angle from
The distancerun betweenthe lst andthe 2nd trearing
at the time of the 2nd
the direction of movement of the rressel)is equal,trr the distance off the object
bearing.
Bow and Beam (45"'90" or 90"'135")
the distancefrom the
The distancerun betweenthe 45' Wgjgt and the treambearing will tre equal 0o
oV7
objectwhenabeam. :
o4r/
22.5-45.0" (7/10"s Rule)
predicteddistancefrom the
0.7 of the distadcerun between6e tst and 2nd trearingis equal to the
objectwbenabean'
bearingis equalto the
0.7 of the time run betweenthe lst and 2nd bearing,plus the time of the 2nd
predictedtime dueabeam. o.tyl7
30o-60o(7/t's Rule) "."V
predicteddistancefrom the
0.g75 of the distance,un bjt*een the lst and 2nd bearing is equal to the
objectwhenabeam.
is equalto the
0.5 of the time run betweenthe lst and 2nd trearings,plus the time of the 2nd bearing
predictedtime dueabeam.
$'*1'+X
iy'.iu
2.2r..s-4s.o-
2nd and the
The distancerun betweenthe lst and 2nd bearingis equal !o the distancerun betweentbe
beambearing.
The distancerun is also equal to the predicteddistane from the objectwhen abeam'
theobjectat the
1.4timesthe distancerun betweenthe lst and 2nrtbearingis equalto the distancefrom
2ndbearing.
predictedtime
Time run betweenthe lst and 2nd bearingplus thetime of the2nd bearing.is equalto the
dueabeam.
3. OTIIER MISCELLST)OUS SPECIALCASES:
22.5"- 26.5" ,.rrl./,/
The distanc{-#^ wr*een rhe lst and 2nd bearing,multiplied w 2.33 is equalm Oe predicted
distancbftom theobject whgn abeam.
63.5" - 90.0"
from the
The distancerun betweenthe lst andbeambearing,multiplied by 2.00is equalto thedistance
objectwhen abeam.
67.5"-90.0"
distancefrom the
The distancerun betweenthe lst and beambearingmultiplied by 2.4 is equalto the
dject whenabeam.
.71.5"-90.0"
distancefrom the
The distancerun betweenthe lst and beambearing,multipliedby 3.0 is equalto the
objectwhenabeam.
4. NATI.JRALCOTANGENT RULE:
The run
distance between thelst and2ndbearingis equalto thedistancetiom theobjeclwhenabeam'
Thecotangent of the2ndangle'
of thelst angleminusunity(1.0)equalsthecot'allgent
BD = BCCOSp
AB=BC AB=BC
CD = ECSII{p cD = 0t75 AB
DD = BCCOSp BD = (}.$13
AB=db
CD = 0.7 AB
AB=BC
CD=BD
SPECIAL CASE
AB=BD=CI)
CD = 233A8
BC - l.a At
AE=Qtr
2U Navigation Problems
BEANINGSATAI\YANGLE
EXAMpLE: your vesselis steering263T at 22 knots.At 0413Ha light bears29t"T andat O421Hthe
samelightbears312T. Findthedistance dat 2ndbearingandwhenabeam.
SO{-UTION:
c0. ?53"T CO. 2637 TIL€ 2 BRrG.042l
1 BRG.294"T 2 BRG.312'T TIME I BRG.0413
o =31" F = 49" ST.TII\'IE = tm
c -31" or 0.133h
(F-a) = lt"
AB = DIST.RUN DIST. RLJN = SPD x TIME
BC = DIST.OFF2BRG. 22k|6x 0.133h
CD = DIST.OFFABEAM = 2.93 miles
BC = ABxSINa/SIN(F-a)
= 2.93x SIN31"/SINlt"
= 4.Et miles
CD = BCxSINp
= 4.tEx SIN49"
= 3.69miles
Navig,ationProblems A5
DOUBLETIIE ANGLE ( 30"-60")
EXAMPLE: On a course197"Tandat a speedof 22ks., at224f,P.a light bears227T. At2324H,sane
lightbears257T. Findth,;distance
offat 2ndbearingandthedistance off andthetimewhen
abeam.
SOLUTION:
co. tg7"T co. tg7"T TIME2 BRG. 2324
1 BRG.227"T 2 BRG.257'T TIME I BRG. 2248
0 , = 3 0 " = 60o ST.TIME = 36m
or 0.6h
DISTRI.JN SPEFD x TIME c
22kts. x 0.6h
AB 13.2miles 2
BC 13.2miles
CD 11.5miles
BD 6.6 miles A o
)r4rl{ 27>1t[
TII\@Annnvt TIME 2 BRG+(TIME RUN x 0.5)
23h?Am+(36mx0.5) AB=BC
23h?t[m+ !8m CD = 9.37543
23h 42m BD = 9.543
26 Navigation Problems
BOW AIID BEAM BEARING (45%90")
EXAMPLE : A vesselsteers165"T and makes12 kts. At noon,a fixed objectbore210"T,and at 1245H,
samedject bore 255"T.Find the distanceoffat 2nd bearing.
SOLUTION:
co. 1657 co. 165"7 TIME 2 BRG. IV15
l BRG2IO"T 2 BRG255"7 TIME 1BRG. I2OO
0 = 4 f F =90' ST.TIME = 45m
or 0.75h
=
DIST.RIJN
AB
SPD x TIME
12 kts. x 0.75h
9 miles
,/1'
BC 9 miles
A
rl O
SPECTALCASE ( 265"-45")
E)(AMPLE: Your vesselis on course079"T at llkts. At 0152Ha light bears105.5"Tand at 0209H,same
light bearsIU"T. Find the distanceoff at 2nd bearingand the distanceoff and time when
abeam.
SOLUTION:
c1). 079.0"7 co. 079"7 TIME2BRG. O2O9
I BRG.105.5"7 }BP(G 124"7 TIME IBRC. OI52
cr = 26.5" P = 4 5 " ST.TIME = l7m
or 0.28h
DISTRTJN SPDx TIME
c
11 kts. x 0.28! ?
AB 3.12 miles
BC 4.36 miles
CD 3.12 miles A O D
BD 3.12 miles ^ H 0200A ?
TIMEABEAM TIME2BRG+ TIMERT,N
O2h 9m + l7m
02h 26m
NavigartonProblems 24il
couRsE To STEER TO PASSAT A REQUIREI)
DISTANCE ABEAM OF AI\ OBJECT
EXAMPLE l. While on a courseof 0t9"T, a lighthousebears11" on the port bow at a distanceof 14.4
miles. what coursewould lou steerto pass2.5 miles abeamof the light leavingit to port?
SOT-UTIOI.I:
c{). 0gg"T T.BRG. 078"7
R.BRG. -II"P/BOW R. BRG. + IO"P/BOW
T. BRG.=07t"7 c.T.s. 088"7
SINO = OPP/HYP
= 2.5I 14.4
= 0.17361
0= 10"
S I N e= O P P / I r y P
= 3.0112.3
= 0.M39 t).tt
0 = 14.1"
\
EXERCISES:
I Youaresteeringaoourse of220"T.Alightbears lT0"Tandlaterbears160"T.Yourdistancerunis16
miles.What is your distanceoff whenabeamof the light?
'a- 16.0 miles c. 6l.l niles
b. 21.9 miles d 70.6 miles
2. Your vesselis steering270 rc.. The lst bearingon a lighthouseis |Z"PGC. The nextbearingon
the lighthouseis ll2"PGC.Your distancerun is 3 miles.What is your distanceoffat 2nd bearing?
a- 3.03 miles c. 7.26 miles
b. 5.40 miles d. 8.07 miles
3. Your vesselis heading(n4"T at a speedof 22.3 kts. At 0357Ha light bears030"T.At 041tH, same
light bears(b0"T. What is your distanceoff whenabean?
a 5.7 miles c. 7.t miles
b. 6.8 miles d. 8.8 miles
28 Navigution ProHems
4. Yourvesselis on course356"T. At 1025H,youobaerveda lighthousebearing022.5"T.you decideto
run a specialcasesuchthat the distancerun betweenbearingsequahthe distanceoff when abeam.
What is the 2nd true bearingyou must observe?
a 031"7 c. 045"7
b. (xt"T d. 056"7
6. Your vesselis on course004" T. You decideto run a specialcasesuchthat the distancerun between
bearirrgs,when multiplied by 0.7 equalsthe predicteddistanceoff when abeam.What specralcase
wrxrldyou rrse?
a- l0.O"and20.0" c. 30.0"and60.0"
b. 22.5"and45.0" d. 71.5"and90.0"
10. You are running coastwisein hazyweather.The visibility improvesjust beforeyou p,tssa lighthouSe
abeam.Your speedis 15kts. and the lighthousewasabeamat 1015H.At 1037H,samelighthousewas
4 pointsabaftthe beam.What is your distanceoff at 2nd bearing?
a- 5.5 miles c. 3.9 miles
b. 7.8 miles d. 6.6 miles
13. You are sreering143"T.A light is picked up deadaheadat a distanceof 18.2miles at 2006H.You
changedoourseto passthe light 5.5 miles offi abeamto port. If you are rtaking 14.5 kts., what is lott
ETA at the position5.5 miies offthe light?
a. 2ll5H c. 2124H
b. 2118H d. 2t2lH
14. While on a courseof 283" PGC, a light bears 10"on the port bow at a distanceof t.3 miles. What
@urseshould )ou steerto pass3.5 miles abeamof the light leaving it to port?
a. 298" PGC c. 289" PGC
b. 294"rc. d. 302" PGC
15. Your vesselis on a ourse of 217"T at 18 kts. Youdecideto run a specialcaseon a lighthouseon your
starboardsidesucbthat the distancerun betweenbearings,whenmultiplied by 0.875,equalsthepre-
dicted distanceoff when abeam.What true bearingsmust you obaerveto wotk the specialcase?
a. 187"and 157" c. V43"and277"
b. 237" and267" d. 247"and277"
,\-
Tirnerun= 6min.
Dist. run = 1.24miles
Dist. from 0845H t0
abean of the rock is
2.7 miles.
Time =Dist/Spd
-- 2.7 | 12.4
= 0.218H
or 13min.
Ir Plerrc Salllng
SINCO. = DEP/DIST,
COSCO.= DLAT/DIST
TANCO. = DEP/DLAT
Mldlat Salllng
Dl-O = DEP/COSmLAT
Mercetor Sdllng
II TANCO. = DLO/DMP
DIST = DLAf,/COSCO.
NovlgationProblems 251
PLANE SAILING
1. A vesselsteers225" T and makt.' a OeEarture
of 456.t miles.How far did sbesteam?
SO-UTION:
SINCO = DEP/DIST
DIST = DEP/SINCO
= 456.t I SIN 45"
= 646.0 miles
2' A vesselsteen 225" T and make; a departureof 456.t miles. Find the differenceof latitude made
good.
SOLUTION:
TANCO = DEP/DLAI
U-AT = DEP /TAN CO
= 456.t ITAN 45"
= 456.8 miles
3. Find the DLAT and DEP nradegoodfrom "A" to "B" if the courseis 055" T and the distanceis 350
miles.
SOLUTION:
SINCO = DEP/DIST COSCO = DLAI/DIST
DEP = DISTxSINCO DLAT = DISTxCOSCO
= 350 x SIN 55" = 350 x COS55"
= 286.7 miles = 200.7 miles
4. A vesselmade a DI-AT of 20O.75miles and a DEP of 286.1 miles. Find her True oourseand the
distancetravelled.
SOLUTION:
BY RECTANGI.JLARTO POLAR ( R-+P) FUNCTION
DI.AT DEP DIST CO.
200.75 INV R--rP 2t6.7 = 350.0 nWx+ry 55.0
5. FindtheDLATandDEPmadefodfrom"A"to"B'iftheoourseisl24oTandthedistancerunis5l0
miles.
7. A vesselmadea DLAI ot287.52miles Southanda DEP of 165.0miles West. Find her Truecourse
and the distancetravelled.
SOLUTION:
DI.AT DEP DIST co.
-287.52 II.IVR-+P -166.0 = t32.0 II.IVX++Y -150.0
g. A vesselmadea DLAT of 454.94miles N and a DEP ot 202.55miles W. Find her true ourse and the
distancetravelled.
SOLUTION:
DI.AT DEP DIST CO.
454.94 II.IV R--rP -202.55 = 498.0 IIWX++Y -U.0
10.A Surveyvesselin position 45" 30' N, 15"20' W steamednorth for 48 miles and then st€amedeastfor
60 miles. find her arrival position.
SOLUTION:
I-ATI = 45"30.N
DI.AT + 4t,N 4il
LXI72 = 46olt' N
DEP = D16)
IlOt{Gl = 55"30'E
DIJO = - 1"20'W
LOIIG2 = 54"10'E
MERCATORSAILING
l. Find tbe oilrrse and distancefrom C. Villano (43"11.5'N,09"46.5W)to I ^r palmaspitot Station
(28o07.5'N,15"23.5'W).Solveby MercatorSailing.
SOLUTION:
LAT1 43"11.5'N mp 2t6Z.EZ. tnngt (D"46.5'W
I-AT2 28"02.5'N mp 174t.63' Ionq2 15"23.5,W
DI-AT = 15"04.0'5 DMp = lll4.19' DIJO = 5"37.0'W
or 904.0' a 337.0,
TAN CO = DIJO/DMP DIST = DI.Ar/COSCO
= 337' I lll4.l9' = 904'l COS 16.g"
CO = S 16.t" W or 1J)6.tT DIST = 944.4 miles
2. A vesselin position 25"47'5,163"48'8,steered03t'T fot A75 miles. Find her arrival position.
SOLUTION:
DLAT = DIST xCOSCp LATI = 25" 47.0'5
= ?475'x COS38" D-AT
= 1950.3'or32"30.3'N -- 32" 30.3'N
L;/tn ; 6"?33.N
DI.O = DMPx TANCO mpt = 1591.84,5
= 1993.33'xTAN38" mp? = + 401.49'N
= 1557.36'or 25"57.3'E DMp = 1993.33.
LONGI = 163"48.0'E
DIJO = +25"57.3'E
I-ONG2 = 170"14.7'W
2. By mercatorsailing, determinethe crune and distancewhen sailing from Lat. 00" 00', Long. 00" 03'
W to lat. 51" 12'N, Long.16" 14'E.
a. 015'T, 5299miles c. 345"T, 3184mile.s
b. 015"T, 3185miles d. 195"T, 2273miles
3. By mercator sailing, determinethe onrse and distancewhen sailing from I-at. 15" 12' S, Long. 02"
12'E tal,at.2t" 49' S, Long. 17" 14'E'
a. 134"T, 1171miles c. 226" T.817 miles
b. 046" T, 1171 miks d. 04E"T, 1307mile.s
4. By mercator sailing, determinethe ourse and distancewhen sailing from lat. 08" 04' S, Long. 34"
53' W to I-at. 14" 45'N, Long. 17" 33' W.
a. 037"T,1718 miles c. l43"T,2264miles
b. 053" T, 2264miles d. 323"T.171t miles
5. Your pooitionat 1436Hqr March 22, 1993is 27" 18'S, 53" 22'W (ZD +4). At 1454Hon March 23,
1993,pu arein position31" 13' 5,42" 32'W (ZD +3). Determine)our oourseands@ by m€rcator.
a. ll2" T at 25.4kts. c. l5t" T at22.2krs.
b. ll2" T at 26.5 kts. d. A8" T at 26.5kts.
PARALLEL SAILING
|. Your vesselis sailing from lat. 37" 50' N, [ong. 18o36' W, t0 Lat. 37" 50' N, Iong. 43" 32' W.
Deterrrine ytrrr corse and distanceby parallel sailing.
a. 090" T, llE1.5 miles c. 27O"T, 1181.5miles
b. 090oT, 1496.0miles d. 270"T.1894.1miles
3. At wbat mte per hogr is GreenwichObcervatoryin L,at.51" 28.5'N being carried around the earth's
axis?
a. 560.3miles b. 560.2mile.s c. 56O.4mile.s d. 560.6miles
4. Determineyur distanceby parallel sailing when going ftom lt" 22' S, 10" 18' W to lt" 22' 5,43"
41 ' w .
a. 2ll0 miles b. 2003mihs c. 1901miles d. 1892miles
6. In l-at 25" N, two vesselsare separatedby a DEP of 310 miles. Both steaned (X)0" T at the satrre
speeduntil their DEP is ltO miles. Both vesselswill be in Latitude:
a. 58"15'N b. 58%5'N c. 58"30'N .d. 18"00'N
7. In Lat 44" S, two vessels28 miles apart st€ameddue north keeping themselvesdue E and W until
they are 37 miles aEart.Ibw far have they sailed?
a. 1576mile.s b. 1554miles c. 1500miles d. 1591miles
8. Two vessels240 miles apart in l-at 49"52'N both steanedl80o T until [at. 21" N. The distance
betweenthe nro ships at 21" N will be:
a. 350 miles b. 385 miles c. 396 miles d. 310 miles
10. MV PRCconmencesseapalrsage (Lat. 08" 06'S, Long. 34" 51'W) at 2348HLT and sailedeastat 12
ka. Find her positionat noon.
a . 8 8 "0 6 ' S , 3 2 "l 3 . l ' W c . 0 t " 0 6 ' S , 3 2 "3 3 . 5 ' W
b. 08" 06's,32" 23.1' W d. 08" 06'S,32" 18.9'W
12. In Latitude 42" 36' N, a ship sails due eastfrom Longitude 26" 30' W to 21" 12' W. What departure
has she made?
a. 235.08miles b. 234.00miles c. 235.00miles d. 234.08miles
13. In Latitude48" 30' S, a rresselsteamedtrue eastuntil shehasmadegooda Dlo of 3" 20'. Computefor
the deparnrre.
a. 152.1mile.s h. 132.5milqs c. 135.2miles d. 123.5miles
14. A ship bearsdue westand 200 miles from a placein [at. 51" 23'N, Long. 9" 36'W. What longitde
is shein?
a. 13o56.5'W b. 16"56.5'W c. 14"56.5'W d. 15"56.5'W
2# Naigation Problems
SOLUTIONS:
MERCATORSAILING
5. By MercatuSailing,Course= 112.4"il Dist. = 616.5mihs
Tl = 1436 3122 Tf = 1434 3t23
Z D + 4 7:D +3
cMT = 1836 3122 GMT 1754 3t23
GMT r836 3t22
s.T. = 2318 or 23.3 hrs
SPBED = Distane = 616.5 mil€s = 26.5 kts.
Time 23.3 hn.
PARALLE SAILING
3. DISTANCE = DLO x COS LAT
= 9(X) miles x COS 51" 28.5'
= 560.57 miles
WA
oL0
2S Naiguion Probbms
MIDDLE-LATITUDE SAILING
Lat. 17" 07'S, Lnng lM" 52' w'
DE)(AMPLE l. A vessetLtLat.g" 50' s, I-ong 89" 54'W is to proceedto
Solvethecourseand distanceby Middle-LatitudeSailing'
SOLUTION:
htl = 8"50'S L.ongI = 8 9 " 5 4 ' W
l:itz = l7o 07'S Lnng 2 = 1O4"52'W
Dtat = 80 17's
x 60' x 60'
= 898 miles (W)
ffi Dlo
Mlat = G-atl+l:it?)12
= (8" 50' + 17" 07') I 2
= 25"57'12
Mlat = 12" 58' 30"
SOLUTION:
yield a Dlat of 381'54miles (N) and a Depof
By usingP-+R, Disrance 720milesand course058" T will
610.59miles (E)'
Dlat = / 60'
381.5' = 6"21.5'N
Lnng 1 = 31o42.0'E
I.at. I = 30"06.0's
Dlo = ll" 2A.8'E
Dlat = 6 "2 1 . 5 ' N
= 23"44.5'S I.ong2 = 43"06.8'E
l-at.2
MLat 26"55.25'S
Dlo Dep 610.59 = 684.8' or ll" ?4.8'E
CosMLU Cos 26' 55.25'
Iong I 37"47.0'W
Dlo 2" 01.7'E UsingR+P functionwith Dlat 69.3' S
Lang2 = 35" 45.3'W andDep.85.7'E yields
Co. 129"T Dist. 110.2miles
3. A vesselobservesanoon position 37" 54'N, 178o29'E. The courseis then 230" T at 15 kts. until
1800Hwhenan SOSis receivedfrom a position 37" 15'N, 179" 35' W If the speedis increasedto 16
kts., what is the courseto be st€eredto the distressand what will be the ETA ?
SOLUTION:
15 kts. x 6 hrs. = 90 miles
By usingP+R with Co.230' T & Dist. 90 miles
yblds Dlqt 57.9'(S) and Dep' 68.9'(\\i)
Distancex60=miles
C) Subtractwhencrossingthe equator.
IrONG I
DLO V + /:_
I,ONGV
NOTE : DLO VX in the formula above,whensolving for LAT X, is Oe DLO from your vertex to a position
on either side of your vertex.
The COURSEANGLE whencrossingthe equatoris always90" or 270" plus or minus your LATITUDE OF
VERTEX. The 90" or 27O"dependsupon the nameof DLO.
90" or 270"
+/-LATV
couRsEQ
The LONGITIJDE OF TIIE BQUATORCROSSINGis deterurinedby applying 90" to the LONG V in the
direction of your DLO.
Remember,the longitude of the equatorcrossing must alwa)6 lie betweenyour points of departureand
arrival in the direction of your DLO from the vertex
+t-vLdeg = LONG a
-*U
EXAMPLE : M.V. PRC will be sailing fron Porto Grande(17o l8'N, 25"00'VO to NE Providence
Channel(25" 43'N, 76" 36'W).
Raiuired the following :
f . G / C distance 5. longi$de of Vertex
2. Initial Course 6. Latiude at64" 44'W
3. Final Course 7. Lad$de at54" 4/-'W
4. Latitudeof Vertex 8. Latitude at44" 4,/-'W
'-? a
7. TANLATX2 COSDLOV-X2xTANLATV
COS20" x TAN 25" 43.7'
0.4528159
Llirx2 u" 21.7' N
7. Detenninelour latitudeand longitudeof thevertexwhen goingfrom 41" 45'S, 175" 19'E to 52"?A,
s, 75" 06'W.
a. 47" 20'5,122 26.6'W c. 62" 27'S, ll3" 04.6,8
b. 47" 20' N, 113"04.6'E d" 62 27' 3,122" 26.6'W
8. Detemtineyour latitudeand longituded the vertexwhengoing from 05" 18' S, 35" 06' W ts N 27,
N.73" 49'W.
a 55" 59.1'N,121o30.8'W c. 64" 41.4'S, 31"07.3'E
b. 55" 59.1'S, 51" 1g.g'E d &" 41.4,s,101"19.3'W
9. The latitude and longi0rde of the rcrtex along lour G/C is 43" 32' S, 39" 18' E. Your rresselis on a
coune of Vl6" T. Which of the ff. is lour q)uree when crossingthe equatu?
a. 226.5"T c. 309.3'T
b. 230.7"T d. 313.5"T
SOLUTION: Vesselheading in a westerlydirection and 1ou will be crossingthe equatorfrom S to
N latitude.
270" + I-Af V
27O" + 43.5" = 313.5"T
10. The latihrdeand longifirdeof the vertexalongyour G/C courseis 38" 15'S, 68" 39'W. Your vesselis
on a courseof 102" T. which of the ff. is lour ooursewhen crossingthe equator?
a U1.4" T c. 128.3"T
b. 051.8"T d. 159.6"T
SOLUTION: Vesselis heading in an easterly direction and you will be crossingthe equatorfrom
S t0 N latitude.
O9O". LATV
090o- 38.25" = 51.75"T
11. The latitrrdeand longinrdeof the vertexalongyour G/C coinseis 43" 32'N, 39" 18' E. Your vesselis
on a courseof.25l" T. Which of the ff. is your longitude at your equatorcrossing?
a- 129" 18'E c.50"42'W
b. 50" 42'8 d 1 2 9 01 8 ' W
SOLUTION:
toNcv 39" 1g,E
-90" 00'W (samenane asDI-O)
LoNGQ 50"42'W
12. Thelatitrrdeandlongitudeof thevertexalongyourG/Ccourseis 38o15'S, 168o39'E. Yourvesselis
on a courseof 060" T. Whichof theff. is lour longitudeat equatorcrossing?
a. 78" 39'E c. 101"2l'W
b . 1 0 1 "2 1 ' E d. 79" 39'W
r.-q--i1ffiv
54'N, 123" 00' w by G/C sailing' Determinethe
1 3 . yqr are sailing ftom 38" 1,3'N, 124" 12'E 2.12" vertex'
of the
-il" and longitude of a'position 10" and 2ff west
talftuOe
54.t'N; $0" 32.t, E (+/- 3') c. bothaandb
i-
!4.4, N, l4O" 3Z.g'E (+/- 3) d- neitberanorb
;. 4Zo
ftom Lat. 25" 50'N, Long' 77" 00'w' Your initial cornseis
14. you are on a great circle track departing
Long' 25"57'8'W' Find the distancealongthe
061.7"T. The posiuonof G vertexis Gt . !7" 35.6'N,
of departureand the vertex'
t "", "it t" track betrveenthe.noint
a. 2420.0 milds
COS AV = SIN LAI l
b. 2583.2miles
SIN I-ATV
c. 2664.9 miles
d" 2735.1miles
15.YorrareonaG/Ctrackdepartingfrompositionl.Ar25.50'N,Long.TT"wW.Tbepositionofth
The distancealongthe G/C track-ftomlhe vertexto a
vertexis LN 37' 35.6'N, Lmg. 25" 57.8'W'
position of P-olnt(X) on the G/C track'
point (X) is 600 miles westward.Determinethe
c. 36" 55.6'N, 38"30.0'W
L 36" 47.5,N, 38o2l.t' W
b. 36o50.4,N,3t" 25.6,W d" 37" 02.3'N, 38"34'4'W
SINLx = COSDISTxSINLv
COSDL,Ovx = TANLx / TANLv
NavigationProblems
2ri7
COMPOSITESAILING
FromLat. 35" 40' N, Long. 141"J0' E !o l,at. 37" 4g,N,L,ong.l2Z" 40'W, the maximum lhtitude
tcr
be is 45" N. By cunpositesailing,computethefollowing:
a. l,ongitudewherethe track meet.
b. L,ongitudewhenleavingthe maximumLatitude.
c. Initial Course.
d. Final Course.
e. Totalcompositedistance.
SOLUTION:
Ll 35"40'N l,ongI 141"00'E
L2 37"49'N Inne? 122"40'W
LV 45" 00'N Dlo 96"20'E
2. A vesseldepartingfrom 25" 1.2'S, 30" 03'W is boundfor 38" 45' S, 144" 45' E and is limited in
latitude by 54" S. Detenninethe longitudesat which limiting parallel is o bereachedand departedby
cmrpositesailing.
a. 39" 58'8, 90" 25'E c. 70" 01'E, 90" 25'E
b. 39"58'8,54"20' W d. 70"01'w 54"20' 8
3. A vesseldepartingBaltimoreis boundfor Bordeauxand is limited to a maximumlatitudeof 47" N.
Shedepars from 36" 58' N, 75" 42'W boundfor 45" 39' N, 01" 30'W. Determinethe longitudesat
which the limiting parallel is to be reachedanddepartedby compositesailing.
L. 45" 25'W 17"2g'W c. 3L1"17'W lg" 5g.W
b. 21"07'w 1 5 " 5 t ' w d . 45"1-5' 8,18"58'W
'l
TAN B = AC/AB
B
=
=
=
=
3.5I 1.5
0.4667
W 25"S or%5" T
AC /SINB
T,
tt
BC ,,il
= 3.5 / SIN25'
^rn
= 8.2t miles
c
2. your noon positionis 37. l0' N, 75" 30' W You aresteering27O"T at 12 kts. At 1315H,a fix from the
Satnavgives3{" 0B'N,75" 45'W Requiredthe following:
a. Courseand sPeedmade good
b. Current's set and drift.
SOLUTION:
l,rtffl 37" l(} N toNct 75' 30'W IzH MM
IAI2 37'(n'N l,oNG2 75'45'W l3H l5M
Dl,flT = 2S DL,O = 15'W S.T = lH l5M
or 1.25H
MLA T 37" (B'N
USII{G R+P DEP = DLOxCOSMLAI
DIAT -2-O = 1 5 ' r C O S3 7 ' W
DEP -11.9 = ll.9'W
dVES:
DIST = l2.l2miles SI\|G = DIST /TIME
CIttG = 260.5oT = l2.l/ I l'25H
= 9.7 lils.
SETANDDRIFTCANBESOLVEDBY PI-OTTING
SET = l2l"T E. DIST. = E. SPD.x TIME
DRIFT = 3.4miles / 1.25H = 2.7krs 12 kri. x 1.25H
= 15 miles
o$4
cr?'
V.
_: ANSWR:
'. 341"1''
C.T.S.
\ :1 10'1kts.
S.M.G.
\
\
\
\
Naiguion Probhm nl
2. Yourvesselis makingoverthegrounda speedof 12kts.Thevesel traveled
30n.m.in 2H 20M. what current
ge ),0uexperiencing?
SOLUTION:
SMG = DIST/TIME
' = 30n.m.12.333H
SMG = 12.86kts.
"'tto = t3:33*
Forowing
curenr
Youaresteering?AoTatanenginespeedof11kts.After steamingforonehour,afix takenandshows
vesselis makinggoodacourseof235"Tand aspeedtztcs. rino oe setand thatyour
driftof thecurrent.
SOLUTIONBYPTJTTING:
CMG& SMG e--r 235"T 12 kts.
co. &8. sPD. m--r 240"T ll kts.
SET&DRIFT e--m 190"T 1.5kts. e
gET 2
cnJrr.
:* a€
.,' "q. 6,0'
r
I
I
r
4' A vesselnoonpositionbyobservation is Latitude N" 02' s andInngitude 15"0g, w. tler deadreckoning
positionadvancedfrom-thepreviousnoonpmitionisLatitude 4tr,20'Sandlongitude15"0g,w.Findtheset
anddrift of thecurent for thepreviousZ houn.
SOLUTION:
oBs. tAT 40" 02'S LONG15"09.w
D.R. rAT 40"20'S LONG15"09'w
DI.AI' 18'N DLO 00'
SET = 000"7 DRIFT = 18 miles l24H = 0.75kt.
SPD = 2l Kts \r
\?a o
t
Z
u
I
q7
n
N
I
I
o
0900 T tg KTg
z- -E
4. your vesselis on course 150" T at a speedof 17 knots. The apparentwind is from 40" starboardbow
speed15 tnots. What is the direction and speedof the true wind?
Answer: Truewinddirection= 270"T Speed= ll.2knots
5. A shipis on course195"T at a speedof 15knots. The apparentwind is from 40" port bow,speed30 knots'
Find the direction and speedof the tnre wind.
Answer: True wind direction = 127"T Speed= 20.6 knots
6. your vessel on oourse135" T at a speedof 18 knots. From the appearanae of the sea you estimatethe
speedof the true wind as ?A.5 knots. The apparentwind is from 40" starboardborv.Determinethe direc-
tion of tbe true wind and the speedof apparentwind.
E w
lvo' tcr. 4&' 'l6V'
44\oV' 47f Vo' 117"0'
I
t-
I
EO
I
+.1{}.1
n6 Navigation Problern
6. You are in eastlongitude headingeast,and crossingthe datelineat 1200 hrs. on luly 25, 1992.
a- GMT is 0000 hrs. on July 25.
b. Your rrcw time will be 1200hrs. Jnly 26,1992.
c. Both a andb
d- Neitheranor b
SOLUTION:
July 25 12 00 H
p (-) 12 oo
GMT July 25 00 00 H
July 25 12 00 H
(-) I Retard
luly 2tl 1200 H New Time
SOLUTION:
8. Whatisthel,CTatl-ong.118"17'E whenthezonetimc.s
22h 30m 40s?
a. 22h 23m 48s c. 22h 30m 48s
b. 22h 00m 48s d. 22h 23m 00s
SOLUTION:
10. The steamingdistancefrom Manila t(. CostaRica is 9700 mile. If MV PRC departedManila on July 25,
1994at 0800hrs.and shipspeedis 12kts.,whatwill be thedateandtime of arrival assumingthatlongitude
of arrival is 75" W?
a- Aug.27 1120H c. Aug.27 1800H
b. Aag.27 1400H d. Aug.26 1420H
SOLUTION:
Tlme = Dist./Spd.
= 9700nm ll2lKts
= 33d 16h 20tn
MLA JVLY 25 08 OO
-08 D
JULY 25 00 00 GMT
+33 t6 20 .ST.TIME
AVG 27 16 20 GMT
o5 7rt
c. RrcA AUG 27 11 20 rl
NE Navigation Problern
and astarisobservedrising'Atwhattimewillthesane
12. YourveselisattheequatoratmidnightonJanuaryl
i assumingyour location
vessel's is still at the equator?
starrise onFebruary
a- 2158H c. 2208H
b. 2l lOH d" 2217H
SOLUTION:
tine is 3m 56s'
The diffirence betweenSolartime andSidereal
3m 56s x 31 days = 2h 01m 56s
24h 00m 00s - 2h 01m 56s = 2lh 58m Ms
|3'TheLMTofLANisl2l0.YourlongitudeisT0o30'E.WhattimewouldyouenterintheNauticalAlmanac
determinethe declinationof thesunatLAN?
& 0728 c. 1652
b. 1042 d" 0652
SOLUTION:
70" 30' I 15" = 4h 42m
SOLUTION:
Long.165"E zl = 0 4 0 0 Nov. I
D -11 00
GMT = 1 7 00 Oct.31
D -11 00
l.ong.165"W Zl = 06 00 Oct.3l
15.Star'shourangleis3h30m.Whatwillbeitsmeansolartime5hourslater?
L 8h 40n 50.0s c' 7h 30'm 49'Es
b. 7h 40m 50.0s d" 8h 30n 49'2s
SOLUTION:
Siderealtime is aheadof 3m 56sto Solartine'
3m 56s I Uh = 0rr 9.83s x 5h = 0m 49'15s
3h 30m + 5h 00m = 08h 30m 00.00s
+ 49.15s
= 08h 30m 49.15s
NavigationProblem
n9
16. Find thewatchtimeofsun'stransitin
lJtitude 40" 53'S. Longitude157""31,
E. watchis 9s fast.GMTis
Olh 43m 27s.
a- llh 50m 30s c. l}h 05m 40s
b. lzh 40m 36s d l}h 43m 36s
SOLUTION:
GMT = 0l h 43m 27s
GEOGRAPHTCALPOSTTTON
(cP)
At anymomentthedeclinationof a celestialbodyis equalto thelatitudeof its
Gp.TheGreenwichhour angle
(GHA) of thebody'if not greaterthan 180",is equalto thi longitude(w)
of the Gp.If GHA is grearertian lg0o ,
its explement(360" - GHA) is equatro longitude(E).
EXAMPLE 1.Find thegeographiclongitudeof a bodywhoseGIIA is z3z" 27,
.
SOLUTION:
Geog.L,ong. = 360" -GI{A
= 127"33'E
EXAMPLE 2. Find thegeographiclongitudeof a bodywhoseGHA is 12,1.30'
.
SOLUTION:
GHA of the bodyis 124" 30' (les than lg0o) therefore
Cieographiclongitudeis l?t1" 30, W.
,$\
lt- ,t
rn
TIME DIAGRAM
Sidereal llour Angle (SIIA) is measuredfrom the First Point of Aries westward through360".
Meridlan Angle (t) is measuredfrom the local meridian eastwardor westwardtbrough 180" and labeledE
or W to indicate the direction of measurement.
Right Ascension (RA) is measuredfrom the Vernal Equinox (First Point of Aries) eastwardthrough 24
hours.
E)GRCISES:
1. Whatisthemeridianangle(t)of
SpicaiftheGHAof Ariesis130"andtheSHAofSpicais160' ? Youarein
Longitude150" E.
a 080"W c. 280"W
b. 140" w d 290"w
2. IfyourLongitudeisl04'EandtheGHAofaStaris2ll",whatisthemeridianangle(t)ofthestar?
a- 045" E c. 315"E
b. 045" w d" 315"W
3. Foragiventime,theGHAofaPlanetis150"andtheG}IAof Ariesis 315'.WhatistheSHAoftheplanet?
a. 195" c. 11hours
b. 165" d. 045"
4. YouareinLongitude60"W.Whatwillbethemeridianangle(t)ofttresunifitsGHAis080"?
a. 140"8 c. 20'W
b.140"w d 20"8
EXAMPLE 2.The equationof time is 12m00s.The apparenttime is ahead(west)of the meanlrrnc.You are
locatedon the centralmeridianof yourtime zone.At whatzonetime will thesuncrossthemeridian'/
EXERCISES:
1. Themeansunisahead(west)oftheapparentsun. is09m00s.\bu arein Longitudel24"E.
Theequationoftime
At whatzonetimewouldthesuntransityourmeridian?
L 1153 c, 1151
b. 1209 d 1200
2. The equationoftimeis 09m 00s. Theapparent timeis ahead(west)of the mean timc. YtruareinLongitude
75' W. At whatzonetimewill thesuncrossthemeridian?
a- 1209 c. 1200
b. 1151 d. t205
I Fl'
The diagram on the plane of the celestial me- Moving on up its parallel of declination,it ar-
ridian is usefulin approximatinga numberof rela- rives at position 4 on the celestialmeridian about
tionships.Considerthe figure. The Latitude of the noon- whent and LHA areboth0", by definition.
observer(NPn or ZQ) is 45" N. The declinationof On the celestialmeridiana body'sazimuth is 000"
the sun (Q4) is 20" N. or 180". In this caseit is 180" becausethe body is
At sunrise,position 1, the sunis on the horizon southof the zenith.The maximum altitude occursat
(NS). Its altitude,h, is 0". Its azimuthangle,Z, is meridian transit, in this casethe arc 54. 65". The
thearc NA, N63" E. This is prefixedN to agreewith zenith distance,z, is the arc ZA, 25". The body is
the latitudeand suffixedE to agreewith the merid- not in the zenithat meridiantransit unlessits decli-
ian angle of the sun at sunrise.Zn = 063" T. The nationis numerically,andby name,the sameaslati-
amplitude,A, is thearcZA, E27'N. The meridian tude.
angle,l, is the arc QL, 110" E. The suffix E is ap- Continuingon, the sunmovesdownwardalong
plied becausethe sun is eastof the meridianat ris- thefront or westernsideof thediagram.At position
ing. TheLHA is 360" - 110"=250". 3 it is againon the primevertical.The altitudeis the
As the sun movesupwardalong its parallel of sameas whenpreviouslyon theprime vertical,and
declination,its altitude increases.It reachesposi- the azimuthangleis numericallythe same,but now
tion 2 at about0600,whenI = 90" E. At position3 it measured lowardthe west.Theazimuthis 270".The
is on the prime vertical,ZNa. Its azimuthangle,Z, sunreachesposition2, six hoursaftermeridiantran-
is N90" E, and Zn = 090" T. The altitudeis Nh' or sit, andsetsat position1, whenthe azimuthangleis
sh. 27". numericallythe sameat sunrise,but westerly,and
N CELESTIAL
CELESTIAL
HORIZON
MERIDIAN
LN 5O"N
PRIME
VERTICAL
AMPLITUDE
a 4
W r
r
VERTICAL
+A CIRCLE
I
,A I
Given:
Amplirude
I
I of sunriseE 32'N
Lat. -50''N
Dec.@ 20" N I
t 60" E or4H HOUR
Azimuth = Angle PZX
CIRCLE
100'T
Alt. = Length of XH
= 34
2K Navigation Problems
SOLUTION OF RIGIIT SPIMRICAL TRIANGLES
Whentwo partsof a right sphericaltrianglein additionto theright anglearegiven,theremainingparts
canbe computedfrom formulasobuined by usingNapier'srules'
NAPIER'S RULF-S
I. The sineof any middle paft is equalto the productof the cosinesof the oppositeparts'
Sinmiddlepart = cosoppositex cosopposile
II. The sineof any middle part is equalto the productof the tangentsof the adjacentparts.
Sinmiddtepart'= tan adiacentx tan adiacent
Irt usassumethatangleZ=90"i sidePX = 70" andsideZX = 60". To find angleX, angleP andside
W, drawapu,right sphericaltriangleletteredin conventionalway.Encirclethe givenparts.
6oo
-
The barson P, PX, & X meanthe complimentsof; thus PX means90" PX or the declination.In the
pie
Napier'spie, the angleor the sidewhich is 90" is placedbelowtle verticalline. The five partsof the are
pX, p and W acrordingly. The threecircular parts above the horizontalline (X, PX & P)
namedT., X,
werebarred.PX was barred because it is the hypotenuse (opposite of the right angledZ). X and P were
barredbecausethey are adjacents of the hypotenuse.
..@"Jwoh9'
lA\E: +
Tofind angleX, aPPIYRuIeII :
Nerl Bl.*sla-Y' DY\t
SINCO-X = TAN CO-PX x TANZX
bf lsIrAary
cosx d'
= :3I # : 20"x rAN
fiT,ff"orrAN 60",ld*lgrr-t ^r"'in
'Ar\ou
= 0.63Mt49 b"s'U d zJY"
X = 50"55'09.3" eoliFtn$Yr'I '
RuleI :
Tofiwt angleP,aPPIY he^t evf-l knf"nlFl
SINZ)( = COSCO-P x COSCO-PX 7 JY \ilg it 6#t.
SIN P = SINZX/SINPX
= SIN 60" / SIN 70" PrDT\'t d hu I
= 0.9216049 {- q.rvru5 'J? r
P = 67" 09'42.6"
>- r5e9' d"c
rx(/lr
Navigation Problems 2E7
Tofind side PZ, apply Rute I :
SINCO-PX= COSPZ x COSZX
COS PX = COS PZ x COSZ)(
COS PZ = COS PX / COSZ(
= COS 70" / COS 60"
= 0.68404,02
YZ = M" 50'23"
l. When the body is on the rational horizon, it is 2. WhenEquinoctial(QQ') and diurnal circle (dd')
rrsing or setting. It's altitude = 0" i ZX = 90". coincide, the declination of the body = 0":
PX = 90".
t\
z-
v. =\,
EQUIDISTANT
ORTHOGRAPHIC
z
H,
q N a
NavigationProblems ?89
EXAMPLE 2. The true altitudeof the sun(morningobservation)was 30oand thegyro compassbearing
was 100". The observerwas in Lat.20" N, Long. 151' E. The sun wason the equinoctial.Find th" gy-
compasserror and the meridianangleof the sun.
SOLUTION:
Lat = 20" N T. Alt = 30" G/C Brg. = 100"
The sun wason the equinoctial, Dec. = 0"; pX = 90"
fo find thc azimuth :
SIN CO-Z = TAN CO-ZX x TAN CO-PZ
cosz TAN ALT x TIANLAr
= TAN 30" x TAN 20'
0.2101383 TZN to2" 07.8'
z s 77" 52.2'E G/BRG 100'00.0'
TZN 1 0 2 "0 7 . 8 ' T 2 07.8'E
Tofrnd thc meridianangle(angleP) :
sIN CO-ZX = COSP x COS CO-PZ
SIN ALf = COSP x COSLAI
cos P = SIN AUt / COS LAT
= SIN 30" / COS20" P
= 0.5320888
= 5 7 "5 1 . 2 ' E
EQUIDISTANT ORTHOGRAPHIC
N .-'-;[-].
a'
I
I ztl
h h'
FNl ' - - f ."\
Ea, H [.'!7" H
PS
s d4 Na
GIVEN:
LAT 20" N AI]T. SUN 30" DEC. SUN = 0" PX = 90"
2m NavigationProblems
equatoruqs to]-an0 bue 067' T'
EXAMPLE 3. The mrc altitde of tbe sun takenby an ds€rv€r at t[e
of the sm is ltl" 52 '
Find the sun'sdeclinatim ad lbe lmgitude of the observerif GHA
SOLUTION:
Altitndeof thc $rn = 30o T. Azimuttr = 067"T
= ltl" 52' ktitude = O"iW =90o
GIIA of the sun
Tofind thc declination of tlu swt :
SIN CGPX = COSCGD( r COSZ
srNDEc
r :llllllllllllllllS:
ff,'":?';.
= 0.338383
DEC = 19"467N
fo fr.il tlu nwridian angle (angle P) :
SIN Z = TANP x TAN@7X
SIN Z = TAN P x TlAl{ ALiT
TAN P =
=
SIN Z / TAN AUI
SlN6f /TAN 30'
z
= 1.5941612 CHA = l8l' 52.0
P = 57o54.t E - 360" U|A = 302'05.8
LHA = 30r 05.8 IlNc = l2(f 13.8'E
EQUIDISTANT ORTHOGRAPHIC
N -- -.
, e i-;z
d fi
E i l
H H,
a' ila
d'
GIVEN:
ALT. SUN 30" TZN. SUN 067" oBsEnvER AT TEE EQUATOn'
IlQUIDISTANT ORTHOGRAPHIC
( l
J r t
P d
A ,.^
,/+
l
w , ii.-- * r Z
l\.
\ \ . X
s
(i IVHN:
SUN IS ON THE PRIME VERTICAL
Ar.'t.suN 30" DEC. SUN 20" N zN IS 090" T OR 270" T
Solution:
Lat. of observer= 50" S Declinationof the sun = 20" S
LHA of the sun = 270" ObservedT. Altitude = 15" 05'
P or t = 360"-LHA = 90" E
fo find thc azimuth:
SIN YZ = TAN PX x TANCO-Z
COS LAT = COTDEQ' x COTZ
corz r x TANDEC 4O'aT
33:ifl. TAN 20"
= 0.2339555
Z = S76.83"E
TZN = 103.17"T
EQUIDISTANT I('
ORTHOGRAPH
W
i H
5. What will be the meridian angle in Lat. 49" 20' N if the true altitude of a body on the prime Vertical
is 28" 56'?
a. 70ol0' b. 69" l0' c. 71" 08' d. Zl" 03'
COT P = COS LAf x TAN ALT
6. In Lat 29" 50' N when the bodywason the Prime Vertical gavean hour angleof 4H 32M. What is the
declination of the body?
L. 12" 53' b. 12 32' c. 11" 50' d. lZ" W,
TAN DBC = COS HA x TAN LAf,
Convert hour angle in time inlo arc.
7. Right angledsphericaltriangleABC, right angledat C, sidea= 45"46', angleA = 5g" 45'. Find side
c.
a. 56" 56'29" b. 56" SS'29" c. 56" 56.39" d. 56" 27,m
SINc=SINa/SINA
8. Right angledsphericaltriangleABC, right angledat C, sidea = 45o46', angleA = 5t" 45'. Find angle
B.
a. 48" 02'43 b. 48" 4i'OZ" c. 4g" 03, 43" d. 4g" 05'43"
SINB= COSA/COSa
9. Right angledsphericalhiangle ABC, right angledat C, sidea= 45"46', angleA = 5g" 45'. Find side
b.
a. 38" 33'30" b. 3t" 1J0,31" c. 39" 32'.00" d. 39" 3l'00"
SIN b = TANa /TAN A
11. To an dserver on the equator,a celestial body bore 2g0" T. True altitude was 32" 10'. Find th€
declination.
a. 16"49'45" N b. 16" 49'45"S c. 16"45'49" N d. 16"45'49" S
SIN DEC = COS ALT x COSZI{
13. The declinationof the star baring 270" T is 34," The observerwas in lat.4lo N. Find the true
altitude.
a. 58"27' b. 55ol0' c. 60" 03' d. 59" 06'
SIN ALT = SIN DEC / SIN LAT
14. In what latitudewasan observerwhena star that bore270" T whosedeclinationwas22" 27'N gave
a true altitude of 36" 22' ?
a. 40" 05' b. 40" 39' c. 39" 30' d. 41" 05'
SINLAT = SIN DEC / SIN AUT
15. A body wason the rational horizon and on the Prime Vertical at the sametime to an observerin Lat.
35" S. Find its altitudewhen it b€ars040" T.
a. 32" 17.6' b. lE" 28.7' c. 47" 34.2' d. 29" 16.6'
TAN ALT = COSZN / TANLAI
16. An observerin DR 14" 25' N, 39" 58' W observes the true altitudeof the sunbearing090" T to be4O"
16' . GHA of the sun is 349" 01.2' . If the declinationof tle sunis 09" 12' N, find the intercept.
a. 1.9' towards b. 19' towards c. 3.5' towards d. 17' away
SIN HC = SIN DEC i SIN LAf,
"d' = Ho-Hc
17. Find the true amplitudeof the sunwhen settingat Lat. 37" 30'S, declinationis 22" 15' S.
a. E 48" 16.0'N b. W 2E"30.5'S c. W 16" 11.0'N d. E 30" 11.6'N
SIN AMPL = SIN DEC / COSLAf
18. In what latihrdeis the shortestnight equalsto l/3 of the longestday?The sun is on maximumdecli-
nation north.
a. 58" 28'N b. 58" 30'N c. 58"45'N d. 58" 35'N
TAN LAT = COS P / TAN DEC
NavigationProblems 29s
SOLUTION OF OBLIQTIE SPIMRICAL TRIANGLE
THE LAW OF SINES:
In any sphericalEiangleWX, thesinesof tle sidesare proportionalto the sinesof the corresponding
oppositeangles.
SINPX = SINPZ = SINZX
SIN Z SIN X SIN P
or using the compliments of PX, W , & Z X :
COSDEC = COS LAT = COS AIJT
--mP
SINZ SIN X
(
f
t r H
d
EQUIDISTANT ORTHOGRAPHIC'
A.L^r
EQUIDISTANT
tm NavigationProblems
EXERCISES:
l. An observeris in Lat. 46"5, calculatethe altitudeof the star if thedcclinationwas42" 22' S andLHA
is293"2l'.
a. 58" 27'
b. 29"10' S I N H C = ( C O S L x C O S D x C O S L H A )+ ( S I N L x S I N D )
c. 43" 30' I
'
d. 67" 13'
3. Find sideAB if anglec= 30" , sideAC = 65 min., sideBC = 80 min. solveby sphericaltriangle'
a. 0" 35'
b. 3" 01' COSAB = (SIN AC x SIN BC x COSC) + ( COS AC x COSBC)
e. 3" t4'
d. 6" 03'
is
4. At DR 39" 1g' N, 17" 43'W, find the inrerceprof the bodyif theGHA is 341" 26.2'; declination
19"25'S, truealtitudeis 22" 01.5'eastof themeridian'
a. 10.3AwaY
b. 5.6 AwaY
c. 2.6 Towards
d. 4.8 Towards
SIN HC = (COSLAT COSDEC COSHA) - (SIN LAT SIN DEC)
u d ' = H O - H C
by
). An observerin Latitude40" N finds the declinationof the sunto be 23" N and iLsaltitudeto be 50"
usingthe sextantwhen the sun is in the sky.
eastern Find the local time.
apparent
4 45" 20.00'
LE. - 1.20' on the arc
tt 45" 18.80'
DIP - 6.93' REF. - 0.94'
H^r, 45" 11.87' S.D. + 15.90'
M.C. + 15.07' PAR + 0.11'
4 = 45" ?.6.94' M.C. = 15.07'
3. The sextantaltitudeof tre starSPICAwas57" 18.9';I.E. 1.0'off the arc; H.E.2l feet;refraction
0.6'.Find the truealtitude.
SOLUTION:
tI. 57o18.9'
LE. + 1.0' off the arc
Ho 57" 19.9'
DIP - 4.5' (H.E.21feeO
Hor, 57" 15.4'
REF - 0.6'
4 = 57"l4'8'
= 20"08.3' H
--T = 20' 15.7'
q
= * '7.4' r{
--c = 20"0t{.5'
T.C.
= 20" 15.7' w --- 7 z't
4
301
Navigation Problems
MERIDIAN ALTITUDE
Fittd the scxtantsettingfor the estimatedmeridianaltitudeof Fomalhaut( Dec. 29" 52.2' for
S) an
observerin DR Lat. 35' 50' N, dip 6.9' , I.E. 3.0'off thearc,andapparentaltitudecorrection-2.1.
a. 24" ll.8'
b. 24" 23.8' SOLUTION:
c. 24" 17.8' LAT 35. 50.0'N
d. 25" 07.2' DEC 29" SZ.Z,S
D( 65" 42.2'
- 90" 00.0'
ALTT 71" 17.8'
T. Corr. - 6.0' (rev)
ALTS = 24" 23.8'
3. The true meridianaltitudeof Man was49" 32.3'N bearingNorth on the 20th March 1992(Dec.0l"
22.5'N) in Long. 45" W. Find theLarirudear timeof sight.
a. 28" 10.7'N
b . 1 4 "1 8 . 2 ' s SOLUTION:
c. 39" 05.2'S H, 49" 32.3' BearingNorth
d . 4 1 "5 0 . 2 ' N - 90" 00.0'
D( N" 27.7'
DEC - l" 22.5'N
LAT 39"05.2'S
4. A navigatorobservesthe sun on the meridianbearingsouth.The declinationof tle sun is 17" 20, S
and the corected altitudeis 65"33'.Find the latitudeof therobserver.
a. 7"07'S c . 4 1 "4 7 ' S
b. 7"07'N d . 4 1 "4 7 ' N
5. A navigatorobservesthe sun on the meridianbearingnorth. The declinationof the sun is 23" 00' N
and the correctedaltitude is72" 30'. Find the latitudeof theobserver.
a. 40" 30'N c . 5 "3 0 ' N
b. 40" 30's d . 5 "3 0 ' s
Z. You takea time tick using the 2000 GMT signal.You heara 10 sec.dash,a 5 sec.silentperiodand
rlen six dots. At the sixth dot yorrrcompiuingwatchreads07H 58M 53S. When comparedto the
chronometer,the comparingwatchreadsOBH00M 09S and the chronometerreads08H 01M 15S.
Find the chronometereror.
z. lM 07S slow c. lM 165 fast
b. 0M 09S fast d. 0M 01S slow
SOLUTION:
wAf,cH 08H 00M 09 s cMT = ?frH 00M 00S
CHRON. 08H 01M 15 S WATCH = 19H 58M 53S
'
DIFF. = OlM 065 fast W ERROR = 01M 07S slorr
DIFF. = 01M 065 fast
C.E. = 00M 01S slow
j. "A" is gaining 1.0 sec.daily. Chronometer"B" is gaining 4.5 sec.daily. "A" is 14M
Chronometer
"B". 'B" on "A" at the endof 38 days
05Sfast of What will be the error of
a,. 7M 10S slow c. 13M 00S slow
b. 9M 15S slow d. llM 52S slow
SOLUTION:
"A" gaining 1.0S dailY x 38D = 38S
"B" gaining4.5S daily x 38D = 1715 o r 2M 51S
"A" is 14M 05S fastof "B"
x 51s
= llu;;i*""'"
4. At GMT 10H 00M 12S,the chronometerreads10:01:30,The chronometererror is:
a. 12Sslow C tu 18Sslow;'
b. lM 3GSfast d. lM 18Sfast
SOLUTION:
Chron.Time = 10H 01M 30S
cMT = 10H 00M 12S
Chron.Error
NavigptionProblems 303
5. At GMT 00H 00M 315,thechronometer
reads11:58:05.The chronometer
error is:
a. llH 58M 465 fast c. 2M 265 slow
b. llH 58M 465 slow d. 2M 265 tasr
SOLUTION:
GMT 00H 00M 3rs
or uH 00M 31S
Chron.Time 23H 58M 05S
Chron.Error = 2M 265 slorv
6. On July2 at GMT 12H00M fi)S, theChronometerreads12:02:40.On July 17at GMT 12H00M 00S,
the Chronometerreadsl2:02:l0. The chronometerrate is:
a. 30 seconds c. 25 per day gaining
b. 25 perday losing d. 2M l0S fast
SOLUTION:
SOLUTION:
4A'
2. A greatcircle crossesthe equatorat t73" E, on the of the hemisphereit will cross thc
equatorin longitude: |T;t;,at
a. 73" E
b. 173"W
c. 7"W dw gfe
d. 73" W
y)5
Navigution Problerns
SPEEDBY REVOLUTIONS
SLIP = 100%- EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY= 100%-SLI|
EFFICIENCY = OBSERVEDSPEEDORDISTANCE
ENGINE SPEEDOR DISTANCE
FUEL CONSERVATION
PER HOUR OR PER DAY (TIME) NEW CONSUMPTION = NEW SPEED3
OLD CONSUMPTION OLD SPEED3
PER MrLE (DTSTANCE) NEW CONSUMPIION = N. SPD' x N.D.
OLD CONSUMPTION = O. SPD' x O.D.
PER DISPLACEMENT NEW CONSUMPTION = N. DISP.z3
OLD CONSI.JMPTION O. DISP.,/]
x2 3{-
14000 rlrv
Or by Logarlthm
lox
NV t-] s80.87857
SliP = -3.5%
SOLUTION:
Efficiency = 100%-Slip
= 100% _ (_6%)
= lO6% or 1.06
Day'sRun = Rev.per Day x p x Etr / 60g0
= 118,178 x 20.1 x 1.06 / 6080
= 414.13miles
SOLUTION:
N. Consumption = N. Speed3
O. Consumption = O. Speed3
N. Speed3 = N. Cons. x O. Speeds/ O. Cons.
= 75 Tons x 20.S / 100Tons
N. Speed = ,r/-eOOO
= 18.17knots
SOLUTION:
= lxl?] x75011x625
N. Speed = .m23
= 13.14knots
EXAMpLE 9. Your vesselconsumed20 T of fuel when traveling 175 miles. How much fuel will she
consumetraveling 400 miles?
SOLUTION:
EXAMpLE 10. A vesselof 12 ,000 Tonsdisplacementburns250 bbls.of fuel whenfully loaded.Find her
per day for
daily oonsumptionat the sames@ after discharging5,000 Tons of cargo,allowing 25 bbls.
auxiliary puryoses.
SOLUTION:
O Disp. = 12,0(X)Tons 250 t$ls.
-
Disch. - 5,000Tons -zzsnr-terouv
25 bbls.
ffi
N. Cons. = N. Disp. m
O. Cons. O. DisP. 4
.'T;'Jol,3''*
= frifrhf
NavigationProblens 30!)
EXERCISES:
1. Yourvesselsteaned4827milesin 11days00 houn 30 min. Thepitch of thepropelleris 20.3feetand
you turnedan aver4geof 91.1RP vl's. What is the slip for the voyage?
a -1.7% c. 1.7%
b. 0.0% d. n.8%
2. Ths?itch of your propeller is 22 feet and the propellerslip is -5%. If the propelleris turning 85
RPM's, what is your speedof advance?
a. 19.4kts c. 17.5kts
b. 18.4kts d. 16.1kts
5. You are turning by enginesenoughrevolutionsto makea speed6.21.5 kB, assumingno slip. If your
slip were6Vo,whatwouldbe the speedof advance?
a. 20.2 kts c. 22.7 kts
b. 21.5kt$ d. 22.9 kts
If the pitch of the propellcris 18.8feet and the revolutionsper day are 108,000,calculatethe days
run allowing-ZVoslip.
a. 267.2 mlles c. 340.6miles
b. 327.3miles d. 400.7miles
8. Your vesselsteamed6't83 miles in 19 days18 hours30 mins. The pitch of the propelleris 19.8feet
and you turnedan averageof 80.4RPM. What is the slip for the voyage?
a. l3.lVo c. 10f%
b. 9.6./o d. 15.0%
9. It is 1200on July 4 at your vesselandyouhave555 miles to run. Youareto arrive at the pilot station
at 1800on July 5. Yourvesselhasbeenmakingan averagespeedof 20.5kts. Thepitch ofthe propeller
is 21.5 feet. You anticipatea slip of 5% far the remainderof the voyage.At what speedyou must
increaseor decreaseto in order to arrive at the pilot s0ationat your scheduledETA?
a. 17.6kts c. 19.5kts
b. 18.5kts d. 22.6kts
ll. your vesselst€amed350 miles at 20 kts and onsumed 80 tons of fuel. If you travel the sane distance
at 15 kts, how much fuel would you consunre?
a. 33.8T c. 45.0T
b. 41.27 d. 57.5T
lZ. your vesselst€amed400 miles at 18kts and consumed65T of fuel. Ibw far could the vesselsteamat
20 kts on 80T of tuel ?
a. 263.3miles c. 443.1miles
b. 398.8nile.s d. 607.8miles
13. you are making a2100 nile voyage.After traveling 1375miles at 18 kts you find that you have
consumed2TlT of fwl. You have 80T of fuel renaining. Yor want to arrive at port with 10T of fuel
remaining. What numberof RPM would youorder if the pitch of the propeller is 19.5feet and the slip
exPectedis7%?
a. 82RPM c. 72RPM
b. 77RPM d. 67RPM
14. A vesselof 14,000Tdisplacementburns 350 trbls.of firel per day when fully loaded'After discharging
5,500T of cargo, what will be the new frrel consumptionper day?
a. 187.7trbls. c. 261.8bbls
b. 251.0 trbls. d. 467.8ttbls'
1 5 . On a voyage,your vesselSMG is 1l kts. while using39T of fuel per day.After steaming4 days,only
l05T of fuel renain with 950 miles to go. What maximum speedcanyou make and arrive in port?
a. 4.8 kts c. ll.0 kts
b. 9.5 kts d. 15.3kts
16. A vesselof 10,000Tdisplacementburns 200 trbls of fuel when fully loaded. Find her daily consump-
tion at the sarnespeedafter discharging 4,000T of cargo, allowing 25 bbls per day for auxiliary
purposes.
a. l2$.5 bbls c. 168.7bbls
b. 149.5bbls d. 207.5bbls
you have
1 7 . ' you are making a voyageof 3600 miles. After raveling 2250 miles at 15 kts, you find that
you make and
consumed230T of fuel- You have 90T of fuel remaining. What maximum speedcan
still reachport having 15T of fuel remaining on board?
L. 6.6 kts c. 11'l kts
b. 10.3 kts d. 12.1kts
(ZD 0). The
1 8 . your vesseldepartsN. York (ZD +4) at 0800 July 26 on a round trip voyageto Liverpool
pitch propeller is 21
distanceis 3150miles.you haveon boardat departure650T offuel. The ofthe
feet. The slip anticipated on the \oyage over is 6%. Yout vesselwill be operating at full sea speed
turning 11O RPM. What is your ETA at Liverpool,consideringthe slip ?
Answer: 1500on August1
rGpnsrblc
{
s e i l - r g n i l r n gl r g h '
bulwarl
hddcr
PILOTACCESSPOIM
: KEEP CLEAR - \
L _ _ _ _ _ l
NO
MMIMUMRIGGING
HEIGHT
9 METRES
HANDHOLD NO!
no shac*les
= srANcHloNS
diam,min.4 cm
frn. 120 cm long rso 799
75 fr apan
NO!
SPREADER ihc alcps hu3t
180 cm long
be equally
SHIPSWITHHIGHFREEBOARD spacd
(MORETHAN9 M):
SIDE ROPES plot boillng lhough si(b &of
mniL nd nylon or wlh ladder conbhatkm
NO!
dirm. 2 ch thc 3laPs musl
t t
b horizonlal
l l
lw. 8 3lcF
NOt
MspraedcB
not bc bshd
I
t l
t l NO!
lha sda rcpca
musl b. .qually
oftaer in
radao@nlad
with bridgp
sth slcp
must tr ACCOMODATION
3prcedar
LADDER
ru3t f6t laghlly agaanlt t st
shap'3 s&
|wtum 55" slopr
9d gz
p
bwd pLltm
ngir, hendr.ib
ho?izodll
] EE lE
PILO] LAOD€R
md
2dc
abva
c{.nd
bEr
d lrqt
phltom
{
I NO LOOPS!
lh. loops ar. e ldpphg har.rd tor
lhc pibt end can bG loulcd wnh
lha pilol launch.
312
MARINE, POLLUTION (MARPOL 73-78)
1-!L meanspetroleumin anyfomt including crude 2. The tankeris morethan 50 nauticalmiles from
\,.-foil, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuseand refined the nearestland.
products. 3. The tankeris proceedingen route.
4. The instantaneous rate of dischargeof oil con-
ANNEX I (O[) tent doesnot exceed 60 liters per nauticalmile.
Discharging of Oil. The regulation govern the 5. The total quantityof oil dischargedinto tle sea
discharges,except for clean or segregatedballast" does not exccedfor existingtankersl/15,000of
from all ships.They requireinter alia all shipsto be thetotal quantityof the particularcargoof which
fitted with pollution preventionequipmentto comply the residue formed a part, and for new lankers
with the stringentdischargeregulations'They also (as definedin the Annex) 1/30,000of the total
designateSpecialAreas. quantity of the particular cargo of which the
residueformeda part.
They prohibit the dischargeinto the seaof oil or
oily mixtures except when all the ff. conditions are 6. The tanker has in operation, except where
satisfied: provided for in the Annex, an oil discharge
monitoring and control systemand a slop tank
From a shlp other than an oll tanker' and iurangement.
machlnera spacebllges of an oll tanker (excluding
ciugopumproombilges) unlessmixed with oil cargo
residue: ANNEX V (GARBAGEFROM SHIPS)
DRIFT
e--
INITIAL
POSmON
SECTOR SEARETT-PATTERN
-J
"g
E
4
$t
8+ il
t a ri
E
-"6i $i
El
rATUM
$i
ti
l.v
; - wtvrA4\tEJREoF.ag€,Fu1-z4Mrtl€ *,
$i
6
>t
0,
al
H
(r r
sl
Fl
sl
rBt
Mtr.E lrtur J-y
I
r,+Mll5lr
Wr9ftf AGN X(Ate,A- _ _\l
-T
I
!i
iir l
ti
b:
s;
{l
fRxrctta - --tI
I TR€(Z lFAct(l Tt4,d<,
I
I
k- yw ffi."'sA./+{ -rrMtLEs
- ---t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
---f
15. Whenmay a passenger visit the pilot housewhen the vesselis undenvay?
a. Passengersare not allowedwhen underway.
b. Whenauthorizedby the Masteror officer on duty.
c. Whenescortedby a ship offrcer.
d. During daylight only.
18. Youareon watch at seaand a man falls overboardon the port side,forwardnear#l hatch.Which of
the following shouldyou do FIRST?
c. Call the Master.
,. Put the helm hard over towardthe port side.
c. Soundthe alann to arouseall hands.
d. Stopthe engine.
20. In writing up the logbookat the endof your watch,you madean error.Which of tlte following is the
way to correct the error?
a. Carefullyand neatlyerasethe entry andrewrite it cgrrectly.
b. Removethis pageof thelogbookand rewriteall the entrieson a cleanpage.
c. Slot out the error completelyand rewrite the entrycorrectly.
d. Crossout the error with a singleline and rewritethe error correctly.
25. During you watch, what you ate not requiredto makeentriesin?
a. Smoothlog book b. Rough log book c. Bell book d. Official log book
28. While loading tuel oil, you seea fresh oil slick alongside.What would you do FIRST?
a. CaIl the Engineeron watch.
b. call the chief Mate.
c. Stoploading.
d Determineif the slick is coming from your vesselbeforetaking action.
29. Whena vesselviolatesan oil pollution,who may be held responsible?
a. Master
b. Owner
c. Licensedofficers
d. Anyindividual connectedwith the vesseloperation
52. When should you preparethe lists of duties and regulationfor emergencies?
a During the roYage c. On arrivalatnextPort
D. Before leaving Port d. After leaving port
purposes?
53. Itrowoften should abandonship and fire drills be performedfor crew training
a. Only upon boarding the shiP c. At leastonce a month
b. At leastevery6 months d. Onceayear
site, how would you
54. When you receivethe proper signalsfrom an aircraf to headtoward an accident
indicate the signal's correctcomprehension?
a. By sendingblack smokesignals c. By launchingparachuteflales
b. By hoistinga red flag d. Bychangingcoursetowardstherequireddirection
by:
55. LifebOatsfor oceangoing vesselsshall carry in excessof the requiredregulation
a. 7l%ofpersonsonboard c. 25%ofpersonsonboard
b. s}%ofpersonsonboard d. 100%ofpersonsonboard
57. In the eventof fre in the crew'squarter,oneof your first act is to:
a. Ventilate the quarters' c. Closeall ventilationto the quarters.
b. Preparcto abandonshiP. d. Att€rnpttoputoltthefirebyprtable fireextingui$er.
approachthe victim:
5g. you arepicking up a personthat hasfallen overboard.A small craft should
a. with the victim to leeward c. wind on your port side
b. With the victim to windward d. Wind on your stbd side
extinguishingsystem'you
59. Xiosafelyentera compartmentwhen CO, hasbeenreleasedfrom a ltxed
should:
a. Wear a canistertype of gasmask. c. Testair for pure air indicator'
b. Testair for supportof life. d. wear self-con&ained breathing appafatus.
69. If a helicopter is going !o land on bmrd your ship, what measureshould you take?
a. Sop your ship and ponr fuel oil to dampenthe sea
,. Sail into the wind at the highest speedpossible.
c. I{ave a rescueteam readyin casetbe helicopterfalls into the sea"
d. Clear the landing site and mark it witb a large white H.
70. What is tbe most imporant considerationwhen determining how to fight an elecrical fire?
a. Whether the fire is in machineryor passengerspace.
D. Dangerof shoct to personnel.
c. Amount of toxic fumes createdby the extinguisher.
d. Maintaining electrical power.
71. Each lifeboat shall be loweredto the wabr, loadedto its allowedcapacityevenly disributed tbrough-
out the length, lowered3othe water until it is afloat and rcleasedat leastonceevery:
a. 18 months b. 6 months c. Z months d. 12 montbs
72. Accessto a cargo prmp room in a tanker carrying GradeD liquid cargorequires:
a. Only on areaswith power ventilation. c. Awayfrmr galley,crw'squtrter, navigatim spaa.
D. Isolatedfrom souroeof vaporignition. d. Fhomopendecl.
T5.whichextinguishingagentisthebesttofightelectricalfire?
c' Foam d. Q2
a. Waterfog b. DtY chemical
mustcontaina:
76. The fueman'soutfit whenrequiredin cargovessel
a. Combustiblegas indicator c' Canistertype gasmask
b. Fresbair breathing appara$s d. Self-containedbreathingapparatus
7'l. AccordingtosoLASrequirementforlifeboatfall,whatactionmustbetakenwiththefallatinterva
of not more than 5 Years?
D. Weight tested c. hoof tcsted d. Renewed
a. End for end
andcannotbe controlled,whatactionshould
78. Whenmooredalongsidepier and fire brokeout on board
you take?
o. lUuoOon the ship and notify the port authorities'
D. Dischargethemost valuablecargo'
ge:rs'
c. Castoff and sait the ship out of port by her own
d Both a andb
of
within 24 hrs. after leavingport if thepercentage
79. on a cargovessel,fire andboatdrill mustbe held
crew replacedis more than:
b. 20% c. 5% d. 25%
a. l0%
is:
80. In a fixed CO, system'the amountof CO, to be carried
space
largest proteded' c' Enough for the enginespace'
a. Enoughfor the
a. nnouit for 30%oitpu"" protected' d' Enough all spaces'
for
you do?
81. Whenyour ship is in distress,what should
c. Transmitttre appropriatealarm signals followedby thebell'
b. Blow long whistleblast on the ship's siren'
c. Sendblack smokesignals'
d. Transmit distressmessageand ask for assistance'
extinguisheris:
82. The frrst stepin operatinga portablefoam fire d' Breakthe safetydisc'
Pull the lock pin'
a. Openthe vatve. a] furn upsidedown.. c.
loweredto the wat€'rat leastonceevery:
83. On a cargoor oankvessel,eachlifeboatmustbe d' Year
a. Wcek b. Month c' 3 months
"personin charge"of loadingand dischargingoperationin a tankership?
84. Who may serveas the
a. Licensedofftcer c' PumPman
b. Certifiedtankerman d' Bmun
85.Ifpassengersareonboardandifaboatdrilliscarriedout,the"ymust:
a. Takepart. c' Go to their guarters'
.
D. Watchhow it is conducted d' Stayout the wayof crewconductingthe drill'
g7. what instfurlent is themostaccurateto beusedin measuringthe amountof oxygenin the atmosphere
in a confined sPace?
a. Oxygen indicator c, Combustiblegasindicator
b. Flarne safety lamP d. A1l of these
shouldbe ready?
98. In the vicinity of a collision area,which of the following equipment
a. Firefighting equipment c' Intercom telephone
D. An explosivegasmeter d' Oxygen analyzer
escapinggasis to:
99. Generally,the first action in extinguishingan LPG fre causedby
a. seepflame away with water. c. call the local fire department'
D. Usgchemical fre extinguisher. d' Shutoff the leak'
voyage'you should:
100. Beforehaving a man enter in Oe chain locker after an ocean
a. Make sure that tbere is sufficient oxygenin the compartment'
b. llavesomeonestandingbY.
c. De-energizethe windlass.
d. Nl of these
maintainan oxygencontentof not more
101. An inert ga.ssy$emon a crudeoil carriermustbe designedto
than what Percentin the tank?
b.8% c. 4% d. ll%
a. 0%
ships shouldby day display the code
102. A vesseloordinating a searchand rescueoperationby merchant
group:
b. FR C. CSS d. CR
A. CV
systemon a cargovesselshallbe at
103. The Otal availabtesupplyof CO, for usein a fixed extinguishing
leastsufficient for:
a. All the sPaceof the vessel c. Engineroomand largestcargospace
D. All qugo space d. Spacerequiringlargestamount
117. You are on watch at night in port and discovera fire in hatch#1. What actionwill you take first?
c. sound the generalalarm. c. Advise the Master and chief Mate.
D. Releasec1), in hatch that is on fire. d. r,grda fre hoceto the hatch.
118. The proper time to leave the bridge after the relieving officer gets to relieve you is:
a. When he comesto the bridge.
b. Afte,rthe relbving offroer bas takena goodfix,
c. Afte,rhe saysyou are relievcd.
d. lftex the relieving officer is suisfied with the position and situation.
127. To treatfrostbite:
a. Rub with ice or snow. c. Rub briskly to r€storeciiculation'
b. Warm exPosedPartsraPidlY' d WraPtightlY in warm cloths.
142. When it is necessaryto rcmovea victim from a life threateningsituation, the persongiving first
aid
must:
a. Placethe victim on a stretcherbeforeattemptingremoval.
b. Avoid subjectingthe victim to any unrrccessarydisturbance.
c. Pull the victim by the feet.
d. Cany the victim to a location whereinjuries can be assessed.
143. The emergencytreament given to the ill or injured beforeprofessionalmedical servicescan be ob-
tained.
a. Medication c. First aid
b. Medical treaonent d Emergencyaid
lM. A substancewhich neutralizesthe effectsof a poisonor preventsits absorption.
c. Antidote b. stimulant c. Euretic d. catlartic
161. With the air supplyon, the air p-essurein the survivalcraft will be:
c. Equal to outside air pressure. c. [.essthan outsideair pressure.
b. Greatetthan outsideair pressure. d. Changing in relation to the speedof the craft
164. In sailing a lifeboat, what is the effect/sof putting morc weight in the forward end of the boat?
c. Boat will tend to fall off or away from the wind.
b. Boat will tend to headinto the wind.
c. Either a or b
d. Neither a nor b
165. In sailing a lifeboat, what is the effect/sof putting more weight aft?
a. Boat will tendto fall offoraway from the wind.
b. Boatwill tend to headinto the wind.
c. Either a or b
d. Neithera nor b
167. AclassCEPIRB:
a. Can be detectedby SARSAI sat€llite.
D. Transmitson VLF.
c. Is artomatically activatedafter floating ftee from a sinking vessel.
d. Is designedfor vesselsoperatingup to 20 mil6s,eff-sfuereor on large protectedwaters.
168. What is requiredin additionto heat,fuel and oxygenof the fire triangleto haveafire?
a. Electricity b. hessure c. Smoke d. Chain reaction
172. The processwherebyhot air erpand and move from one location to another.
a. Convqction D. Radiation c. Conductibn d Insulation
175. A chemicalreaction,giving offi heatand light, which is the result of a rapid union of oxygenwith
other substances.
a. Radiation D. Combustion c. Conduction d. Advection
177. What is the minimum oxygencontentof the atmospherein a compartmentin which a canister-type
gasmask may be safelyused?
a. l0% b. 16% c. ll% d. 15%
189. When refueling a power-operatedindustrial truck in the hold of a cargovessel,the numberof persons
presentwho must be experiencedin the useof portablefire extinguishersis:
Answer: One.
193. You have abandonedship and are in chargeof a liferaft. How much water per day shouldyou permit
after the ftst24 hours?
Answer: I pint.
194. At eachinspectionfor certification of a cargovessel,portable sodaacid, foam and pump tank extin-
guishersshall be:
Answer: Disclnrged, cleanzdtlwroughly,and recharged.
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
V
l1
DIAMETER
TACTICAL
uJ
I
t I
n
o l I
z ,
> o:
o l
I u
I
il
I
I
I
Pl
l I
I A
I
I - t tl l
t l
t l
t l
Y
I TURNING CIRCLE
Advance. The distancetraveledin the direction of turning circle at any point and the fore and aft line
the original heading measuredfrom the point at of the ship.
which helm wasfirst applied.The ma,ximumadvanoe
Plvot Polnt is the point aboutwhich thevesselpiv-
is usually between3 and 5 ship lengths for a mer-
ots with the bow swinging inwards and the stern
chantship of any sizegoing at full aheadand using
swingingoutwards.It is aboutone third of the ves-
tull helm.
sel's length ftom forward when going ahead.When
Tfansfer. The distance of the center of gravity of going asternthe vesselpivots abouta point approxi-
the ship ftom the original tracklinemeasuredin the mately one quarterof the length from astern.
direction 90" to the original heading. The transfer
for a turn of 90" is abut hilo ship lengths. Flnal lXameter is the diameterof a circle traversed
by a vesselafter turning through 360" and main-
Tactical Dlameter is the transferfor a turn of 180" taining the sarnespeedand rudder angle.This di-
which is almostequal to the maximum transfer.It is ameteris alwayslessthan the tactical diameter.It is
usuallyaboutthe samedistanceasthe maximum ad- measuredperpendicularto the original courseand
vance. betweenthe tangentsat the points where 180" and
Drtft Angle is the angle betweenthe tangentto the 360" of the turn havebeencompleted.
ShipHandling 33s
HEAVE
SIIIP MOTIONS
Surge is the bodily motion forward and backward Squat is the namegenerallyappliedto the difference
along the longitudinal axis, causedby the force of betweenthe verticalpositionsof a vesselnoving and
the seaacting alternatelyon the bow and stern. stopped.It is madeup of seulementandchangeof rim.
Settlement is thegenerallovteringin thelevelof a mov-
Heave is the oscillatory rise and fall due to the en- ing rressel.It doesnot dt€r the draugbtof the vessel,
tire hull being lifted by the force of the sea- butcausesthelevelof thewaterarurnd her to belower
thanwouldothenvisebe thecase.Changeof trim nor-
Sway is the side-to-sidebodily motion, independent mally
causesthe sternof a movingvesselto sit lower
ofrolling, causedby uniform pressurebeing exerted thanwhensheis stryped.It varieswith speed.
all alongone side of the hull.
Bow cushlon. The tendencyfor the bow of a ship to
Yaw is the oscillation abouta vertical axis approxi- be pushedaway ftom the bank. It is causedby the
mately through the center of gravity of the vessel. pressurefield of the boq forcing the bow awayfrom
the bank.
Roll is the oscillationaboutthe longitudinalaxis.
Bank sucdon. The tendencyfor the vesselto be at-
Pitqh is the oscillation about the transveneaxis, tractedbodily towardsthe bank. It is causedby the
due to the bow and stern being raisedor loweredon lossofpressureassociatedwith the increasedveloc-
passingthrough sueessive crestsand troughs of ity of water in the restricted spaceben*,eenthe ves-
$,aves. sel and the bank.
336 ShipHandling
SIIIP IIANDLT]IG
l. Which of the following statementsis/are correct?
a. Bank suction increaseswith enginespeed. c. Both a and b
D. Bank cushion increaseswith ship's speed. d. Neither a nor b
2. Which of the following stateinentsis/arecorrect regarding a vesselnavigating in a narrow channel?
a. Effects of bank cushion are strongerwhen near st€epbanksthan sloping banks.
D. Currens are strongerin the bend of a channelthan near the point.
c. Both a and b
d. Neither a nor b
3. Which of the following is / arc oorrect?
a. The speedof the current in a sraight channelis usually greatestin midstreasr.
D. The greatrr the range of the tide, the greatermaximum velocity of the current.
c. Both a andb
d. Neither a nor b
4. A ve.sselother than crossing vessel,shall ae1 nonnally enter a traffic separationzone or cross a
separationline except:
a. In caseof emergencyo avoid imnediate danger.
D. To engagein fishing within a separationzone.
c. Either a or b
d. Neitheranorb
5. A vesselis docking stbd side to a solid facepier. You can preventthe stern from striking hard on the
pier by:
a. Putting your engine astem. c. Pntting your engineaheadwith left rudder.
b. Putting your engine aheadwith rudder. d. Thking in the slack on your sternbreastline.
6. A vesselproceedingalong the bank of a channelor canal has the tendencyto:
a. Sheeraway from the bank. c. Hug the bank.
b. Continue to lie with the bank. d. Increasespeed.
7. A vesselthat is deadin Oe water on an evenkeel with most of her superstructurefonrard will lay:
a. With the wind abaft the beamor on the stern.
D. With the wind on the beam.
c. With the wind on the bow.
d. With the wind deadahead.
8. Yorr vesselis anchoredin a channeltnown to havesrong tidal currents.To checkyour position, you
take a round of bearings,oneof which is a range in line. One hourlater, the bearing on the lights in
rangeopensup. This indicates:
a. The ship is swinging. c. Either a or b
D. Theshipisdraggingheranchor. d. Neitheranorb
ShipHondling 337
ll. Whenthe pilot vesselis comingalongsidefor thepilot to boardthe ship,how shouldthe ship'sengine
be?
a. slow astern b. stopped c. Full astern d. slow ahead
23.In regardsto an automatedbridge, the lamp testbutton on the enginecontrol consolewill do which of
the following:
a. LigbtlarnPs when dePrassed.
b. Extinguishtampswhendepressed.
c. Give a light signalto the engineroom whendepressed'
d. Indicate to tle engineroom that the bridge will assumecontrol.
u. A vesselwill have a Ereaterdegreeof heelcausedby rudder action when it:
a. Is deeplyladen. c. Is deeplyloadeddown by the head.
b. tlas a very little stability. d. Is deeplyloadeddown by the stern'
'CONTRAGUIDB' is usuallyassociated with:
25. T\e tenn
a. Typeofcargogear b. Rudder c. Bow thruster d. Steeringengine
ShipHandling 339
34. If you have the right radar,from what distancecan large icebergsmore than 600 meten be detected?
c. From 5 miles away c. Between10 and 15 miles
b. From over 20 miles d. From 10 miles away
3 5 . To separatethe ship's sternfrom thepier if it is soughtto suethe fivd spring line and thereareno wind
and current,which of the followir-gsbouldbe the hehn and engine?
a. Aheadon the engineand heln anidships c. Astern on the engineand hehn to port
D. Ahead on the engineand helm to stbd d. Astern on the engine and helm tb stbd
36.A vesselintentionallygroundedis said to be:
a. Foundered b. Stranded c. Beached d. Gfounded
37. The scopeof the anchoris 6 and the depth of water is 7.5 fathoms.Find the length of anchor cableto
be paid out.
a. 3 Shackles b. 2 shackles c. 4 shackles d. 5 shackles
Solution: Depthof water in feet = 7.5 fathomsx 6
= 45 feet
Length of Anchor Cable = Depth of Water x Scope
= 45 feetx6
= 270 feet or 3 shackles
4 . You are stoppedwith no way upon your vesselat the Pilot station.Your vesselis a large twin-screw
ship.You must comearoundto board your Pilot. How shouldyou usethe enginesand rudderto turn
the ship fastestin the leastamountof space?
a. Half aheadwith hard over n'dder,thenfull asternon inborn engine.
D. Slow aheadwith hard overrudder.
340 ShipHandling
c. Full aheadon the enginesand hard over rudder.
d. Full aheadon one engine, full asternon the other.
"bow-cushion" acts in which of the following ways on a single screw vessel
45. The effect known as
proceedingalong a narrow channel:
L It forc"s the stern away from the bank. c. It forcesthe bow awayfrom the bank.
D. It forcesthe entirevesselawayfrwr thebank. d. It heelsthe vesseloward the bank.
46. T\e tendencyfor the vessel!o be attractedbodily Owardsthe bank when proceedingalong a narow
channel.
a Bank suction b. Bow cushion c. squat d. Transfer
47. Ina restrictedchannel,thereis a tendencyfor the bow of aship to be pushedawayfrom the bank, this
effectis known as:
a Bank suction b. Bow cushion c. squat d. Transfer
49. Using a scopeof 6, detenninehow many feet of anchorcableyou shouldpay out your anchorin a
waterwith a dePthof 12feet.
a. Z2fegt b. l2feet c. 18 feet d' 48fent
=
lzngth of cable scoP€x depth of water
point at which helm
50. The distancetravelledin the directionof the original headingmeasuredfrom the
wasfrst apPlied.
a. Transfer b. Advance c. Thcticaldiameter d. Pivot point
52. Theanglebetweenthe tangentto the turning circle at anypoint and the fore and aft line of the ship.
a. Drift angle b. Tacticalangle c. Turning angle d. Transferangle
53. The ratio of the amountof cableoutsidethe hawsepipe to the depthof water.
a. Scopeofcable b. Lrngthofcable c. Lengthofthechain d. Scopeoftheanchor
54. Which of the following searchpatternis recommended for a single ship in specialcircumstances,
suchas man over board?
a. Sectorsearchpattern c. Parallel track searchpattern
b. Expandingsquafesearch pattern d. Ship/aircraftcoordinated pattern
information
55. If you wereinchargeof the foc'sleheadwhengettingunderwayfrom an anchorage,what
wouldyou furnish the bridge?
a. How the chain cableleads. c. Whenanchoris aweigh'
b. lrngth of cablestill out. d' Nl of the above
ShipHandling 341
57. While you are on watch at night, the gyro alarm sounds,indicating a power failure. You should
immediately:
L Put the locking latcheson to keepthe compassfrom toppling.
II. Direct the helmsmanto steerby magneticcompass.
Answer: II only.
58. If electricalpowerto the steeringgearmotor fails, the ruddermaybemovedusing:
I. Hand pumpsteering.
II. Trickle wheelsteering.
Ansver: I only.
67. Whenon the bow and standingby readyto let go anchor,you should:
Answer: Checkthat the brakeis engagedand the riding pawl is off.
68. After dropping the anchor,you see4 turns of wire aroundthe 4th stud on eachside of the detachable
link. This indicates:
Answer: 360feet of chain are out.
342 ShipHandling
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Floor or trloor Plate- A structural memberin the bottom of a ship, usually at everyframe, and running
athwartshipfrrombilge to bilge.
Lightentng lIole. One of the large aperturespunc.hedor cut in floor plates, side girders, tank bracket
plates.Any hole cut in a platewhich forrrs part of a vesselstrucfire to weight without impairing
strength.
Shore. A timber or metal strut or prop usedasan emergencysupportfor a weakenedor damagedportion of
the ship'sstmcturesuchasa deck,a bulkhead etc.
Strake- A continuousline of plating, or planking, extendingalong ship's side from forward to aft.
FloodableLength. The maximumfractionof a ship'stotal lengthat any given point which canbe flooded
withoutthe ship beingsubmerged
beyondthe margin line.
Cant Frames. Framesset in the structureobliquelyto the fore and aft line. They are corlmonly usedto
shapeand supporttle overhangingcounterin an elliptical or roundedstern,beingbracketedto the aftermost
transom floor.
Gusset.A pieceof plate roughly triangular in shapeor a n:urow continuousplate, fitted as a unit and
stiffeningmemberwherediscontinuityo@urs,as at thejunction of frame-bracketsand margin plate.
TYPES OF VALVF^S
1. Gate Valve.For conpletely openingor closinga line.
3. Swlttg Check Valve. For non-return flow, effectedby drop or swing of check upon releaseof
pressurefrom within, as in a boiler-feedline.
3U Ship Construction
A. Camber
B. Thrnble llome
C. Freeboard
D. Beam
E. Deadrise
F. Flare
G. Sheer
A. Gudgeom
B. Rudder Post
C. hopeller APerture
r--7-7
--"- + B D. Boss
E. hopeller Post
G A D
---\-- F. Skeg
L-------
c G. Arns
II. Plntle
J. Rudder Stock
2. Seam
3. Stanchlon or pillar
4. Keel
5. Garboard strake
6. Longltudlnal
7. Thansverse frarne
1. Rlder Plate
2. Vertical keel
A-7- 7r:7;; #
-r-=, ;iU,:
3. Inner bottom
4. Longthrdlnals
-:,t'^-tr
. | l t r
t_^ 7/
5. Alr lIole
6. Margln Plate
7. Llmber lIole
8. Floor
9. Llghtentng lloles
36 Ship Construction
SHIP GONSTRUGTTON
1 . The bilge keel is for the PurPoseof:
a. Strengtheningthebilge c. Adding strengthtomain structuralmembers
b. Reducingrolling d. Aaing bumperwhen vesselis on drydock
, 2 . A'DOG"isa:
a. Crow bar c. Ileavy steelbeam
,. Deviceto faCIea $atertightagainstthefrane d. Sheerstrake
4. The horizontaljoint formedby joining platesin hull plating strakesis known as:
a. Scraph b. Butt c. Sean d' Bracket
7 . A strong slip securedt6 the main franing of the ship's chain locker that holds theinboardof an anchor
chain is called:
a. Bitter end D. Senhouseslip c. Chainshackle d. Shacklehold
10. The elevatedperforatedbttom of a chain locker which preventsthe chain from touching the bottom
of the chain locker and allows water to flow to the drain is:
a. Draft D. Craddle c. Manger d. Harping
t 2 . Structural membersthat fit betweenthe floors of a vesseland siltfen the doublebottom are called:
a- Buckler plates b. Floor stiffeners c' Boss plate; d. Intercoscals
13. The part of the vesselwhich givesher watertightintegrity,covershull and binds the wholestructure
together:
a. Deck plates b. Fore deck c. Shell plates d. PooPPlates
14. The frane of the vesselthat mns parallel to the keel is called:
c. Transverseframe b. Center frame c. Parallel frame d. Longitudinalframe
harboris:
15. A specialform of winch usedto hoist the anchors,housethemsafelyandwarp the ship in
o. Cup.tao b. Windlass c' Gypsy d' Winch
19. The steeldisc that screwsdown the glassshuttingout the light if necessaryis:
a. Blind port b. Port light c. Dead light d. Port hole
23. Aparual deck above the main deck located at the stern is called:
a. Forecastle deck b. PooP deck c. Upper deck d. Weatherdeck
24 . A ver1caldrum, revolving on an upright spindle and either power driven or turned by hand for heaving
on rope or hawser:
a. Windlass b. CaPstan c. Winch d. Bollard
26. The upwardslopeof tle ship's bottomfrom the keel to the bilge. This is to allow drainageof oil or
watertowardsthe centerof the ship:
a. Roundof the bilge b. Deadrise c. Cutwater d. Bilge flush
29. A diain hole curthough the gunwaleand shellplating to allow liquid to flow overboard.
a. Scupperhole b. Scuttle c. Drainage d. None of these
32. To heata metal and to cool in sucha way tlat it is softenedor toughened.
a. Anneal b. Temper c. Btaze d. Tensile
39. Thehalf-breadthPlanis:
a. Usually drawn for the port side only
D. An endwiseview of the ship'smoldedform
c. Alongitudinalsideelevation 4L^r^1,r .., ..^nrarr;
and afterbodyto the leli ot centerline
d. A plan with the forebodyo the right of centerline
somevesselsto:
40. Kort nozzlesare installedaroundthe propellersof
a. Protectthe wheel from striking sawyers
b'Preventthewheelfromstrikingbargestowedonthehip
water
c. Preventthe wheelfrom touchingbottomin low
d. Increasethe thrust of the propeller
4l.Theprojectinglugsoftherudderpostwhichfurnishsupporttotherudderarecalled:
b. Gudgeons c' Pintles d' Skegs
a. Bases
42.Aflangedplatefittedoveranairportontheship'soutsideshelltopreventwaterfromenterin
port.
b. CopperPlate c. CoverPlate d. ShadePlate
a. Brow
"innerbottom" is the:
43. The
a. Inner side of the vessel'sshell
of the vessel
b. Compartrrent betweenthe tank top and the shell
c. TanktoP
d. Spacebetweentwo transversebottom frames
one
piping networkof a tank vesselthat connecf,s
44. Thesystemof valvesand cargolines in the bottom
a:
sectionof cargo tanks to another sectionis called
D. Crossover c' Runaround d' Come-along
a. Manifold
57. What is the purposeof the freeing ports on a vesselwith solid bulwarks?
a. Allow water which nay be shippedon deck to flow off rapidly
b. Preventthe formarjon of aly unusualstress@ncentrationpoints
c. Lighten the above&ck v;eight causedby a solid bulwark
d. Fermit easyjecisoning d deck cargo'in an emergerrcy
59. Tlorigidly fasten Ogether the peak frames,tle stem, and the outsidefraning, a horizontal plate is
fitted acrossthe forepeakof a vessel.This plate is known as the:
a. Breast hook D. Intercostal plate c. Joiner d. Apron plate
63. The main centerline structural member,running fore and aft along the botbm of a ship.
a. Keel b. Shell plare c. Girder d' Floor
64. The continuousfore and aft middle line memberof any ship that is built with a doublebottom'
a. Rider plate b. Garboardsfake c. Center girder d. Inner bottom
.
65. A continuousline of plating, or planking,extendingalongship'ssidefrom forwardto aft.
a. Strake D. Shore c. Floor plate d' Girder
67. The methodof joining two piecesof metal togetherby the processof heat fusion.
a. Bonding b. Rircting c. Charging d' Welding
69. Weight concentrationin which of the following areaswill causea vessel'sbotbm to be subjectedto
tensile stress?
a. Amidships b. Forward c. Atbo0ends d' Aft
70. The maximum fraction of a ship's total length at any given point which canbe floodedwithout the ship
being submergedbeyondthe margin line.
a. Extremelength b. Permissiblelength c. Broadlength d. Floodablelength
10'Ga]vanizingwouldnotbsuitableforprotectingwireropeswhichareusedfor:
d' Mooring wires
D. Stap c' Cugorunners
a. ShrouG
ll.Thepurposeofintertwiningtheropeyarnsandstrandsinmakinguptheropeisto:
c. Increasethe roPestifttess'
b. Increasethe roPeela'sticitY'
c.Decreasethelengththusincreasingresistancetoruprunng.
d. Decreasethe ropetensionstrainand resistance'
hoisting
runnersfrom two cargoboomsto form a single
12. Tbearrangementof connectingtwo cargo
processis called:
c. SPottingbooms
c. Fall and outwardfalls
d Cargofall
b. Doublelift
Cargo Gears
353
13. If youare steeringon a headwind on a freshbreeze,a boommay bepreventedfrom accidentallyjihing
by using a:
a. Outhaul D. Buntling c. Lazy gay d. Clewline
15. In handling a weighl what part of the taclle has the great€ststressin hoisting?
a. The hauling part b. The standingpart c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b
16. In handling a weight what part of the tackle has the greateststressin lowering?
a. The hauling part b. The standingpart c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b
17. If the warrantedbrcaking strength of a rope is divided by the safetyfactor required for a particular
application, the result is known as the:
a. hoof load D. Bestworking load c. Safeworking load d. Tensilesress
20. When the mechanicalpower of a purchaseis equal to the numberof sheavesplus one, it is:
a. Rigged to advantage c. Riggedto disadvantage
b. Rigged to normal d. Double rigged
21. The friction on the surfacein relation to the original load makesthe total resistqnce:
a. Tnro b. The sane c. Greater d. Irss
29. Yanwould know that a nylon hawseris reachingits load carrying capacitybyr
a. Chafing c. SharPcrackingnoise
D. Stretchingof the hawser d. Noneof the above
32. A snatchblock is a:
Answer: Hinged block.
33. The proper method of uncoiling a new coil of Manila rope is:
Answer: To reachinto the coil and tak tltc erdfron the bottomof the coil andpull it out.
34. The proper methodof uncoiling new reel of wire rope is:
I. Mount the reel on a spindle and run the ropeoff'
II. Mount the reel on a turnable and run the rope off'
III. Roll the reel along the deck wit the bitter end madefast'
Answer: I, II and III.
3g. When securinga wire to a bitt" a round turn shouldbe takennearestthe first to avoid:
Answer: Parbucklingthe bitt.
DERRICK
TENSION ON TFm TOPPINGLIFT = Weight^ Lengthof Towin
Lrngth of Mast
TENSIONONTT{EBOOM = Weightx Lengthof theBoom
length of Mast
TOTALTHRUST ON BOOM = Tensionon the Boom + Stresson the Haulins Part
BRIDLE
T\vo leggedbridle
Angle berweenbridle legs:
Stress = Weight
2 Cos% 0
Anglefrom horizontal:
Stress = Weight
2Sin0
Three leggedbridle
Anglefrom horizontal:
Stress = Weight
3Sin0
( t >
Four leggedbridle
Anglefrom horizontal:
Stress = Weight
STEEL PLAIE
4Sin0 v
Each %" thicknessweighsl0 pounds
STEEL WIRE ROPE
BreakingStrengthin pounds = 55270xD'
For occasionallifts:
SWL = C2 = ) = l2ltons
7 7
For continuousworking:
SWL = C2 = 9 - Vzan
18 13
2. A Manila rope that hasa 2.5 inch circumferencewill breakat:
SOLUTION:
BS = C2 = 2.5 x2.5 = 2.5 tons
L5 L5
3. Find the size of smallestManila rope suitablefor load of 3 tons.
SOLUTION:
Sizeof rope C = ,rf7 x toad = ,nE = 4.6 inch
4. Using a factorof 5, what is the SWL of a Manila rope that hasa bneakingstressof l2.l tons and a
circumferenceof 5.5 inches?
SOLUTION:
SWL = BS = 12.1tons =2.42tons
s F 5
5. Find the block sizeand the sheavedianeter to be used with a 3-inch Manila rope.
SOLUTION:
Sheavediameter= ZxC = 2x3 = 6inches
Blocksize = 3xC = 3x3 = 9inches
6. If the 3-inch Manila rope was usedfor 2000 lbs. of weighf what weight would 1ou lift with 3-inch
sisalhaving 80% of the Manila rope?
SOLUTION:
Weight = 2000ltts. x 0.80 = 16001bs.
4. If your cargorunner is ratedfor a safetyfactorof 5 and the SWL is 10 tons,what size of wire would
you use?
SOLUTION:
BS = SF x SWL = 5xl0 = 50 tons
c ={* = = 447"
^H ^/'=
D = C = 4 . 4 7 = 1 . 4 2 "
3.1416 3.1416
5. Tbe breakingstrainof a wire rope whosediameteris 1llzinch will be:
SOLUTION:
Circum = Dia.x 3.1416
= 1.5x 3J416
= 4.71inches
BS = 2 . 5 x C 2 = 2 . 5 x 4.71 x 4.71 = 55.5tons
CIIAIN
l. Requiredthe breakingstrength,the proof loadand the working load of a 314inch iron chain.
SOLUTION:
BS = 30xD = 30 x 0.75x 0.75 = 17 tons
PL = l2xDz = 12 x0.75x0.75 = 6.75tons
SWL = 6xD2 = 6x0.75x0.75 = 3.4 tons
or SWL = 8xD2 = 8x0.75x0.75 = 4.5 ons
BRIDLE
l. Youarelifting a weightof 1000lbs.with a twoleggedsling.What is thestresson eachleg if theangle
that the legs malcewith eachother is 60o ?
SOLUTION:
Stress = Weight = 1000 = 1000 = 577lbs.
2 cosYzQ 2 cos30o 1.732
You are lifting a weight of 6 tons with a three-leggedsling. What is the stresson eachleg if the angle
that eachleg makeswith the weight is 50" ?
SOLUTION:
Sress =Weight = 6 = 6 = 2.61tons
3 Sin 0 3 Sin 50" 2.298
3. Youare lifting a weightof 10 tonswith a four-leggedsling.What is the stresson eachleg if the angle
that eachleg makeswith the weight is 4O" ?
SOLUTION:
Stress = * * = l0 = 10 = 3.89tons
4Sin0 4 Sin 40" 2.57
PURCTIASB
1. Whena weightof 800lbs. is suspende4what is the stresson thehaulingpart whenusinga gun tackle
roveto leastadvantage?
SOLUTION:
FORCE = Weight = 800 = 400 lbs.
MA
Note: Weiglttis suspended. No friction involved.
What is the sfresson the hauling part when lifting a weight of 1000lbs.usinga luffprrchase roveto
advantage?
SOLUTION:
FORCE = W ( 1 + 1 0 % N o . S h e a v e s )= 1000(1+0.3) = 1300= 325lbs
MA
What is the stresson thehaulingpart whenlifting a weightof 1500Ibs.usinga watchtackleor handy
billy rove to lqNt advantage?
SOLUTION:
FORCE = W ( 1 + 1 0 % N o . S h e a v e s =) = 1 9 5 0= 6 5 0 l b s .
1lq0(1+0.3)
M A 3 J
6. What is the sgq9s.anl$e{auling part when lifting a weight of 750 lbs. using a doubleluff purchase
rovetoleas(advantage?, , | / r
---- r 'n (t.oalw*httYq
sol[mo;-
FoRCE=@ ?grftt (tar*rLgr;t
MA
= 750(1+0.5) = ll25 = 225lbs.
5 5
7. A weight of 12 tons is giingliftdqlth a three-foldpirrchase.Find the total load and the pull on the
hauling part if useOtoQisaAvanta,g,
t---l
V(A " ho ..[ JIWS tl
SOLUTION:
P = 6 W = l.2tons n = 6
S x P = W + -10-
nW
SOLUTION:
FORCE = Weight ( I + 10%No. of Sheaves)
MA
= l0(1+0.8) = 30x1.8 = 54 = 7.71tons
I
(TtrfrMMM
| ' ? ( ? * ? * Y r\
frfrddfrtr
MAI MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6
x2 Cargo Gears
PRODUCTS
GRADESOF PETROLEUM
REIDVAPOR
POINT
FLASH PRESSURE EXAMPLES
GRADE
80"F or 14psior naluralgasoline,
A (Flammable) verylighlnaphthas
below above
above80"F kerosene,
D (Combudible)
butbelow someheavycrudes,
150'F iet fuels
commercial
150"F or heavyfueloils,
E (Combustible) oils,
above lubricating
asphalt
FLAMMABLELIQUIDSarethosewhichgiveoffflammablevaporsatorbelow80"F.Thesearefurth
subdividedintogradesA,BandConthebasisoftheirReidVaporPressure.
give offflammablevaporat temperatures above80" F
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS are thosewhich
a substance givesoff sufficientvaporsto flashacross
FLASII POINT is the lowesttemperatureat which
the surfacewhen a flame is aPPlied'
a substance will give off sufrrcientvapor to continueto
FIRE poINT is the lowesttemperatureat which
burn when ignited.
ar which a substance will sponraneousry ignite.
TGNITT'N TEM*ERATURE is the lowesttemperature
ExPLoSIvERANGEoRFLAMMABLELIMITS.Hydrocarbonvaporswillnotburninanatmos- percent-
the vaporsmuJtfall within a givenvolumetric
pherecontainingless ianloz"oxygen. In addition, little vapor will not burn (seethe
containingtoo much oi too
ageor no reactioncan takeplace.A mixture
tableon the next Page).
363
Cargo Handling and StowaSe
FLAMMABLE
LIMITS
(Percent
byVolume
inAir)
PRODUCT LOWER
LIMIT UPPERLIMIT
CrudeOib (average) 1.0 10.0
Gasoline 1.3 t.6
Kerosene 0.7 6.0
Propane 2.1 9.5
Methane 5.0 15.0
Benzene 1.4 8.0
jet tuel)
JP4(military 1.4 /.o
Ethylene
oxide 2.0 100.0
When vapors are present in amounts above the the breadth is taken from the inside ofthe cargo bat_
upper flammable limit, the mixture is said to be roo tens, the depth from the wood ceiling to the under-
rich to burn. If below the lower limit, it is too lean. side of the deck beamsand the length from the in_
SPECIFIC GRAVITY is the densiryof liquid rela- side of the bulkheadstiffenersor sparring where fit-
tive to the density of water. When the specific grav- ted.
ity of an oil is known and also the temperature of Grain capacitl'. The cubic capacitvof a spacewhen
the oil, it is possible to work out thrweight of a the lengths, breadthsand depths are taken right to
given volume or the amount of spacea weight of oil the plating, An allowance is made for the volume
will need. The specific gravify is of little or no use occupied by frames and beams.
without the temperature of ttre oil.
Stowage factor. The volume occupiedby unit weight
VAPOR PRESSURE ofcargo. Usually expressedas cubic meters per tonne
or cubic feet per ton. It does not take into accounr
Petroleum products vary considerably in their
any spacewhich may be lost due to broken stowage.
ability to give off gas or vapor, but generally those
with low flash points produce the largest amount of Broken stowage. The spacebetweenpackageswhich
gas. Their ability to give off gas depends to a very remains unfilled. The percentagethat has to be al-
large degree on temperatue. In a given size con- lowed varies with the t1'peof cargo and with the shape
tainer or tank, the same petroleum product will give of the hold. It is greatestwhen large caseshave to be
off more vapor at a higher temperature than a lower. stowedin an end hold.
If the surfaceof the liquid petroleum is agitated, this
Deadweight cargo. Cargo on which freight is usu-
can help to increase the amount of vapor given off.
ally chargedon its weight. Cargo stowing at lessthan
VISCOSI'IY is the internal resistancea liquid has 40 cu.ft. per ton is likely to be rated as deadweisht
to flow. The viscosityof a liquid is not constantbut cargo.
may change considerably with an increase or a de-
Measurement cargo. Cargo on which freight is usu-
creasein temperature. Thicker oils, which are heavy
ally charged on the volume occupied by the
and sluggish when in motion, may be quoted in thou-
cargo.Thiscargo is usually light, bulky ca_rgo
stow-
sandsof seconds,and are said to have a hish viscos-
ing at more than 40 cu.ft. per ton.
ity.
Ullage. The vertical distance from an above deck-
DEFINITION OF TERMS:
datum (usually the top ofthe ullage hole) to the sur-
Bale capacity. T'he cubic capacity of a spacewhen face of the liquid in the tank.
DANGEROUS GOODS
The InternationalConventionon the Safetyof Instrument1965No. 1067,lnown astle Merchant
Life at Seaheld in 1960maderecommendations for Shipping(Dangerous GooG) Rules1965,ro bring
the classificationand labellingof dan3erousgoods. them into force.
The new pnovisionsbecameeffecti.'con 26th May
1965,and the United Kingdom issueda Statutory The StatutoryInstrumentdealswith the descrip-
/ , ^/ ( -\ \
,/D,\
f7
^*GLtu
y soI-n
,zz
\ r r l
RADIOACTWE
RADIOACTTVE
a
RADIOACTWE
3. When coming from cold climate to hot climate and carrying hygroscopic cargo, you should:
a. Not ventilate.
D. Ventilate continuouslY.
c. Ventilate only to raise the dew point.
d. Ventilate only when cargo temperature is warmer than the dew point.
4. The most important factor to determine the good turnout of refrigerated cargo is:
rr. Cleanliness of space c. Temperature maintained
,. Good ventilation d. Good stowage
6. Which of the following best indicates how many lons of cargo a vesselcan carry?
a. Bale cubic c. l,oaded displacement
b. Deadweight d. Gross tonnage
8. The permanent dunnage attached to the frames of the ship that aids in ventilation is/are the:
a. Hatch boards b. Tank top c. Hatch beams d. Sweat batterrs
10. Cargo damaged due to water being present in a cargo hold, as a result of a leak in the hull plating is
said to be damaged bY:
a. Freemoisture c. Both a and b
b. Transfer of hygroscopic moisture d' Neither a nor b
11. The term used to denotea quality of changein some cargo which damagesthe commodity itself is:
a. A latent defect b. Tainting c. Deterioration d. Inherent vice
13. Protection of cargo against tainting damage can be best obtained by:
a. ventilating the space. c. Proper use ofpaper separation and dunnage.
b. Not ventilating the space. d. Segregationofcargoby using different hatches'
15. The temperaturebelowwhich the air will be unableto retain the moistureit presentlycontainsis:
a. Dry bulb temp. b. Dew point c. Wetbulb temp. d. Wetbulb depression
16. Which of the following iVare correct?
a. Ventilationhasthe singleobjectiveof preventingdamageto cargothat originatesfrom condensation
within the cargoholds.
b. The dew point temperatureis dependentonly upon the moisturecontentof the air.
c. Both a and b
d. Neithera nor b
17. A spacashouldbe ventilatedwhen:
a. The cargotemperatureis colderthan the dewpoint of the air in the space.
b. Tbe cargotemperatureis warmertlan the dewpoint of air in the space.
c. The dew point of the air in the spaceis higher than dewpoint of the outsideair.
d. All of the above
18. The dew point of the air in tle ship'shold is to:
a. Be kept below the tempenrtureof the cargoto preventcargosweat.
b. Be kept abovethe temperatureof the hull andbulkheadsto preventship's sweat.
c. BotI a and b
d. Neithera nor b
19. The properstowageof refrigeratedcargoincludesattentionto:
a. Humidity control c. Both a andb
b. Air circulation around the cargo d. Neithera nor b I
20.Which of the following is most importantin the preventionof sweatdamageto ciugo in.tn\notAt
a. Outsidetemperature c. Dewpointof the outsideair \
b. Dewpoint of the air in the cargo hold d. Temperatureof the cargo
\
21.Dry bulb temperatureis 68 "F. Wet bulb temperatureis 61.5 "F. The relativehumidity is:
a. 68Vo b. 69% c. 70Vo d. 7l9o
31. A temperatureat which a liquid nust be hearedin order to give off flammablevapor is:
a. Flashpoint b. Explosiverange c. Fire point d. Noneof these
39. Which of the following is the main purposeof ventilating holds with cargo?
a. To prreventair condensation c. Both a and b
D. To prreventgasaccumulation d. Noneof these
42. Which of the following operationsmay causethe pressurein an inertedtank to fall belowprescribed
limit?
a. Crudeoil washing D. Discharging c. Steamingtanks d. l-oading
43. The main advantageof tle use of unitized cargo systemsuch as preslinging,palletization,or
contarnenzauonrs:
a. Cleaneroperation c. Costreductionin termsof cargooperation
D. Avoid shifting of cargoat sea d. Noneof these
44. A petroleumliquid is said to be a GradeD combustibleliquid when its flash point is:
a. Irss than 80 "F c. Above80 "F but below 150 "F
"F
,. 80 or below d. Above80 "F
45. Which of the following valvesoffer the leastresistanceto flow whenfully opened?
a. Butterflyvalve D. Gatevalve c. Relief valve d. Non-return/valve
57. If the hold's air dew point is higher than the outsideair dew point:
a. Ventilationwill contaminatethe cargo'
b Holdsmaybeventilatedas thereis no risk of condensation'
c. Holdsshouldnot be ventilatedas thereis condensqtion'
d. None of these
aboardbe stowed?
61. Whereshouldcargoeswhich by their naturecould contaminateothercargoes
a. In the samehold but separatedfrom each other by dunnage'
D. In the samehold compartrnentbut separated by a drainage'
c. In a separatehold compartment not sharinga commonventilation'
d. In the iame hold comparfrientand with constant air ventilation.
81. The processof using timbers to secrure cargoby running the timber from an upper supportdown to the
cargoeither vertically or at an angle is called:
D. Shoring c' Dunnaging d' Pracing
a. Tomming
for:
82. An inert gas systeminstalled on tankersis designed
a. Forceioxic and explosivefumes from a cargo tank'
b. Increasingrate ofdischarge
c. Aid in striPPing of tanks
free.
d. Lwtqoxygen ievel inside cargo tanks making them explosion
91. If you are bunkering and pu closeoff one rqnk in the line of tanksbeing filled, the rate of flow to the
otheropentankson the sameline will:
a. Decrease D. Stop c. Increase d. Remainconstant
98. The standardtemperaturefrom which to calculat.:tho net amountof oil in a tank is at:
a.45"F c.60"F c.32"F d.15"F
100. The vertical distancemeasuredfrom the tank bottomto the liquid surfaceis called:
a. Innage b. Ullage c. Thiefage d. Thievage
105. when seawateris pumped into cargo tanks, it inevitably washesoil from the tank surfaces.The
resultantoil-watermixture is called:
a. Dirty ballast D. Ballastwater c. Oily ballast d. Oil-water ballast
107. It is condensationwhich fonns on all surfacesand on all goodsin comparEnentor hold due to the
inability of cml air to hold in suspensionas much water vapor as wann air.
a. Sweat b. EddY c. Dew d' HumiditY
l0g. During discharging,it is very importantto preventc:rgo from falling directlyinto the waterby using:
a. Ropesling b. Wire sling c' Cargonet d' Pallets
109. Brokenstowagemeans:
a. loss of cargo b. Irst in sPaoe c; Damageto cargo d . All of the above
dunnage,occupies
ll0 . The numberof cubic feetwhich one ton (22,+0lbs.) of goods,with the necessary
in the shiP'scargospace.
a. Stowagefactor D. Broken stowage c. Cubic capaqity d. Deadweightcapacity
111. Which of the following is/arethe source/sof moisturein the air of a cargohold?
"sweat" c. Spontaneousheating of certain goods
a. Condensationor
D. Presence ofwetcargo d. All of the above
114. The volume of a full load of balesor casesin a given comparonent'as measuredinside the sPar
ceiling.
a. Grain cubic b. Measurementton c. Balecubic d. Deadweightton
116. The term usedin marking shippingcontainerswhich meanstotal weight of containerand contents.
a. Grossweight b. Net weight c. Tareweight d. Deadweight
lZ2. In rigging a wind sail to ventilate qil tanks after cleaning operation,wherewould you placethe lower
end of the canvassduct?
a. At the top of the tank c. At the middle of the tank
D. At the bottom of the tank d. On deck
123. T\e loss of liquid not definitely accountedfor, asby leakageor evaporation.
a. Thiefage D. Thievage c. Ullqge d. Innage
124. FWt should Oe ullage hole in an oil tank be protectedwhen the tank is open and not gasfree?
d. With flane screen c. With canvasscover
b. By overing with plywood d. With plastic cover
128. All of the following are necessaryconditions that must be maintainedin a refrigeratedcomparErent
in order to have a good cargotulllout EXCEPT:
a. Cleanlinessof cargosprce c. Properstowage
b. I,,clutrelative hrmridity d. Constantrefrigeration
Net Barrels @ 60" F = Gross t I Gross x Coef. x (Diff in Temp' fiom 60" F)]
CargoAssessments 379
SAMPI,E PROBLEI\I.S:
1. A cargohold measures65' long, 28' wide and 17' 09" high. A cargoonsisting of 600
cases,each
measuring5' x 4' x 2'06" is tc be loaded.Allowing a brokenstowageof 5%,how much space,
if any,
will therebe remainingin the _'-old?
SOLUTION :
Vol.ofHold = 65'x 28'x 17.75, = 32,305cu.ft
Vol. of Cases = 5' x 4' x 2.5' x 600 = 30,000cu. ft.
Vol.of Hold = 32,305cu.ft.
30,000/0.95 = - 31.579cu.ft.
Remaining space = 72,6 clu.fL
2. You load 20 T of pastein a hold. It takesup 900 cu.ft. The stowagefactorof the pasteis 40.5.
What
is the broken stowagefor this cargo?
SOLUTION:
VolumeofCargo = 20T x 40.5 = g10cu.ft.
BrokenStowage = V - v xl00
V
= 900 - 810 x 100
900
= l0%
3. tlow nrany tons of boxesmeasuring3' x 2' 06" x 5' and weighing 560 lbs. can be stowedin
a space
having a cubic capacityof 28,500cu. ft. usinga brokenstowageof l5%?
SOLUTION:
Stow4geFactor = Cu. Capacity
I t,ong Ton
= 3'x2.5'x5'=150
(s60t2u0)
Weighr = Cu. Capacity = 2g,500 x 0.g5 = 161.5Tons
--SFa;ror
150
4. Your vessel'sdeadweightis 12,000T. Fuel, water, & storesare 2,500T. The grain cubic capacity
is
500,000cu.ft. The stowagefactorof grain is 56. one bushelof grain occgpies1.zuscu.ft. Which
of
the following iVare correct?
a. You canload 9,500Tof grain. c. Both a andb
b. Youwill have 401,767.8bushels. d. Neithera nor b
SOLUTION:
500,@cu. ft = 8928.57T = Maximumyoucan load
56
--
500,0(X)cu. ft.
rw-
= 191,767.79bushels
Answer: (b)
3E0 CargoAssessmcnts
parts occupies15 cu.ft. and
A tween deck measures25' wide by 14' deep.one caseof machinery
you are going to load 25 T of cases the
against fwd bulkhead. Assumingthat theyare
weighs175lbs.
height of the tween deck, how far aft will the casesextendfrom
sb;ed the width of the hatch and the
the forward bulkhead?
SOLUTION:
sF = cu. ft = 1.5 = 192
l LT (r75122N)
192 x 25 = 4800cu.ft. ofcargo
25' x 14' = 350 sq. ft. for the tudbulkhead
4900 cu. ft. = l3.7tft.
350 sq.ft.
you are to load cannedgoodsthat havethe stowagefactor of 50 and rags that havea stowagefactor of
160.The hold capacityis520,000cu.ft. The cargo weight capacity is 4,200T. Itrowmuchof each
"full and down"?
cargocould you load to bring tie vessel
SOLUTION:
wLF.=Weightofthecargohavingthelargestowagefactor
WLF = Cu.ft. - (CargoWt x Small Stowagefactor)
j. your vesselhasa deadweighttonnageof 9,000T. Bunkersare 1,500T and storesare45T. You wish
112lbs. The
to loadboxesoftea and steelrods.Eachbox oftea measures2.5' x I' x 2' and weighs
slowagefactorof steelrodsis 14.Your vessel hasa hold capacityof 450,000cu.ft. How much of each
"full anddown"?
cargoshould you load to bring the vessel
SOLUTION:
9000 T Deadweight
- 1545T Bunkers & stores SF for steelrods = 14
7455T Cargoallowed
CargoAssessmznts 3E1
8' A hold hasa deckareaof 1500 sq.ft.Youaregoingto load 150Tofcases.Eachcaseoccupies1gcu.ft.
and weighs320 lbs. The hold hasa depthof 35 ft. How manyfeetabove the cargowill remainafter
this cargois loaded?
SOLUTION:
StowageFactor = Cu. Capacity
I Long Ton
= 18 =126
= (320 t2U0)
Cu. Capacity = SF x Weight = 126 x 150
= 18,900cu. ft.
18,900 cu. ft. = 12.6' Ht. of cargo
1,500 sq.ft.
35.0'- 12.6' = 22.4' remainingspaceabovethe cargo
9. Youareto load a consignmentof lumber.Eachpiecemeasures
4" thick, 9" wide & 15'long. Thereare
20,0m piecesin the shipment.How manyboardfeetwould be listed on the Bill of Lading?
SOLUTION:
B o a r d F e e t= UxW'xH'x12
= 15'x 0.75' x 0.33' x 12 = 45.0
45.0BoardFeetx 20,000 = 900.000 Board feet
10. A vesselis ballastingher doublebottomtank which hasa tank top areaof 500 sq.ft.you fill thetank
throughthe soundingpipe, which is 20 ft. high abovethe tank top, to within 5 ft. from the top of the
pipe. If waterweight is 64 lbycu.ft., what total pressureis on the tank top?
SOLUTION:
500x15x64 = 214.297
2240
11. A tank measures3' x32'x 40'. How long will it take to emptythe tank if the dischargepunp can
pump 120gallonsper minute?
SOLUTION:
Volume = 3' x 32' x 40'= 3940cu.ft.
7.48gallons = 1cu. ft.
3840cu.ft. x 7.48gallons = 239.4mins.
120 or 3h 59m 21s
72. After loadinga cargoof casingheadgasolineon a tanker,yourullagesshowa total of 110,205bblsat
atemp.of76"F. If theAPlgravity at60"Fis64.7 andthecoefficientof expansionof thecargois
0.0007,how many barrelsshouldbe listedon the Bill of Lading?
SOLUTION:
LoadingTemp. 76"F l\{ = 1.0 - Reduction
StandardTemp. -60" F = 1.0 - 0.0112
Diff.inTemp. = l5"F M = 0.9888
Coef.of Exp.
--Reduadon x 0.0007
--TT-m
=
3E2 CargoAssessments
Net Barrels = GrossBarrelsx M
= 110.205
bbs.x 0.9888
Net Barrels = 108,970.7trbls.
13. Your cargovesselhas a doublebottomtank with a capacityof 10,000cu.ft. You will to load liquid
cargotiat has an API gravity at 60 "F of 25.9. The cargohas 1.124bbls/longton and occupies40
cu.ft./longton. You want to load 1770bblsat 60 "F and expectto heatthe cargoduring the voyageto
not more than 80 "F. Which of the following is/arecorrect?
a. The tank hasa capacityof 1781barrels.
b. The cargowhenexpandedto 80 "F will overflowthe tank.
c. Both a and b
d. Neithera nor b
Answer: (c)
solurroN:
Tank Capacity
10,000cu.ft. = 250LT capacity
40 cu.ft./LT
Tankcapacity- 250LT x 1.l24bbls/LT = 1781bbls.
1770bbls at 60 "F. Apl 25.9 = multiplier of 0.9921
Net Barrelsat 60 "F = m x GrossBarrels
Net Barrelsat 60 "F = 0.9921x?
? = 177010.9921 = 1784.09bbls.
Thetank will overflow if heatedto 80 "F.
14. A tank hasa capacityof 90,000barrels. You load 88,200bbls.at 60 "F of a conunodityhaving an
API at 60 "F of 58.3. To what temperaturecould this commoditybe heatedbeforethe tank overflows?
a. 85 "F b. 93 "F c. 98 "F d. 99 "F
Answer: (b)
SOLUTION:
Net Barrels @ 60 "F = m x GrossBarrels
88,200 = mx90,000
m = 88.200=0.9800
90,'000
API 58.3 = Group 3 = kmp. of a little lessthan 93 "F
15. What is the volumeat 60 'F of 8000U.S. gallonsof oil measuredat 90 "F whenthe gravity of the oil
is 61.1API at 60 "F and them factoris 0.9818?
SOLUTION:
Net Volume@ 60 "F = GrossVolumex m factor
=;r:;'J:::,,"*
CargoAssessments 383
EXERCISES:
1. You are in the processof loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030H, on 5th November,you
gauged the vesseland found out that you haveloaded203,000barrels.At 1200H,you found out that
you have loaded218,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the sarnerate, your completion time
will be on:
a. 1242H 6th November c. 0735H 7th November
b. 1510H 5th November d. 1104H 6th November
2. A vessel'stropical loadlineis 6" above her summerloadline.Her TPI is 127tons.Shewill arrive
in the summer mne 8 daysafter deparnre. Shewill burn off about47 tonV day of fuel oil and will
consurne 12tonsofwater lday.IIow manytonsmaysheloadabovehersummerloadlineif sheloads
in the tropictlznne?
a. 472T b. 762T c. 376T d. 10167
3. What is the volumeat 60oFof 6000 barrels of oil measuredat 45"F when the gravity of oil is 57.8
API at 60"F and the M factoris 1.00917?
a. 6055 barrels b. 5833 barrels c. 5946 barrels d. 61M barrels
4. Gasoline having a coefficient of 0.0006 per deg. F is loaded at 60 "R The voyageanticipated
temperatureis up o 74 "F. Allowing for expansion, how many barrels should be loadedin a tank
capableof taking 10,000barrels?
a. 9916 barrels b. 9958 barrels c. 10000 barrels d. 10084 barrels
5. An oil cargohasa coefficientof expansionof 0.0005per deg.F. If this cargois loadai at 70"F and a
cargotemperatureof 90"F is expectedat the dischargeport" how many barrels would 1ou expect to
unload if you loaded 10,000barrels?
a. 10,100 barrels b. 10,010 barrels c. 9,990 barrels d. 9,900 barrels
6. A cargoweighing 100tonswith a stowagefactorof 50 is to be loaded.Allowing brokenstowageof
5Vo,how much volumewill the cargooccupy?
a. 5 ,2 63 cu.ft. b. 7,000cu.ft c. 6,150cu.ft.. d. 6,750cu.ft.
9. A vesselis fifted with deeptanks with a capacityof of 1,000 tons of fresh water. What quantity of
peanutoil with a specific gravity of 0.93 could be transportedin such tanks?
a. 930 tons b. 960 tons c. 1000 tous d. 10E0 tons
384 CargoAssessments
12. If 2,000tons of iron ore with stowagefactor of 15 is stowedin a cargo hold of rectangular
shapewhose bottom is 50 ft. long and 45 ft. wide,what is the height of the centerof gravityof
the ore abovethebottomof the hold?
a. 6.67ft. b. 6.00ft. c. 13.33 ft. d. 15.00 fr.
14. Youare going to load 5,000 grossbarrelsof Bintulucrudewith an APIof29.4 at95"F. How
much will you load in net barrelsif the M factoris 0.98490?
a. 4924.5 bbls. b. 5200.6bbls. c. 4900.8 bbls. d. 4806.6 bbls.
zI
^.
FRAGILE
HANDLE THIS WAYUP USE NO HOOKS
WITHCARE
O4
HEAVYWEIGHTS
THISEND il
SLINGHERE
%
KEEPCOOLSTOWAWAY
FROMBOILERS
Before any Oil T[ansfer Operation commenceq Duty Oflicer to inspect the following :
386
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Added Weight Method. A method of solving for opening.This angleis themaximumangleat which
damagestability where the water which entersthe the intact stability curvesarevalid.
vesselis consideredan addedweight. Draft. The linear distancefrom the bottom of the
Block Coeffii:ient A coefficient of finenesswhich keel to the watedine.
expressesthe relationship between the volume of Dynamical Stability. The energywhich a vessel
displacementand a block having the length,breadth, possesses to right herselfdueto the work performed
and draft of the vessel. in inclining her.
Center of Buoyancy. That point at which all the Equillbrlum. Vesselin a statewherethereis no move-
vertically upward forcesofbuoyancyare considered menl G mustbein the sameverticallinewith B.
to be concenEated;the oenterof volume of the im-
mersedportion of the vessel. Factor of Subdivision.A numberless than 1 ob-
tained from crrves of factor of suMivision which
Center of Flotation. The center of gravity of the
whenmultiplied by floodablelength,producesper-
waterplane;the point aroundwhich a vesseltrims.
missiblelengthof compartment.It is the reciprocal
Center of Gravity. That point at which all the ver' of the compartmentstandard.
tically downwardforcesof weight are consideredto
FloodableLength. At anypoint of a ship,the length
be concentrated;the centerof the massof tle vessel.
of the spacehaving its centerat that point, which
Changeof Tbim. The algebraicsum of the initial canbe floodedwithout causingthe ship to sink.
trim and the trim after weight has been shifted,
loaded,or discharged. Founder.To sink due !o lossof reservebuoyancy.
STABILITY NOMENCLATURE
GZ - Righting Arm
G Centerof GravitY
KB - Heightof Centcro[ BuoYancY
B Centerof BuoyancY
KM - Heightof Metacenter
M Metacenter
B1 Shifted
Centerof BuoYancY RightingMoment = AxGZ
MetacentricRadius KM = KG+GM
BM
MetacentricHeight KM = KB+ BM
GM
1 1 .At any g1en draft, the TPI of a vessel can be found by dividing the area of waterplane by:
a. 420 b. 460 c' 120 d' M0
1 8 .If additional weight is added above tlle center of gravity, the vesselwill:
a. Reduce righting moments c. Increase GM
b. ReducereservebuoYancY d. All ofthe above
1 9 .How much volume of sea water will increase the vessel's displacement by 1 ton?
a. 500 ltrs. b. 35 cu. ft. c' 64 cu. ft. d' 100 gals'
21. The volume of all watertight enclosed spacesabove water line is called:
a. Reservebuoyancy b. Freeboard c. Free surface d. Marginal stability
22. Your vessel wishes to maintain her draft from salt water to fresh water, you should:
c. Dischargeballast b. Takein ballast c. Do nothing d. Noneoftheabove
25. In regards to the center of buoyancy, which of the following statementsis correct?
a. It moves toward the low side of an inclined vessel.
b. It moves toward the high side of an inclined vessel.
c. It is located in the same position regardlessof displacement'
d. It is the measure of metacentric heigltt.
26. Which of the following is the reason that GM is a valid measure of only initial stability?
a. Thti metacenter does not remain in the same position for large angles of inclination.
b. The center of gravity shifts due to inclination'
c. The center of gravity shifts above the metacenter as the vessel is inclined'
28. Which of the following will increase the positive stability of your vessel?
a. Loading weights on deck c. Shifting weights from upper to lower decks
b. Discharging weights from lower decks d. Shifting weights from lower to upper decks
29. The center of gravity of a vessel will shift away from a cargo that is being handled in which of the
following cases?
a. When loading weight into the vessel c. When shifting weight fore and aft
b. When discharging weight from a vessel d. When shifting weight vertically
30. All of ihe following are true concerning a stiff ship except:
a. There is a large concentration of weight down.
D. There is a risk that cargo could go adrift.
c. There is a large GM.
d. There is a small GM.
36. The point to which the G may rise and still permits the vesselto have a positive stability is the:
a. Metacentcr b. Metacentric point c. Metacentric radius d. Tipping center
41. If a weight is shiftedfrom the deckto the hold, which of the following will takeplace?
a. GM increases ,. KB increases c. KG increases d. KM increases
53. Whencargois shiftedfrom the lower hold to the main deck,what may possiblyhappen?
a. CB will movedown c. CG will moveupward
,. GM will increase d. No changein the stability
56. Your vessel has taken a hole in #2 hold. Water has entered the vesselbut flooding and free
communicationwith the seahas beenchecked.Which of the following could you useto determine
your stability?
a. Addedweight method c. Either a or b
D. I-ostbuoyancymethod d. Neithera nor b
61. you are fighting fre in the hold using water.What is the most importantconcerningthe stabilityof
the vessel?
a. Draining fre fighting waterand pumpingoverboard
b. Shuttingof damagedelectricalwiring
c. Maneuveringthe vesselto put the fire on tle left side
d. Removingfne debris from hold
62. Atankorcompar0nentaboardyuurshipislocatedbelowthevessel'swaterline.Ifthespaceinquestio
is floodedcompletely,you would expectthe value of tie free surfacefor that spaceto:
a. Increase D. De,crease c. Vanish oompletely d. Noneof these
T2.Whichwouldnotprovideextrabuoyancyforavesselwithnosheer?
a. Higherbulwarks c' Raisedpoopdeck
b. Raisedforecastlehead d' Lighter draft
76. The principal dangerfrom the liquid in a half filled tank is:
a. Rupturingof bulkheaddueto shifting
D. Corrosionin shifting
c. Damagingtank bottomdue to shifting of liquid
d l,ossof stabilitydue to free surfaceeffect
79. A damagedvesselis listing to port, and the rolling periodis long. The vesseltakesan oppositelist
occasionally.What action will you take?
a. Fill up an empty doublebottomtank on stbdside
D. Pressup slackcenterlinedoublebottomtank
c. Pumpout ballastfrom port to stM doublebottomtanks
' d. Transferall movableweightsfrom port to stbd
81. When using a stabilogauge, unlessthe densitycorrectionis applied,the centerof gravity of a loaded
compartmentis assumedto be :
a. At lB of the heightof the compartrnent c. At the geometriccenterof the comparfinent.
b. Atll2oftheheightoftlecompartment d. ondeckofthecompartment
82. Usedwhen the entire length has beendivided into a numberof equal parts by an odd numberof
ordinates:
a. Simpson'slst rule c. Simpsor's3rd rule
b. Simpson's2nd rule d. Nl of tle above
83. Stabilogauge
cannotdeterminethe:
a. Deadweight t. GM c. MTI d. Mean draft
84. A vesselis referredto as TENDERwhen theweight of cargois:
a. Evenlydistributedvertically
b. Concentratedlow and doublebottomsareempfy
c. Concentratedhigh and doublebottomsarefull
d. Concentratedhigh and doublebottomsare empty
88. To increase the extent of flooding your vessel can suffer witlout foundering, you could:
c. Increase the reserve buoyancy
D. Raise the center of gravity
c. l,ower the centcr of gravity
d. Ballast the vessel
90. Where could a considcrahlcamount of weight be placedon the ship without causinga changein trim?
a. OverLCF l. OvcrLCG c. OverLCB d. Over midships
91. Curves basedin the form ol' l.heimmersed portions of a vessel.They include Coeffrcientof fineness,
TPI, displaccmentin SW lud FW MTI, KM, KB and increasedof displacementfor one foot trim by
the stern.
a. Hydrostatic curves c. Cross curves of stability
D. Curves of statical stability d. All of the above
92. Your vesselis damagedand partially flooded. It is listing 12 deg to port and trimmed 8 ft down by the
head. It has a long, sbw, sluggish rcil. What action will you take first?
a. Jettisondeck cargo frorn the portside
D. Press up an aftcr, slack, centerline double bottom tank
c. Jettison the anchors and anchor cables ?t
d. Pump out forepeak tank
93. The ratio of volume of displacementto a hlock having length, breadth,and draft of the vesselis known
:IS:
a. Beam-draft ratio c. Block ctrlllcient
b. Area of waterplane d. Block ratio
95. The percentageof the total surface area or volume of a flooded compartment that can be crcupied by
water causedby damage is called:
a. Form gain c. Permeability
b. One compartment standard d. Centcr of lloirhtion
97. The amountof tonsrequiredto be loadedor dischargedon the tipping centerof an evenkeel ship to
increaseor decreaseher draft by 1 inch is:
a. lmmersion b. Registertons c. Headtons d. Tonsperinchimmersion
98. The point whereall the verticaldownwardforcesof weight are consideredto act is known as:
a. Metzcentpr b. CenterofGravity c. CenterofBuoyancy
103. The conditionbroughtaboutwhen the hull of the vesselis supportedby nvo wavesat both endsis:
a. Sagging D. Hogging c. Canting d. Bending
104. The momentof any point in a ship's structurethat tendsto producesaggingor hogging is:
a. Torsion b. Sheer c. Racking d. Bending
105. The total time in secondsfor a vesselto roll from starboardto port to starboard,or vice-versais:
a. Rolling period D. Interval of roll c. Inclining period d. Averageroll
106. The Archimedesprinciplestatesthat whena bodyis wholly or partially immersedin a fluid it appcars
to sufferlossin massequalto:
a. The areaof underwatersurface c. Weight of the immersedportion
b. The force of buoyancyacting on it d. Tbe massof the fluid it displaces
107. A tankerfully loadedwith oil pumpedout from the sternmosttank across.What will be the effecton
the draft?
a. The fwd draft will increase c. The fwd draft will decrease
b. The aft draft will increase d. No effect on the draft
Note:
or discharged
D = Distanceaboveor belowthe Centerof Gravity if the weightis loaded
D = Distanceweightis shifiedwhenweightis alreadyon board'
Moment = Weightx VCG VCG of a Hold
VCG of aHold = Total Moments + Ht. of the D. Bottom
Tot"t Weights KG of aHold
CALCI.JLATION OF GM
GM = KM-KG
B M = I I=Lx93l12
V For ship wlure k is a
constantdePending
uponthe value ctfthe
V=Displacementx35 walerplanecofficient:
I=Lx83xk
INCLINING EXPERIMENT
CM = WeightxDistance
_
x TangentAngle of Heel
Oisptacement
DIST. = GM x Displacementx Tan Angle of Heel
Weight
VerticalShifi of G:
[.ossor Gain of GZ = GG' x Sin 0
fughting Moment = Displacementx CtZ
3. Your vesselhasa bean of 87 feet and a GM of 6.7 fentuponleavingNew York. After beingat seafor
3 days,you find that your rolling periodis 18 seconds.What hastakenplace?
SOLUTION:
NGM ',i,X:lrli,','
= )2
,rsecs
= 2.',272
N. GIU = 4.52feet
O. GM = 6.70feet
Answer: Vessel'sGM hasdecreased.
6. Yourvesselis displacing32,W0 T with a KG of 32 ft. 1,000T are shifted from the main deckto the
holddistanceof 45 ft. What is thenew heightof centerof gravity?
SOLUTION:
GG' = WxD= 1,000Tx45=1'4ft.
DISP. -'.OOO T
Initial KG = 32.0 ft.
Shift of G - I.4 ft. (Downward)
Final KG = 30.6 ft.
SOLUTION:
INCLINING EXPERIMENT
11. A vesselhas3 containersplacedon deck45 feetfrom the centerlinewith a combinedweightof 42T.
The displacementat the time was 18,000T and the vesselwas inclined to 7" by the weight.What is
the vessel'sGM in the presentcondition?
SOLUTION:
GM = Weightx Distance / Displacementx Thn 0
= 42T x45fent / 18,000T x Thn7"
GM = 0'855 feet
12. To checkyour stabifty, a weightof 35T is lifted with your heavyderrick whoseheadis 35 feet from
the centerline.The clinometershoweda list of 7o wbenthe weighthasbeensuspended l0 feetabove
the ground.The displacementincluding the weight is 14,000T. Find the GM in this condition.
SOLUTION:
= 0.333
List = 18 .43" or 18" 26.1'
vesselby
14. A vessel'sdisplacementis 14,000T. The GM is estimatedas4.0 feet.Youwish to incline the
3". The maximumdistancethat a weightcanbemovedoff the centedineis 45 feet. How much weight
is requiredto perforrr this inclining experiment?
SOLUTION:
from a vessel?
15. What distancewill a weight of 150 T haveto be movedin order to removea 2" list
Displacementis 9,000T and GM is 3.4 feet.
SOLUTION:
Distance = GM xDisplacementx Tan 0 / Weight
= 3.4 ft. x 9,000T x Tan2" / 150T
Distance = 7.l2feet
thecenterline.
16. Ashipisinclinedbymovingaweightof40T(VCGof46ft.)adistanceof34ft.from
'Ihe
20 inches. is
displacement
vessel's 7,715T. The KM is
A 50it. pendulumihows a deflectionof
calculatedasbeing31.5ft. What is theKG of the lightship?
SOLUTION:
GM = WxD KM 31.50ft
Disp. x Thn 0 GM -5.34tt
= 5.34ft KG = 26.16ft
20. Yourvesselis displacing14,000T with a KG of 20.0ft. andaGZof 4.2 ft. Youshift weightsotharrhe
new KG is 225 ft. What would be the righting ann at an angleof inclination of 30"?
SOLUTION:
KG 20.0tt
NKG 22.5ft
GG' 2.5 tt (rise)
[,ossor Gain of GZ GG' x Sin 0
2.5x Sin 30"
1.25ft Loss
C'Z 4.20 tt (-)
New GZ = 2.95ft
FREE SURFACE
23.Determinetbefteesurfaceconstantforatankthatis?0feetlong'35feetwideand25feetdeep'T
floating in seawaterhavinga densityof l'026'
S.G.of the liquid in the tank is 0.78 and the ship is
SOLUTION:
r = S.G.liquid in the tank
S.G.liquid where vesselfloats
= 0.78| 1.026
r = 0'7602
F.S.K. = 116 1420
= 0.7ffi2 x 70 x 3531420
F.S.K. = 5432.3
u.Avesselisdisplacing12,000T.Whatisthereductioninmetacentricheightduetoffeesurfacewh
filled with seawater?
a rank 60 reet tong "io oo feet wide is partially
SOLUTION:
For seawater
orGG,
con.
F.S.
= Xi*rt- ?iio;,r,o* ,
GG' = 12,960,000/5,040'000
GG' = 2.57feet
409
Stabitinand Trim Calculations
25. What will be the free surfaceoorrectionfm a fuel oil tank 30 feet wide and 15 feet
deepwith a free
surfaceconstantof 3,794? The vesseldisplaces2,000T in seawarcr.
SOLUTION:
26. A liquid mud tank measures30 feet long, 15 feet wide, 6 feet deep.The vesseldisplaces
96g T. The
S.G.of the mud is 1.8.What is the reductionin GM if two of thesetanksare slack?
SOLUTION:
t = 1.8| 1.025
r = 1.7561
Red.in GM or GG' rlb3l420xDisp.
1.7561x30 x 153t 420x 9687
0.437feetx2tanks
GG' 0.87feet
21. A tank measuring30 feetlong and 15 feetwide is partiallyfilted wirh fuel oil of S.G
of 0.95.If the
ship displaces1,000T, calculatethe apparentrise in G. The tank is divided equallyby an
oil r ighr
longtudinalbulkhead.
SOLUTION:
r = 0.95| 1.025
r = 0.9268
GG' = rx1xb3 l42OxDisp.
= 0.9268x 30 x 153/ 420x 1.000T
= 0.223feetx 0.25
GG' = 0.056feet
Note: when a ro!!
It divided by a tongitudinatbulkhead,the amountof free surfaceeffect is re-
ducedby 75Vo.
28. Your initial GM is 2.5 feet.After a day'ssteamingat sea youhavefreesurfacein a tank measuring
50
feetlong and 40 feetwide.The vesseldisplaces 20,000T. The S.G.of the liquid in the tank is 0.gg.
What is thc availableGM?
SOI-UTION:
r = 0.88/ 1.025
r = 0.8585
GG' rxlxb3l4Z0xDisp.
0.8585x 50 x 403/ 420x 20,000T
GG' 0.33feet
GM 2.50feet
GG' - 0.33feet
CGM = 2.17feet
411
Stabilityand Trim Calculations
33. You are requiredto fill out the cargodischargeform. At 0800H,your meandraft was 34-10and at
1700H'yorn draft was28-10fivd & 28-08aft. What quantityof cargohasthe vesseldischargedif &e
TPI is 70?
SOLUTION:
Forward Aft Mean
0800 Draft 34-r0
1700Drafi Z8-t0 28-08 2g_09
6-01or 73 inches
Parallelrise = Weight/ TpI
Weight = parallelrisex TpI = 73 x70 = 5ll0 T
34. A vesselhasa TPI of 40 T andan MTI of 820ft-tons/inch.Thevesselfloatsat a draft of 21-00fwd
and
22-m fit. What will be the new draft aftermoving a weight of 50 T a distanceof 9g.4ft. from
aft to
forward?
SOLUTTON:
Trimming moment = 50 T x 99.4 ft = 4,920ft_tons
Changeof Trim = Trimming moment = 4,920ft_tons
MTI 120 ft-tonyinch
= 6 inchesor 3 inchesat eachend
Fomard Mean Aft
Original 2t-40 2147 ZZ42
Changeof Trim (+) 03
-2'l-4p C) 03
-2@ -ZlT
New Drafts
35. The light drafts of a certainmerchantship are 7-01 forwardand 12-08 aft. The lightship
weight is
4'543T. From the ship'sstability& trin booklet,the ff. hydrostaticdarawasobtained:
MTI = g20 ft-
tonVinch and LCB = 224.1 ft from AP. Find the lightship's LCG measuredfrom the vessel,s
after
perpendicular(AP-G).
SOLUTION:
Trimming Moment = Trim in inchesx MTI
= 67 inchesx 820 ft-ons/inch = 54940tt_I
Trim arm = Trimming moment/ Disp = 54940ft_T| 4543T
= l2.l ft Aft.
LCG from Ap = LCB from Ap _ Trim arm
= 2A.l tt - lz.l ft att = 212.0ft
36. A vesselis floating in salt waterat a meandraft of 14 fu"l. The length of the vesselis 450 feet,
beam
of 50 feet and TPI of 45 T. The BM is 16.34 feet and block oefficienr is 0.84. Find rhe
vessel,s
displacementin tons.
SOLUTION:
D i s p l a c e m e=n t LxB xDxb/35
= 4 5 0 f t x 5 0 f t x t 4 f t x 0 . 9 4 1 3 5 f tn3
= 7,560tons
or Displacement = MeanDraft in inchesx TpI
= 14 ftx 12 inchesx 45 tonsper inch
= 7.560tons
45. The forwarddraft of your ship is 36-04and the afterdraft is 40-02.The draft midshipis 38-08. Your
vessel is:
Answer: Sagged
SOLUTION:
Draft Fwd = 36 ft 04 inches
Draft Aft = 40 ft 02 inches
Mean DfL = 38 ft 03 inches
Mid. Dfr. = 38 ft 08 inches
5 inchesSagged
46. The forwarddraft of your ship is 27-ll andthe afterdraft is 29-03.The draft midship is 28-05.Your
vesselis:
Answer: Hogged
SOLUTION:
DraftFwd = 27 ft ll inches
Draft Aft = 29 ft 03 inches
MeanDft. = 28 tt 07 incnes
Mid. Dft. = 28 ft05 inches
-z
in"n"r Hogg"d
47. Youare loadingin a port su[ect to summerloadlinemark and boundfor a port to the winter loadline
mark. You will enterthe winter mne after steaningfour days.You will consume35 T of fuel, water
and storesper day.The hydrometerreadingat the loadingpier is 1.0083and the averageTPI is 65.
The following data was extractedfrom the Loadline Cenificate:
Freeboardfrom Deck line Loadline
Tropical 68 inches G) above (S)
Summer 74 inches (S) :'
Winter 80 inches (W) 6' below (S)
Allowance for fresh vzaterall freeberds 6"
* Upper edgeof line at level of the disc} ccilcr
Whatistbeminimumfreeboardrequiredatthestartofthevoyage?
SOLUTION:
Zone Allowance = Consumption x No' of Days / TPI
= 4Otonsx 4daYs / 53tonsPerinch
= 3.0"
- ZoneAllowance
MinimumFreeboard = Summer FB'
= 72.0 inches - 3'0 inches
= 69.0 inches
ll0 ft. from aft. The draft at thebow is 11' 00" and
49. A vessel1g0fr. tong hasthe cenrerof flotationat
the draft aft is 13' 00". What is the true meandraft?
SOLUTION:
flotation is located20 ft' forward of midship'
Midship is located90 ft. from aft (180 frll). center of
Trim Diff. of Fwd. and Aft Drafts
2f*tby the stern
Trim C. Trim x Distancefrom Midship / Length
ZfeptxzDfeet / 180feet
0.22feet
M. Dft 12.00feet
Trim C. + 0.22 f.ent
T. M. Dft = l2.22f.eet
4t5
Stability and Trim Calculati'ons
Nole: Trimcorrectionwasaddedtothe nuandraft becauseLCF isforwardof midshipandrhe
trirn
is by the stern.
r-l
EXCESSOF BUOYANCY
COMPRESSIVE
STRESS
HOGGING CONDITION
COMPRESSIVE
EXCESS OF WEIGHT
STRESS
TENSILE
STRESS
SAGGING CONDITION
108. In order to benefit from the useof storm oil in heavyseas,the storrr oil should be:
Answer : Tb windwardof tlw vessel.
1I 3. The most effectiveway to apply a foam strean if the fire is on deckor is a running fire is to direct the
strealn:
Ans:wer: Ahcad of the burning liquid and bounceit on thefire.
114. when should you take any food or water after boarding a lifeboat or liferaft?
Answer : Afier 24 hours.
115. Which toxic gas is a productof incompletecombustionand is often presentwhen a fire burns in a
closedcompartment?
Answer : Carbon monoxide.
117. The angularmovementof a vesselabouta horizontalline drawnfrom its bow to its stern.
Answer: Rolling.
48 Addendum
after abandoninga vessel,Iookoutsshould be postedaboardliferafts to look for:
lZ2. IaTp11gdliately
Answer: Survivorsin tlu water.
124. Damageto cargocausedby fumesor vaporsfrom liquids, gases,or solids is known as:
Answer: Tainting.
125. your ship is steamingat night with the gyro-pilotengagedwhenyounoticethat the vessel'scourseis
slowly changing to the starboard.What action shouldyou take FIRST?
Answer: Switchto telemotorsteering.
126. ln a Williamson turn, the rudderis put over to full until the:
Answer:' Vesselhas turned60"fiom its original course.
127. When the height of the metacenteris lessthan the height of the centerof gravity,a vesselhaswhat
type of stability?
Answer: Negative.
"quarte/' is that sectionwhich is:
128. Avessel's
Answer: On either side of the stern.
131. Servingis a:
Answer: Marlinc tightty woundon the ropeby rwans of a board or mallet.
132. Theinternalvolumeof a cargohold measuredto the insideof cargobattens,to tank top ceiling, andto
undersideof beams.
Answer: Bale cubic.
136. Shellplatingis:
Answer: Theouterplating of a vessel'
"strake" is usedin referenceto:
137. The ternt
Answer: HulI Plating.
Addendum 449
13t. The horizontaltransversemotionof a vesselis known as:
Answer : Sway.
"F
139. If the dry bulb temperaturein a hold is 70 and the relativehumidity is 90%.At what temperature
of the outsideair would you expectcondensationto form on overheaddecksand exposedshell?
Answer: 67 "F.
144. Tbe point that is halfwaybetweenthe forwardandthe after perpendicularand is a referencepoint for
vessel'sconstructionis the:
Answer: Amidships.
153. As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing and leadingedgesof the propellerblades
causinga low propulsiveefficiency,pitting of the blades,and vibrations.Thesevoidsare known as:
Ansvter: Cavitation
450 Addendum
154. The disunce a vesselmoves at right angles to the original coursewhen a turn of 180" has been
completed.
Answer: Tacticaldiamcter.
156. The changein weight (measuredin tons)which causesa changein draft of one inch.
Answer: TPI.
163. The unusedvolumebetweenthe surfaceof the liquid and the tank top in a cargotank is known as:
Answer: Ullage or Outage'
Addendum 451
l7l. A continualworseningof the list or trim indicates:
Answer: Progressive flooding.
175. Stability is determinedprincipaily by the locationof the point of applicationof two forces, tlte up-
ward-actingbuoyantforce and the:
Ansvver.: Downward-actingweightforce.
181. The momentcreatedby a forceof 12,000T and a momentarm of 0.25 ft' is:
Answer: 3,000fi.- tons.
182. The two courseof actionsif the underwaterhull is severelydanagedareto plug theopeningsor to:
Answer: Establishand maintainflooding boundaries.
183. What term indicatesthe immersedpart of the hull aft of the parallelbody?
Answer: Run.
185. You haveapproximately16 T of fish on deck.What will be the shift in tbe centerof gravityafter you
shift the fish into the hold a verticaldistanceof 8 ft. Total displacementis 640 T.
Answer: 0.2 fi,
6O) your vesselhasa deadweightcrpacity of 5000T and a cu. capacityof 300,000cu. ft. You are to load
v "full anddown", how muchco&onshouldyou load?
lead(SF 18) and cotton(SF t0). If you load to
Answer: 3387tons.
452 Addendam
187.A vesselhasa deadweight carryingcapacityof 10,500T. Fuel,waterandstoresrequire1,500T. The
will put her full anddown?
cu. capacityis 500,000cu. ft. Which of the followingcargoes
Answer: Rollsof barbedwirewith SF of 55.5.
190. Youaregoingto loadbalesof wool(SF 100)in no.3lowerhold whichhasa balecubicof 62,000cu ft.
How many tonsof wool canbe stowedin tlte compartmentallowing l09o for brokenstowage?
Answer: 558tons.
{gP. I vesselis displacing740 T and measures141 ft. long and 34 ft. wide. What will be the reductionin
GM dueto freesurfaceif theholdbelowmeasuring41ft. long,30 ft. wideand9 ft. deepis filled with
2.5 feetof water?Eachton of wateroccupies35.1cu. ft.
Answer: 3.18 feet.
1fr..)Vour vesseldisplaces968 T and measures158ft. long,40 ft. wide. A largewaveshippedon the after
l-/ dect<. What is the reductionto GM due to free surfacebeforethe waterdrains overboardif the after
deckmeasures65 ft. long and 40 ft. wide?The weightof the watershippedis 80 T.
Answer: 9.45fi.
ta). Usinga safetyfactor of 6, determinethe safeworking loadof a line with a breakingstrainof 30,000
lbs.
Answer: 5,C00 lbs.
197. Thecollisionbulkheadis:
Answer: 5Voto I5% of thc waterlengthabafi the stemat the load waterline.
Addendum 453
200. Panting framesare locatedin the:
Answer: Fore and afierpeaks.
201. The openingin the deckunderneaththe anchorwindlassthat leadsto the chain locker is the:
Answer: Spill pipe.
206. The best information on the location of the blocks when drydocking a vesselis oontainedin the:
Answer : Shipdrcking plot od trim and stability buldetfu the vessel.
207. Yan have your rudder right 20" and your engine running aheadslorrly. After making nnlocomplete
circles, which of the following could you measure?
Answer: Final dianwter.
210. When pogsibleand sorretimesnecessaryto strengthenthe deck of a vesselfor the carriage of deck
cargoby:
Answer: Erectingvertical pillars undcrthe deckto supportthe cargo.
212. A vesselbehavesas if all its weight is acting downward through the oenter of gravity and all its
supportis acting upward through the:
Answer: CenterofBuoyancy.
454 Addendum
216. What is the main purposeof dunnage?
Answer: Toprovide uentilation and drabwgefor cargo.
217. Tbe t1ryeof joint formed when an edgeof one plate is laid over tle edgeof tb plate to which it is
riveted.
Answer: Lapjoint.
218. In calculating free surfacecorrection, it is necessaryto divide the ftee surfacenoments by the
Anster : Total displacenunt.
221. l(rlpng the draft at 6 below tbe load line mart will insure that tbe vesselhas:
Attswer: Resentcbrcyarcy,
224. lnusing the load-on-topmethod of controlling pollution, whU action shouldbe taken after all dirty
ballast hasbeentrarlsferredto the slop tank!
Answer: Theshps shouldbe albwedtime to settle.
225. What method of stowing bagswill result in the smallestperaentageof broken stowage?
Answer: Half'bag.
226. Whrletesting a cargo tank, your oxygen indicaor rt*dls25% oxygen.You would then:
Answer: Suspecttlu accuracy of tlrc teading.
228. Beamsarecanberedto:
Answer: Providedrainagefrcmttu deck.
23l. [Iow much forcewould be requiredto lift a weightof 200 lbs. using a gun tacklerigged|o disadvan-
tage disregardingftiction?
Annter : 100lbs.
Addendum 455
232. 'Nhen the wave period and the apparentrolling period of the vesselare the same:
Answer: Synchronousrolling will occur.
"spottingtieboom"?
234. Whatis meantby
Answer: Placing it in a desiredposition.
237. rilhen a vesselis floating upright, the distancefrom the keel to the metacenteris calledthe:
Answer: Height of the metacenter.
238. When patchingholesin the hull, pillows, beddingsand othersoft materialscanbe usedas:
Answer : Gaskets
Ml. Yol are loading baggedcoffeebeans. To keep cargo leakagefrom being contaminatedby ship's
structure,you should:
Answer: Useseparationclothsbeweenthe deck and cargo.
A2. On a crane,the load chart relatesthe allowableload to the combinationof the boomlength and:
Answer: Load radius.
246. In the absenceof external force, tbe centerof gravity of a floating vesselis locateddirectly abovetle:
Answer: Geometriccenterof the displacedvolume.
456 Addendum
248. your vesselhasbeendamagedand is partially flooded.The fint stepto be takenin attemptingto save
the vesselis to:
An$ser: Establishfloodingboundaries andpreventfurtherspreadoffloodwater.
254. Y6nthavebeencarryinga liquid with flammablelimits of l% A 7Vomixwre with air. If your instruc-
tions saythat men shall not enterthe tank if the vaporconcentrationis over l'Vo of the LEL, what is
the maximum allowable percentiageof vaporsfor men to enter?
Answer: 0.157o
259. Before welding can be done in a tank that has carried petroleumproducts,a certificate must be ob-
tained from:
Answer: A certified marinechcmist.
Addendum 457
2U. lt you sendoutmessageby flashinglight on 12 March 1990,the datewouldbe indicatedby:
Answer: D 120390
265. Which of the following signalsshould be usedto sendtbe group "TRIJE BEARING M5 degrees"by
flashing light?
.4ttsyter: A M5
?.67. lt yanwantedto ask a nearbyvesselif he had a doctor on board, you would hoist the flag signal:
Answer: AM
258. What is the minimrrm number of fire purnpsrequircd on a cargo vesselof 2,000 grosstons?
Answer.: Thto.
270. You have determinedthat a cargo sp:rceon a freight vesselis 45 ft. by 3O rt. Uy 62 ft. How many
poundsof carbon dioxide is required for this spae?
Anrrltter: 3348hbs.
271. Nonnal cargoloading and fueling resultsin the collectionof wasteoil in drip pansand containers.
Which procedureis an approvedmethodof disposingof the wasteoil?
Awwer : Placing it in proper disposalfacilities ashoreor on barges
273. If an emergencypump control is usedas the emergencyshutdownon a tank vessel,it must stopthe
flow of oil at:
Answer : TIU pump.
274. On the all-purposenozzle,the positionof the valvewhen the handleis all the way forward is:
Awwer: Shut.
275. Fuel for useon vesselmay be carriedin independe4ttanksforwardof a collision bulkheadif the:
Answer: Tanksweredesignated,installed,or constuctedforfuel oil carrying beforeJuIy t, 1974.
276. When the handleis in the verticalpositionand without an applicator,the all purposenozzlewill:
Answer: Producehigh-velocityfog.
277. Wben the handleof an all purposenozzf,eis pulled all the way back,it will:
Answer ; Produce a staight stream.
4s8 Addendum
280. In settingthe valveson a steamsmotheringsystemon a tank vessel,thc mastercontrolvalveto ciugo
tanksshouldbe:
Answer: Closedand thc individual tar* valvesopen.
283. Deckbearrsperform which of the following functionsin the hull structureof the vessel?
I. They transferdeckloadsto the funes.
II. They help to maintain the shapeof the hull.
Answer: Both I and IL
285. Partof the cargoof an LNG carrierboils off during eachvoyage.This cargoboil off is normally:
Answer: Burnedin thc boilers.
287. An eyesplicemadein any wire ropeusedas cargogearwithout a thimble shalll haveat least:
Answer: Threetuckswithwhole strands.
292. A sparkarrestor:
Answer: Preventssparkfrom getting out of an engineexhaus!system.
Addendum 459
293. Containersof flammablesolid shouldbe conspicuously
labeledby the shipperwith a:
Answer: Red and while label.
297. A vesselloadsedibleoil in deeptank througha manholeat the midlengthof the tank. In orderto fill
the tank to maximumcapacity,what trim shouldthe vesselhave?
Answer: Evenkeel
460 Addendum
TIDES AND CURRENTS
d 51. c 76. a 101. b 126. c
1 . a 26.
L 52. d 77. z 702. b 127. c
2 . c 27.
^ 53. b 78. d 103. b r28. d
3 . d 28.
L 54. b 79. a lM. d t29. d
4 . c 29.
c 55. c 80. b 105. d 130. ^
5 . b 30.
d 56. c 81. c 106. d 131. d
6 . a 3r.
57. a 82. b 107. d t3z. a
7. a 32. b
^ 58. d 83. b 108. a r33. a
8 . c 33.
59. c 84. c 109. c 134. a
9 . a 34. b
c 60. a 95. a 110. b 135. b
10. c 35.
d 61. d 86. a 111. a 136. c
11. c 36.
c 62. a 87. b ll7. c 137. c
12. b 37.
c 63. c 88. b 113. b 138. a
13. ^ 38.
a i l . c 89. b tl4. b 139. a
14. ^ 39.
d 65. c 90. c 115. b 140. b
15. c 40.
d 66. d 91. a 116. ^ 141. a
16. ^ 41.
a 67. h 92. L 7L7. b 142. a
17. b 42.
c 68. a 93. a 118. d 143. a
18. c 43.
69. d 94. d 119. d lM. ^
L9. b M . b
Answers 46r
WEATHER ELEMENTS
1 . b 29. c 57. d 85. b 113. ^ l4l. c
2 . d 30. b 58. c 86. ^ ll4. a r42. b
3 . c 31. b 59. a 87. L 115. b 143. b
4 . d 32. c 60. b 88. a 116. d 144. z
5 . c 33. a 61. a 89. b tt7. d 145. c
6 . a 34. 62. d 90. b 118. d 146. b
7. b 35. a 63. b 91. d ll9. c 147. c
8 . d 36. d g . c 92. a 120. L 148. a
9 . d 37. ^ 65. d 93. a l2l. c r49. b
10. c 38. a 6 . d 94. a 122. a 150. a
11. b 39. b 67. ^ 95. d 123. b 151. b
12. b N , b 68. c 96. ^ 124. c 152. a
13. b 4t. d 69. a 97. a 125. c 153. c
14. a 42. c 70. b 98. c 126. a 154. b
15. a 43. ^ 71. a 99. a 127. c 155. a
16. b 4 . a 72. b 100. d r28. d 156. c
t7. d 45. a 73. c 101. d 129. d 157. a
18. a 6 . b 74. b 102. c 130. d 158. d
t9. b 47. c 75. a 103. d l3l. a 159. ^
20. b 4E. a 76. d lM. c 132. a 160. a
21. a 49. c 77. d 105. c 133. c 161. c
22. b 50. c 78. b 106. c 134. c t62. b
23. b 51. a 79. c 107. d 135. b 163. d
u . b 52. b 80. a 108. a 136. a lU. a
25. c 53. a 81. a 109. a 137. a 165. c
26. c 54. b 32. d 110. b 138. c 166. b
27. a 55. c 83. c 111. c 139. a 167. b
29. a 56. d 84. d ttz. d I40. a 168. a
462 Answers
WEATHER ELEMENTS (Continued)
BLECTRONIC NAVIGATION
Answers 463
ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION (Continued)
464 Answers
Solution for #29.
Beam width shouldbe divided bY 2.
To be addedto the Radar Bearing if Left Tangent'
RadarBearing 056"
+ 1 "
057"
G/E + 2"E
True Bearing 059"
Solutionfor #148.
Speedof soundwavesin the air = ll20 ft / second
Distance = 4secs. x1120ft/sec.
2
= 2240ft or 746.7yards
Answer 465
I\,IARII\[E LAWS AI\D SHIPBUSINESS
1 . c 23. b 45. d 67. c 89. d 111. a
2 . b u . d 6 . b 68. a 90. c ll2. a
3 . c 25. a 47. b 69. b 91. a ll3. a
4 . c 26. c 48. c 70. b 92. c ll4. a
5 . b 27. b 49. b 71. c 93. b 115. a
6 . d 28. c 50. b 72. b 94. a 116. a
7. d 29. b 51. b 73. a 95. b ll7. a
8 . a 30. d 52. b 74. b 96. a 118. b
9 . a 31. d 53. b 75. b 97. b lt9. d
10. b 32. c 54, c 76. a 98. b 120. a
11. d 33. a 55. c 77. a 99. a r2l. b
12. a 34. c 56. c 78. b 100. d 122. c
13. ^ 35. a 57. a 79. a 101. a 123. d
14. b 36. c 58. b E0. d 102. a 124. a
15. d 37. b 59. a 81. c 103. c 125. a
16. c 38. a 60. c 82. d 104. a 126. b
r7. b 39. a 6t. c 83. a 105. d 12'1. c
18. c 40. b 62. b 84. c 106. a 128. a
t9. d 41. d 63. b 85. b 107. a r29. a
20. a 42. c U . c 86. a 108. a 130. a
21. d 43. a 65. c 87. b 109. a
22. a 4 . d 66. b 88. a 110. a
MARINB INSURANCE
l . b 7. b 13. c 19. b 2s. b 31. a
2 . c 8 . a 14. d 20. d 26. d 32. c
3 . a 9 . c 15. a 21. b 27. d 33. a
4 . b 10. a 16. d 22. c 28. b 34. c
5 . d 11. a 17. c 23. b 29. d 35. b
6 . c 12. c 18. d u . b 30. c 36. b
166 Answers
MARINE INSURANCE (Continued)
8 c 16. b u . b 32. a N . a
COLLISION REGULATIONS
1 . b 11. a 21. d 11. a 4t. a 51. ^
Answers 467
COLLNION REGULATIONS (continued)
61. a 70. a 79. d 88. b 97. b 106. b
62. a 71. a 80. a 89. a 98. b 107. c
468 Awwer
COMPASS AND MAGNETISM (continued)
31. c 37. c 43. a 49. d
19. ^ 25. c
32. b 38. b 4 . a 50. b
20. b 26. ^
33. c 39. c 45. ^ 51. a
21. c 27. c
34. L 40. b 6 . c 52. a
22. d 28. b
35. d 41. c 47. b 53. c
23. ^ 29. b
36. d 42. c 48. a 54. b
24. a 30. d
Answers 469
I{AUTICAL ASTRONOMY
470 Answers
CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
1 . d 14. c 27. c & . c 53. a 6 . d
NAVIGATION PROBLEMS
VISIBILITY 3 . L 14. a BBARING 11. a 5 . b
OFLIGHTS PROBLEMS
4 . c 12. d
1. c RIGIIT 1. c
13. b PARALLEL
5 . c PLANE
2 . a 2 . d SAILING
TRIANGLE 14. a
6 . d l. c
3 . b 1 . b 3 . a
15. d
7. b 4 . b 2 . b
4 . a 2 . a
8 . d 5 . c 3 . d
5 . L 3 . c
MBRCATOR.
6 . a 9 . a 6 . b SAILING 4 . c
10. t OBLIQUE 7. d 1. c 5 . b
COMPASS PLANE
11. d TRIANGLE 8 . d 2 . b 6 . a
DEVIATION
1. c t2. b 1 . d 9 . d 3 . a 7. b
2 . c 13. L 2 . c 10. b 4. I 8 . a
Answer 471
NAYIGATION PROBLEMS (continued)
9 . a 15. c TIME E. a 4 . d 6 . a
DIAGRAM
10. b 9 . a 5 . c
COMPOSITE I. ^
ll. c 10. a 6 . b SPEEDBY
SAILING .
2. a. REVOLUTIONS
12. d 2 . a 1 1 . a 7. a AND FUEL
3 . a coNsERvanoNs
13. b 3 . c l 2 . a
4 . c l . b
14. c 13. a MERIDIAN
TIME ALIITUDE 2 . a
PROBLEMS EQUATION 14. a
OF TIME 1 . b
3 . c
GREAT l . d 1 5 . c
1. a 2 . d
CIRCLE 4 . c
SAILING 2 . d 1 6 . b
2 . b 3 . c
5 . a
l. c 3. c 17. b
4 . b
6 . d
2 . d 4. b oXtttOCRApflrc 18. a
5 . c
- PROJECTION 7, c
) . 4
3 . a 1 . d 8 . a
6 . a OBLIQUE TRTJEAND
4 . d 2 . c SPIIERICAL APPARENT 9 . c
7. a TRIANGLE WIND
5 . a 3 . d 10. d
8 . a l . c 1 . b
6 . a 11. c
9. a RIGHT 2. d 2 . a
7. d SPIIERICAL t2. b
10. a TR.HNGLE 3. a 3 . a
8 . b 13. b
1 1 . a 1 . b 4 . a
9 . d OTIIER 14. b
1 2 . a 2 . a 5 . a PROBLEMS
10. b 15. b
1 3 . a 3 . c < l t R c x \ o i l . t g l m 1. c
11. c 16. b
I 4 . c 4 . d E R R O R 2 . c
17. c
12. c 1 5 . d 5 . a 1 . d 3 . b
13. c 1 6 . d 6 . d 2 . d 4 . b
14. c 17. b 7. a 3. d 5 . b
472 Answers
SAFETY OF LIFE, AT SEA
1 . d 32. c 63. c 94. b 125. d 156. b
2 . c 33. d g . d 95. c 126. c 157. c
3 . c 34. b 65. d 96. b 127. b 158. c
4 . d 35. d 6 . a 97. a 128. c 159. c
5 . d 36. b 67. c 98. a 129. a 160. b
6 . b 37. b 68. a. 99. d 130. d 161. a
7. b 38. c 69. d 100. d 131. b t62. d
8 . a 39. L 70. b 101. b 132. a 163. c
9 . a 40. c 71. c lo2. b 133. b 164. b
10. c 41. b 72. d 101i. d 134. a 165. a
11. c 42. a 73. b 104. i 135. c 166. c
12. a 43. b 74. b 105. a 136. a 167. c
13. b 4 . c 75. d 106. d r37. b 168. d
14. d 45. a 76. d ro7. b 138. b 169. b
15. a 46. d 77. d 108. c 139. c 170. a
16. b 47. b 78. a 109. d r40. b t1l. b
17. ^ 48. d 79. d 110. c t4l. b 172. a
18. b 49. a 80. a 111. d 142. b r73. c
19. L 50. d 81. d tlz. b 143. c t74. c
20. d 51. a 82. b 113. c 144. a 175. b
21. a 52. b 83. c ll4. c 145. b 176. a
22. b 53. c 84. a 115. a 146. a t77. b
23. c 54. d 85. a 116. d 147. b 178. d
24. d 55. b 86. d ll7. a 148. c 179. a
2s. d 56. a 81. c 118. d r49. a 180. d
26. a 57. c 88. d tt9. d 150. b 181. d
27. a 58. b 89. b 120. c 151. b I82. c
28. c 59. d 90. d l2l. ^ t52. d 183. b
29. d 60. c 91. c 122. c 153. a 184. c
30. b 61. d 92. c 123. a 154. a 185. b
31. b 62. b 93. b 124. a 155. a 186. b
Answers 473
SHIP IIAI\DLING
l. c ll. b 2t. d 31. c 4t. d 51. d
2 . c 12. c 22. b 32. c 42. d 52. a
3 . c 13, d 23. a 33. a 43. c 53. a
4 . c 14. a u . b 34. b 4 . d 54. a
5 . a 15. c 25. b 35. b 45. c 55. d
6 . a 16. c 26. d 36. c 6 . a 56. b
7 . a 17. b n. c 37. t 47. b
t . c 16. d 2E. b 3t. ^ 48. c
9 . d t9. d 29. d 39. a 49. ^
10. b 20. a 30. d n . a 50. b
SHIP CONSTRUCTION
1 . b 13. c 25. c 37. a 49. d 61. a
2 . b 14. d 26. b 38. b 50. b 62. b
3 . a 15. b 27. a 39. a 51. a 63. a
4 . c 16. ^ 28. a 40. d 52. c @ . c
5 . d 17. c 29. a 4t. b 53. d 65. a
6 . d 18. d 30. a 42. n 54. c 66. b
7. b 19. a 31. b 43. c 55. a 67. d
8 . c 20. a 32. a 4 . b 56. d 68. b
9 . c 2t. b 33. a 45. c 57. a 69. a
10. c 22. a 34. a 6 . ^ 58. b 70. d
11. a 23. b 35. a 47. ^ 59. a
t2. d u . b 36. c 4t. c 60. a
474 Answers
CARGO GEARS
1 . d 6 . c ll. a 16. b 21. c 26. c
Answers 475
CARGO ASSESSMENT
1. a 4 . a 7. a 9 . a 11. a 13. a
3 . a 6 . a
NIENSURATION
l i r 3 . a 4 . a 5 . a 6 . a 7. a
' i l
47 {'t Answer
COMMONCONVERSIONFACTORS
I
Multlply By To Obtaln
Fathoms 6 Feet
477
o 6 - - 6 6 B S ! B ts I B
I r I , I r I r I r I r r , t , . i . r * l _ r j _ +, . T .C , T , . T . , . i , . ? H,r , . Sr\ fpp i !
- 6 6 ! ! ! E a g B q g
' ij & t *-'*'u9
I r r | ! | | | I . r I i ,,,: : t . i : I | ,
t<'
' d
"x
7
o
7
!
l.
o
d
=
z
o
a
I
-8vt
m
m
{
JJ,
"t r'
,%
,}
;#
t r r l r r r l | , ' , | | | | t. , I I | | , | | I I ' I | | | ! ' | | | I,t't-r.l'trt.t'l't't-t.l.t't-t.l
6 - ;
! t s s 3 6 t & a $ 8 B S ; ; t e3!
| l | l | | | | | | l l | | | l | | | | i ' | , | J ! l | | : , l i l l ' l | l : l i | . . . ' ' I _ m
6 6 3 U A U 3 A g S a g d ; 3 g 8 s F
478
REFERENCES
1. PracticalAmericanNavigatorYol. | &2
2. The Principleand Practiceof Navigationby A. Frost
3. Nicholl'sConciseGuideVol. I & 2
4. Blue Book of Questionsand Answers
5. NauticalCalculationsExplainedby J. Klinkert
6. PracticalNavigationfor SecondMatesby A. Frost
7. Mariner's CelestialNavigationby W. Crawford
8. CompassWork byKemp and Young
9. Mariner's flandbook
10. ManueveringBoardManualPub.No. 217
11. Symbolsand Abbreviations Usedon AdmiraltyCharts,5011
12. IALA MaritimeBuoyageSyst€m'A", NP 735
f 3. Norie's NauticalTableby A. Blance
14. The Theoryand Practiceof Seamanship by G. Danton
15. Nicholl'sSeamanship andNauticalKnowledgebyC. Brown
16. The Boatswain's Manualby A. Miller
17. MerchantShip Stabilityby H. Pursey
18. Ship's Stabilityfor Masterand Matesby D. Derrett
19. Stability and Trim for the Ship'sOfficersby J. La Dage
20. CargoWork by L. Thylor
21. MerchantShip Constructionby D. A. Taylor
22. ShipboardOperationsby H. Llavery
23. MarineInsurance by R. Brown
24. The Ship'sMedicineChestandMedicalAid at Sea
25. Safetyof Life at Sea
26. Manual on Marine Pollutionfor Filipino Seafarers by
Capt.P.Bautistaand Cdr. J. Casillan
27. MerchantShipSearchandRescueManual
28. Collision AvoidanceRulesby A.N. Cockroft
29. Meteorologyfor Seamenby C. Burgess
30. Meteorologyfor Mariners
3L. Marine ElectronicNavigationby S.F.Appleyard
32. Businessand Law for the Shipmasterby F. Hopkins
33. PhilippineAdmiralty and Maritime Law by E. Hernandez
34. PhilippineMerchantMarine Rulesand Regulations
35. Multiple-Choice Examinations for Chief MateandMasterby
R. Jamesand R. Plant
36. InternationalMaritime Dictionaryby R. de Kerchove
3'7. Dictionaryof NauticalWordsand Termsby C. Layton
479
(( '
WfroEaE.,gLvEL /frt l
to insl,ulelin rLt.lzrotfzu,
"rr/ ELI*J b
t wLo tusb in tfrt
/o.ro
Q*a./6:2o
4E0
=-(
2E
F E
u z j 5 d
= q o
E€E
Q Z Q
C- oO O\
(n
n
D
A
v
Fl
v
2
2 4
._ 3E A
5 g5s
H
tu
€€s !T\n\o
>
3
<A
q E
) 5
5sts
2 2 9
F F F
* c{ c.t
x
> <
F X N H
x
x >
x
<
x
> <
g Eg F g s € $ RE g
481
MANTLA BULLETIN
I'HE NATION'S t,EADING N};U'SPAPER Air,land.Sea
Transportation
& Tourisn COR]\ELIODEGIIZMAN
kbtu
N )<
Fn Julv t4 loo< DA
GOLDEN
SUCCESS
II{ARITIME
CONSTII,IAI\ICY
--
Offers you comprehensive review for
Deck Officers and Marine Engineers
Affordable fees ' Fully air-conditioned rooms . Free snacks
REVIEW INSTRUCTORS
C/E Ferdinand Marcos Capt. Ernesto Mclrorca
C/M Arsenio Padilla, fr. C/M Danilo Cobarnrbias
C/M Renato Sangalang C/M Edric Aspilla
Capt. Antoine Dcla Torre
For ntore infonnation,plea.sevisil or call now:
GOLDEN SUCCESS MARITIMB CONSULTAIICY
-5thFlool Amsil Bldg., P. Paredes
Cor. S. H. Loyola Sts.,Sampaloc,It4anila
TLi. Nos. 733-1243.736-5949 .736-5952
ILOIO BRAI\ICH
G/F JesenaBltlg., I 3/F GMC PlazaBldg., LegaspiExr. f--
JalanrkrniSt.,Ihilo City cor M.J. Cuenco Sts., Cebu City Accomodatiorr can be provided for
Tel. Nos. (033) 336-0-50I /336-0-5-s3Tel. Nos. (032) 255-6691, 254-7188 Non-Xlelro Manila Resiclents
182
CODEFLAG ANDANSWERING
PENDANT
H I J K
L N
"n tl
1 5
6 7